Linux Home Networking

Grief Relief For The Home And Small Office

Peter Harrison
www.linuxhomenetworking.com
May 3, 2003

To Diana: “Turn off the PC and go to bed”

Copyright
© Peter Harrison 2002-2003, All rights reserved. ISBN 0-9729355-0-9 Unless otherwise stated, the material published within this document is copyright of the author, Peter Harrison. No part of of this document, including page design, interior design, cover design and icons may be reproduced or transmitted in any form, by any means, (electronic, photocopying, recording, or otherwise) without the prior consent of the publisher/author.

Disclaimer – The Website and Manual
While every effort will be made to ensure that the information contained within the is website and manual is accurate and up to date, the author makes no warranty, representation or undertaking whether expressed or implied, nor does it assume any legal liability, whether direct or indirect, or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any information.

Disclaimer - Other sites
Hypertext links to sites outside this website are provided as a convenience to users and should not necessarily be construed as an endorsement. Although every care is taken to provide links to suitable material from this site, the nature of the Internet prevents the author from guaranteeing the suitability or accuracy of any of the material that this site may be linked to. Consequently, the author can accept no responsibility for unsuitable or inaccurate material that may be encountered and accepts no liability whether direct or indirect for any loss or damage a person suffers because that person had directly or indirectly relied on any information stored in the hypertext links. Further, the author is not and can not be responsible for the accuracy or legitimacy of information found elsewhere on the Internet and there is therefore no guarantee or warranty that any of the sites listed will be available at any particular time. The author does not guarantee or warrant any services that might be announced - use at your own risk. The author makes no warranty, representation or undertaking whether expressed or implied nor does it assume any legal responsibility for the accuracy, completeness of usefulness of the information in the hypertext links.

Introduction During the “.com” gold rush, I decided to set up a small website dedicated to Caribbean art. The
company I used made it really easy, all I had to do was copy my files to the web server using the username and password they provided. One day at work I overheard some friends saying that they were hosting their websites from home using their DSL line. I suddenly decided to do the same and moved www.simiya.com literally “in-house”. Of course, it wasn’t as easy as they had made it seem. I generally found a majority of Linux resources on the web to be either too detailed or too vague or just inaccurate. There were many excellent articles on specific topics, but they were usually part of a general interest publication, and information on related topics on the site was sometimes hard to find. There just wasn’t a site out there for intermediate Linux home users who wanted to get their feet wet in web hosting, nor did there seem to be any similar sites targeting the poor I.T. people who are told to “get Linux working by tomorrow”. After a few months I decided that no one should have to repeat my pain and I added some technical pages to the site. Soon, www.linuxhomenetworking.com was born. This manual assumes you have a few weeks of Linux experience and understand the basics, such as file management and the use of text editors such as “vi”. This approach was taken in order to keep its focus on the intermediate user who requires a compact guide. It’s ironic to know that in the beginning I learned from the web as I just wasn’t prepared to buy too many Linux books, now I’ve created this manual because web users were constantly asking me to write one. If you like this manual, feel free to visit the site and let me know. Without your encouragement it wouldn’t have happened at all. Peter

.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................29 How to Install Source RPMs...........................................24 RPMs Downloaded From Speakeasy ........................................15 How To Change Passwords...................................................................................................................................................................................................17 How To Tell The Groups To Which A User Belongs ...................................................................................................................24 RPMs Downloaded From Redhat...................................................................19 Download and Install The sudo Package ............................................................21 Chapter 3 .......................................................................................................20 How To Use sudo ...............29 Using CDROMs.....................................................24 Downloading RPMS To Your Linux Box.................29 Using Downloaded Files ..................................................................................................................................................................................................30 Older Linux Versions ............................................................ 15 Adding Linux Users ...........i Table Of Contents Chapter 1 ............................................15 How To Add Users............................................................................. 19 What is sudo?.............31 How To List Installed RPMs ...........................................................................................................................................................................................26 RedHat.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................24 How to Easily Access CD RPMs With Automount ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 19 Using Sudo....................................................................................................................................................... 23 Installing RPM Software ...........................20 General Guidelines ........................................................................................................34 Chapter 4 .......................................................21 Using syslog To Track All sudo Commands .............................................................................20 Simple Examples ......................26 How To Install The RPMs ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................31 How Uninstall RPMs................................................................................................................................................................................................. 23 Where To Get Commonly Used RPMs.............................................26 Speakeasy ..........................................17 Chapter 2 .........................................................................................................................23 RPMs On Your Installation CDs ..................................................................................................................................................................................................20 The /etc/sudoers File .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................20 The visudo Command .................................26 Getting RPMs Using Command Line Anonymous FTP ....................................................29 Newer Linux Versions .. 15 Who Is The Super User? .......................................................................................................................................................................................................16 How To Delete Users ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................32 Some Necessary Facts About up2date ..........................................................................................................................25 Getting RPMs Using Web Based FTP.......................................................... 37 ...........................................................................................................................................................32 RedHat Up2date .....................................................................................

.......................39 Using Virtual Terminals ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 37 The RedHat Boot Sequence ..................................................................................38 Get A Basic Text Terminal Without Exiting The GUI .................37 Determining The Default Boot runlevel........................................................................................................39 How To Set Which Programs Run At Each runlevel .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................48 What is UDP? ......54 What Is A Route? .............................................................................................44 Cons.......................................40 Switch Off Sendmail Starting Up In Levels 3 and 5 ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................51 What’s The Range Of Addresses On My Network? ........................55 ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................39 System Shutdown And Rebooting.....................................................................................38 Get A GUI Console ....................................................................................................................................54 What Is A Default Gateway? ................................................. 43 Why Host Your Own Site?.......53 What Is A LAN?...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................41 Final Tips On chkconfig......................48 What is TCP?..................48 What is a TTL? ...................................................................................................................................45 How To Migrate From An External Provider .52 What Is A Switch?.........................52 What Is A Hub? ........................................................................................................................................................................40 Doublecheck That Sendmail Will Not Startup................................................51 Manual Calculation ..................................51 Calculation Using A Script ..............................................................................................................................linuxhomenetworking.........................................................................................................................................49 What Do IP Addresses Look Like?...................................................53 What Is A Router?....................................................................................................................................................................................40 Turn it back on again ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................44 Pros .................52 What Is Duplex? ..................com The Linux Boot Process ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................50 What Is A Subnet Mask? ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................40 Chkconfig Examples.................................................................................39 Reboot The System .................................................................48 What are TCP / UDP Ports?....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................53 What Is A Gateway?..................................................................................................................................45 Pros ......................................................................................................................................................................................................49 Private IP Addresses ..................................................................... 47 What Is TCP/IP? .........................................................................................................................46 Chapter 6 .......................................................................44 Small Office Based Websites.............................44 Home Based Websites.....................................ii www.......................43 Alternatives To Home Web Hosting ............................................................................................................................................49 What is ICMP?............................................................41 Chapter 5 ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................39 Halt / Shutdown The System...............................50 What Is Localhost? ..............54 What Is A NIC?.................. 43 Network Diagram ......................................................40 Use Chkconfig To Get A Listing Of Sendmail's Current Startup Options .......................................................................................................................45 Cons................................................................................39 Using A GUI Terminal Window ...................................................................................................................44 Factors To Consider Before Hosting Yourself ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................50 How Many Addresses Do I Get With My Mask? .............................................................................................................................................................. 47 Introduction To Networking.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................73 Multiple IP Addresses On A Single NIC ................................................................................................82 Your NIC's /etc/hosts File Format.................................................................................................................... 63 Troubleshooting Linux With Syslog......................................................63 Syslog Facilities............................................................................66 Syslog Configuration and Cisco Network Devices...............................................................................57 How Can I Check The IP Address For A Domain?............................................................................................................................................................................................59 What is FTP? ......................... 63 Syslog ......68 The /etc/logrotate.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................56 What Is NAT? ...............................................68 The /etc/logrotate...........................................................................................................................................conf ...................82 .........................................................73 IP Address Assignment For A Direct DSL Connection........................................59 Regular FTP...................................69 The /etc/logrotate................67 Syslog and Firewalls........................69 Chapter 8 .........................................................................................................................59 Anonymous FTP .............................................................74 Some Important Files Created By adsl-setup ...............................................................................................................67 Logrotate .......................................................................................................................72 network-scripts File Formats ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 71 Linux Networking .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................65 Configuring the Linux Client ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................60 Search For All Instances Of A Word ..............................................................................................................................................................64 Activating Changes To The syslog Configuration File.................................................63 About syslog ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................56 What Is Port Forwarding With NAT? ..........................Table Of Contents iii What Is A MAC Address? .................................d/syslog File (For General System Logging).............................................................................................................................................................58 How Do I Get My Own DNS Domain Name? ......................... 71 How To Configure Your NIC's IP Address ..................................79 How To Delete A Route ...............................................................................................................d/samba File (for SAMBA) .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................71 Changing Your IP Address ....................80 How To Convert Your Linux Server Into A Router ..............................................................................................................d/apache File (For Apache) ................................................65 How To View New Log Entries As They Happen.............................................81 Configuring Your /etc/hosts File.................55 What Is ARP? ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................69 Activating logrotate ............................................71 Determining Your IP Address........................................................60 Chapter 7 ........................................................................................................60 Finding General Information On A Command .................................................67 The /etc/logrotate..................................................................d Directory......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................57 What Is DNS?.........56 What Is DHCP? ................77 Simple Troubleshooting ...........conf File .....................................65 Logging Syslog Messages To A Remote Linux Server ................................................................................................................................79 How Configure Two Gateways ...........................................................................................78 How To Change Your Default Gateway .......................................................................................................................................59 Static or Dynamic DNS? .....................................................................80 How To View Your Current Routing Table .68 The /etc/logrotate.........67 Sample contents of /etc/logrotate...........65 Configuring the Linux Syslog Server.........................................59 Where is Linux Help? ............................................................................................................................55 What Is A Firewall?....................

.................................................................................................................................................................................102 Configure The New wlan0 Interface Driver (PCMCIA Cards) ........................................................ 97 Linux Wireless Networking.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 111 Linux Firewalls Using iptables................................................................90 Possible Reasons For Failed Traceroutes ......................117 .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................105 PCI Cards – Installed Using TAR Files................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 111 What Is iptables?....................103 Post Installation Steps..........................................................................................................................................................................112 Download And Install The Iptables Package .........................................................................98 Pre Version 2.........................93 Chapter 10..............................................................................................................................104 Configure The New wlan0 Interface......................98 The WMP 11 Version 2....................................................................................iv www......................................................114 Packet Processing For Data Received By The Firewall.........................108 Troubleshooting Your Wireless LAN ...........................................................................................101 Install the Kernel Source Files ..7 WMP 11 Card..........................................................107 De-activating Encryption ............................105 PCMCIA Cards ......87 Possible Traceroute Messages................................................................104 Select the Wireless mode and SSID .........................................................................................92 Possible TCPdump Messages ....................105 Check For Interrupt Conflicts.......................................................................................................................99 PCMCIA Type Card Specific Information ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................com Chapter 9 .88 Always Get A Bidirectional Traceroute .............................................................................................................................................................................97 The Linksys WMP11 NIC and Linux ................................................................................................................................................................................................86 Using "traceroute" To Test Connectivity...................................................................85 How To Use "Ping" To Test Network Connectivity .....................................................................105 Linux-WLAN Encryption For Security ................................91 Viewing Packet Flow With TCPdump ...........116 Targets And Jumps...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................101 Configure The New wlan0 Interface Driver (PCI Cards) ..........................................................................................................................................................................99 Installing The Linux-WLAN Drivers ...............................................................................................................................................................104 Disable Your Existing Ethernet NIC ............................................................................................99 Determining The Kernel Type ...............................................................................................................................................................................100 Determining The Kernel Version..........................................................................................................................................................Using RPMs ....................................99 Linux-WLAN Installation ............................................................................................ 97 Wireless Linux Compatible NICs .............112 Processing For Packets Routed By The Firewall.......................................................................89 Ping & Traceroute Troubleshooting Example ..................................................................................................................................................101 Download And Install The Linux-WLAN TAR File ........................117 Descriptions Of The Most Commonly Used Targets .....................105 PCI Cards – Installed Using RPMs ....................................................................................................115 Packet Processing For Data Sent By The Firewall ..............................................................................................................................................................................................104 Simulate a Reboot ............................................................................................................109 Chapter 11.......................................................98 Linux-WLAN Preparation . 85 How To See MAC Addresses ..............................................linuxhomenetworking............................................................................................ 85 Simple Network Troubleshooting .........................92 Useful TCPdump Expressions ........112 How To Get iptables Started ..........................................................112 Packet Processing In iptables .........................................................................................................................................99 Determining The OS Version ............................100 Linux-WLAN Installation – Using TAR files ................7 Card ............................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................147 The /etc/vsftpd...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................149 ..... 133 Telnet.............................................................................................................................................................................................................147 FTP Security Issues ........119 General Iptables Match Criteria ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................138 Using TFTP To Restore Your Router Configuration .................................142 Passive FTP................................................................................................................................................... TFTP and XINETD ...............................................................................131 Chapter 12......119 Common TCP and UDP Match Criteria . 133 Telnet .......................................................138 Cisco Local Director................................................................135 What is TFTP?........................................................................................................................................................................................................127 Masquerading (Many to One NAT) .......................126 Allowing Your Firewall To Access The Internet..................................................125 Allowing WWW And SSH Access To Your Firewall.......................................148 Example #1: ............135 Setting up a TFTP server.........................................143 Solutions................................................................................................ftpusers File .........................127 Port Forwarding Type NAT (DHCP DSL) ...............................148 FTP Greeting Banner .........................TCP Port 21 ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................146 What Is Anonymous FTP?..................................................................................................................................143 Problems With FTP And Firewalls..............................................................................................................144 How To Download And Install The VSFTP Package..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................conf File..................................................123 Sample iptables Scripts.................................................................................................................................................................145 How To Get VSFTP Started ............................................................................................ 141 FTP Overview.................................................................................................120 Common ICMP (Ping) Match Criteria ......................................................................................................................................................135 TFTP ...........................137 Cisco Router .......................................................................................134 What is Telnet? .................................................................................................................................................................148 The /etc/vsftpd.......................................................................................................................................137 Cisco PIX firewall .........................................................................................................................................................................................136 Configuring Cisco Devices for TFTP...................................................................................................138 Cisco CSS 111000 "Arrowpoints"....................................143 Client Protected By A Firewall Problem........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................148 Using SCP As Secure Alternative To FTP ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................143 Server Protected By A Firewall Problem ......................................................TCP Port 20...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Table Of Contents v Important Iptables Command Switch Operations........................................................................................................................146 Testing To See If VSFTP Is Running..........................................................................................................................................126 Allow Your Home Network To Access The Firewall .......................................................................................... 141 Linux FTP Server Setup..............121 Using User Defined Chains .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................142 FTP Data Channel ......................124 Allowing DNS Access To Your Firewall ...........................................................................................124 Basic Initialization.........139 Chapter 13....................................134 Setting Up A Telnet Server...............................................................148 Anonymous Upload ............137 Cisco Switch Running CATOS.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................128 Static NAT ..........................................144 Solutions...............................................................................................................................121 Common Match Extensions Criteria.....................................................................................141 FTP Control Channel .........................130 Logging & Troubleshooting....................................................................................142 Active FTP.......................................................................

.....................................................................154 The etc/ssh/sshd_config File.....................................................................................................................149 Sample Login Session To Test Funtionality.....168 How To Add Users To Your Samba Domain ......................................................................................................................................................157 Chapter 15.............................................................................155 Using port 435 ....................................com FTP Users With Only Read Access To A Shared Directory ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................164 How to Configure a Samba PDC .....................................................................................171 Delete The Users Using smbpasswd............................150 Chapter 14...........................................................170 How To Delete Users From Your Samba Domain .......................................................................166 Manual Creation Of Machine Trust Accounts (NT Only)................................................................................................................................................................................164 Create A Samba PDC ..................................................................................155 What You Should Expect To See When You Log In ................................. 159 Download and Install Packages.............160 Configuring SWAT .......... 153 Secure Remote Logins And File Copying....................... 159 Windows..................................................... Linux And Samba .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 173 ..........................156 Using SCP as a more secure replacement for FTP....................................................................... 153 Using Secure Shell As A Replacement For Telnet ...................................167 Windows 95/98/ME .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................157 Copying Files To The Local Linux Box ................................................................................169 Add The Users In Linux.............................166 Dynamic Creation Of Machine Trust Accounts........................................................................................................................................162 Create The Administrator User Under Linux...........................................................................linuxhomenetworking............162 Create The Administrator’s User Group and Directories .................................171 Chapter 16............................................................157 Copying Files To The Remote Linux Box...........................................169 Map A Drive Share........................................................................................................................................................163 Adduser’s Command Switches ..........................162 How To Create A Samba PDC Administrator User .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................163 Create An Administrator Domain Password ......................................................................................169 Map The Linux Users To An smbpassword ......................................................................................................................169 Mapping Using “My Computer” ..................154 Using SSH To Login To A Remote Machine ........................................vi www............................................................153 Testing To See If SSH Is Running ................168 Windows 2000 ............................168 Windows XP...................................................155 Using default port 22 ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................170 Domain Groups And Samba ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................155 User “root” Logs In To smallfry As User “peter” .............................................................................169 Mapping From The Command Line...................................155 User “root” Logs In To smallfry As User “root”.............................................................164 Create Your PC Machine Trusts..........................................................................................................................................171 Delete The Users In Linux .........................................................................................................................160 How To Get SAMBA Started .................167 Make Your PC Clients Aware Of Your Samba PDC........155 Deactivating Telnet once SSH is installed ........................................................................................................................................167 Windows NT.......................................................................162 The Windows XP Built In Firewall........................161 Zone Alarm......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 173 Sharing Resources With Samba....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................164 Make The Administrator One Of The Samba Admin Users................................161 Samba and PC Firewall Software....................

...178 Test Your Windows Client Configuration.................................175 Creating Group Shares in SAMBA ...........................................................................................176 Map The Directory Using “My Computer”............................................................................................................................................................................177 Windows 2000 ..........................181 What Is BIND?.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................184 Configuring named...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................conf ...........................................................................................................................173 Make Samba Aware Of The Printer ............................................................... MX.................184 Configuring The Zone Files ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................179 Not Prompted For Password Method..............198 Dynamic DNS And NAT Router/Firewalls ..........................................Table Of Contents vii Adding A Printer To A Samba PDC ........................184 Configuring A Regular Nameserver .................................................194 Chapter 18.............193 DHCP Considerations For DNS...........................................................................................................193 How To Migrate Your Website In-House......................................................................................176 Configure The Share In SWAT ..................................182 How To Get BIND Started ...................................................................................................................................178 Prompted For Password Method ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................174 Configure The Printer Driver On The Workstations ............................................ A And CNAME Records .......181 When To Use A DNS Caching Nameserver ...................................................................................................................................................................185 The SOA Record................................................................................................................................185 NS.................................192 Make Sure Your /etc/hosts File Is Correctly Updated...........................................................................................................................................199 Sign Up With A DDNS Provider ............................... 197 What Is DNS?.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................197 What Is Dynamic DNS? .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................176 Create The Directory And User Group .........................199 Update Your DNS Registration .....177 Windows 98/ME ............conf File.........................................................................................................182 When To Use Dynamic DNS..........................................................................................................189 What You Need To Know About NAT And DNS .................................................................................................................................................................................177 Windows Drive Sharing With Your SAMBA Server ............................................................................................................................................................................... 181 What Is DNS?...........................................................................................183 Configuring A Caching Nameserver..................................................182 The /etc/resolv...........................................................................................................................................................................................................200 ...............................................................................198 Dynamic DNS Prerequisites..........................................188 Sample Reverse Zone File ......................................................179 Using The smbmount Command Method............................................................................................................................... 181 Configuring DNS.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................192 Configure Your Firewall...................................................................conf File..................................................................................177 Windows XP.....................199 Installing And Using ez-ipupdate ........................................................................................................................................................182 When To Use A Regular DNS Server....192 Fix Your Domain Registration .....................173 Adding The Printer To Linux.........................................................................................200 ez-ipupdate And NAT .................................................................................187 Sample Forward Zone File ................................................................................................178 Create A ZIP Drive Mount Point On Your Samba Server .................................................................................................189 Loading Your New Configuration Files ................................................................................................182 How To Download and Install The BIND Packages ...............................................................................199 The /etc/ez-ipupdate........................................179 Chapter 17......................................................................................................................................................................................................177 Windows Setup ......................................................................................... 197 Dynamic DNS...............................................................................................................

............................................................................205 Disabling SSL – (Not Recommended) ............................................................................217 Using MRTG To Monitor Other Subsystems .....................................203 How To Get Apache Started ..............conf File.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................213 What is SNMP? .215 What is MRTG?............................................................206 Configuration – Multiple Sites And IP Addresses........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................224 ..................................................................................215 Configuring MRTG ..............................................................mc File ..............................................................................................................................218 What Is Webalizer?...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 221 Configuring Linux Mail Servers .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................205 IP Based Virtual Hosting .......................................................................................................................... 203 Download and Install The Apache Package .........................208 Using Data Compression On Web Pages .........................206 Use Wild Cards Sparingly.......................................223 Errors With The m4 Command ............................................com Installing And Using DDclient........................................................................................205 A Note On Virtual Hosting And SSL.........................218 The Webalizer Configuration File .........................223 Errors When Restarting sendmail.............................................................206 A Note On Virtual Hosting And DNS ...........................................................................................................................conf files ...224 The /etc/mail/sendmail..........................................................................................................................................................212 Incompatible /etc/httpd/conf/http........................................................................210 File Permissions And Apache .....................................................................................................218 Make Webalizer run in Quiet Mode ..................................213 MRTG ..........................................218 How To View Your Webalizer Statistics .................200 The /etc/ddclient...........................................................................................................................0 and Indexmaker................................................................................................................................................210 Issues When Upgrading To Apache 2.....218 Webalizer ...................................................................................................... 203 The Apache Web Server ...............221 Configuring DNS .........................................................................................................................................................224 The /var/log/maillog File ......204 Named Virtual Hosting ................224 Why Sendmail Only Listens On The Loopback Interface By Default .............................................221 An Overview Of How Sendmail Works ......................................................................202 Chapter 19...............................................213 SNMP on a Linux Server ......................................................................... 213 SNMP............................................. 221 Configuring Sendmail ..........................209 Apache Running On A Server Behind A Firewall.......................................210 How To Protect Web Page Directories With Passwords ......................................................................................................................................................................208 Compression Configuration Example ..................................................................................................................................................................222 Installing And Starting Sendmail..................................223 Errors With The Newaliases Command........................................................................................................222 Restart Sendmail After Editing Your Configuration Files .......................... 213 Monitoring Server Performance ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................204 Configuring DNS For Apache.................................................................215 Download and Install The MRTG Packages .................................218 Chapter 21.....216 RedHat Version 8..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................viii www.....................212 Chapter 20.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................202 Testing Port Forwarding...............................................................................................................................................201 Testing Your Dynamic DNS .......................................204 General Configuration Steps .................0.........................................linuxhomenetworking............................................................................................................

......................................................249 Firewalls and NTP......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................225 Regenerate The sendmail......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 245 The NTP Server ...................................................................................237 Chapter 22........... 251 Configuring Cisco PIX Firewalls................cf File.............................................................................................................................................................231 Simple Mailing Lists Using Aliases.....conf File ....................230 Which User Should Really Receive The Mail? ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................228 The /etc/mail/access File ....................................................................230 The /etc/mail/virtusertable file ........................252 Via The Console Port .....243 Chapter 23...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................0........................................................................................................................ 251 Network Address Translation (NAT) ...........................................251 Accessing the PIX command line ...............248 Configuring Cisco Devices To Use An NTP Server..................................................................................................................241 How to get DHCP started ...........................233 Testing Masquerading................................................................................................................................................................................231 The /etc/aliases File................................242 Temporary solution .........................................................................................227 Symptoms Of A Bad /etc/hosts File......................................................................242 Modify Your Routes for DHCP on Linux Server ...................................................236 Configuring Your POP Mail Server............................ .............................246 How To Get NTP Started ...............233 Configuring masquerading.................................................226 The /etc/hosts File..252 Via Telnet ..237 How to handle overlapping email addresses................................................................3 To 8.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................240 Upgrading Your DHCP Server .......239 The /etc/dhcp....229 The /etc/mail/local-host-names File............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................225 Restart sendmail to load the new configuration ..............................................Table Of Contents ix Edit /etc/mail/sendmail......................... 239 Configuring The DHCP Server ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................246 The /etc/ntp...............................................................................................................................................................................................248 Cisco IOS ..................................................................................247 Determining If NTP Is Synchronized Properly .............227 The /etc/mail/relay-domains File.....................................................................................................................243 Error Found When Upgrading From Redhat 7.............................................................248 CAT OS .......242 Permanent Solution ......245 Download and Install The NTP Package......243 Configuring Linux clients to use DHCP ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................236 How To Configure Your Windows Mail Programs.....................249 Chapter 24..............................................................................................................................226 Now Make Sure Sendmail Is Listening On All Interfaces................................................................................................................................................................... 245 What is NTP?..........232 An Important Note About The /etc/aliases File ................................................................252 .....................................................235 Configuring Your POP Mail Server...................................234 A Simple PERL Script To Help Stop SPAM..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................226 A General Guide To Using The sendmail..............................................................................................................................235 Installing Your POP Mail Server .....................................234 Other Masquerading Notes ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................mc To Make Sendmail Listen On NICs Too................................................................................conf File.........................233 Sendmail Masquerading Explained.................................................................... 239 Download and Install The DHCP Package ..............mc File..

....................................273 Transforms .....271 Encryption methods ........................................................................................................................................................Static IP ............................ 269 Miscellaneous Topics........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................270 Transport mode VPNs............................................271 IKE authentication methods..........................................................................com Sample PIX Configuration: DSL ....... 257 An Introduction to Network Address Translation (NAT) ..............................................270 Encapsulating Security Protocol (ESP) ................................................................................................................................................................... 269 VPN Terminologies.........................................................271 Authentication methods....................................................272 Shared keys ............................253 NAT Configuration ................................................................................................................................................................260 DSL Router With Built-In Modem .........................................266 How To Troubleshoot NAT ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................258 Via Telnet ....Static IPs .................266 How To Verify That NAT Is Working Correctly ............................275 Preparing To Go “Headless” .....................................................................................270 Tunnel mode VPNs..............273 VPN User Authentication Methods For Temporary Connections ...............................................................260 DSL Router With Built-In Modem ..................................................................................................................................................................273 Shared keys .....................254 How To Get Static IPs For DSL Cheaply ........277 ...................270 Transport mode AH / ESP packet format ......................................................275 Configuration Steps ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................255 Chapter 25........................................................................................................................................................................................255 Incoming Connections NAT Configuration .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................277 Configuration Steps .......................................................................................................................................................................................x www............................255 Outgoing Connections NAT Configuration .....................................................................................................262 DSL Router With External Modem ...........273 IKE and ISAKMP....270 IPSec .............................................................................................................................linuxhomenetworking...............................................................................DHCP......................270 Transport mode AH packet format .........269 Encryption .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................271 Tunnel mode AH / ESP packet format..............................................................................................................................................................................266 Commonly Used TCP And UDP Ports.....................................................254 Sample PIX configuration: DSL ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................258 Sample Configurations..............................................................................................273 VPN Security And Firewalls......................................................... 257 Configuring Cisco DSL Routers .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................258 Via The Console Port .............................................................................................253 Configuring PPPoE...............267 Appendix I ...................................................................................264 Other NAT Topics ................................................272 Public key cryptography using RSA encryption..................................................271 Tunnel mode AH packet format .....................................274 Running Linux Without A Monitor ................271 Internet Key Exchange (IKE)............................................................................................................................................................................................................Static IP .........................................................................................272 IKE's role in creating Security Associations .............258 Introduction to accessing the router command line ..................................................................................................................................................................................275 Make Your Linux Box Emulate A VT100 Dumb Terminal..............................................................................................................270 Authentication Header (AH)...................................................................DHCP............................................................................................................273 Types Of Dial Up VPN Authentication ...............................................................................................269 Authentication ...........................................254 Dynamic DNS Port Forwarding Entries .........................................................................................................................................

................................................................................289 Contents Of The IP Header ...........................................................................Static DSL Configuration...................................................................................305 IPtables Complex script .............319 Forward Zone File For A Home Network Using NAT .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................com ................................................305 DNS Zone File For my-site.......................................................................................288 TCP/IP Packet Format ..................................................................280 Cisco Local Director.......................... Also Known As "root"..................................................................298 The mail-filter.............................................................................330 Appendix III......334 ............................................320 Sendmail Sample /etc/mail/access File ..............285 Some Recommended Partition Sizes ....................DHCP DSL Configuration..........................................296 Sendmail SPAM Filter Script ...............................................................................287 What Can I Do When I Run Out Of Disk Space?.....................................................................280 Cisco PIX Filewalls ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................285 swap............................................288 The Seven OSI Layers ................................................................319 DNS Zone File For my-other-site...............................................................................................................................286 How Much Space Do I Have On My Partitions?..............com .........................................................................303 IPtables FTP Server .....................................................................................322 Sendmail Sample /etc/mail/local-host-names File .........284 What Is A Partition? .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................289 Contents Of The TCP Header................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................284 What Is A Filesystem?......................324 Sendmail Sample /etc/mail/virtusertable File............................................................................................................................................................................................................................Table Of Contents xi Syslog Configuration and Cisco Devices ............................................................................mc File ..........................................................................284 What Partitions Are Mandatory?.....................................320 Reverse Zone File For A Home Network Using NAT ......................reject File.......................................................................................................................................................................................accept File....................290 Appendix II.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 333 Wireless Linux ................................334 Cisco Router Configuration Examples.............................................................283 Disk Partitioning Explained.............................................................................323 Sendmail Sample /etc/mail/sendmail...............................................................................conf File .........................326 ICMP Codes................................................................290 Contents Of The UDP Header .....................................................................................................................................................285 Recommended Sizes For Disk Partitions..........................329 Cisco PIX Firewall .....................................................................................................................................................................334 Cisco PIX Firewall Configuration Examples......................................................................................................................................................................282 The Sample Cisco syslog...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................298 IPtables FTP Client...........322 Sendmail Sample /etc/aliases File .............................................................................................304 IPtables NTP Server...285 /boot .........................................................................................285 "/"....................................................280 Catalyst CAT Switches running CATOS.........................287 The OSI Networking Model ........................................................284 How Linux Links Filesystems And Partitions ....................................294 Apache File Permissions Script ...... Scripts and Configurations .......................................................................................................................................................................297 The mail-filter...................... 293 Codes............................................................................................................................................ 333 Bibliography ....................................................................298 The mail-filter Script............................................................................................................................................................282 Cisco CSS11000 (Arrowpoints) ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 293 Subnet Calculator Script ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................327 Cisco PIX Firewall ...........................................................280 Cisco Routers ...................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................................................339 .............335 The Windows SCP client called WinSCP.................................................................................................................................................................339 My Other Sites........................................................................336 Dynamic DNS ...............336 Sendmail Mail Configuration ...................................................................................................338 Disk Partitioning .............................................................................................................................com Netfilter .....................................................................337 NTP Server .........................................................335 General Home Networking Resource Pages.....336 Apache Web Server Software...................................................338 General Linux Resource Pages ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................338 Samba ...........................xii www.........................................337 Static DNS.....................linuxhomenetworking..............iptables Configuration .............................................................................................................................................336 DHCP Server .................................................................................................................339 Network Monitoring......................................................................................Hosting Your Website at Home ..................................335 SSH Servers and SSH Clients..........................................................................................................................................................................................336 FTP Server and FTP Clients .................................................................................................................337 POP Mail Server ...................................Linux as a Windows File Server .....................................................................................................................................................................................

Table Of Contents xiii .

xiv www.linuxhomenetworking.com .

"children" and "soho". Who Is The Super User? The super user with unrestricted access to all system resources and files is the user named "root". You may use the command “man useradd” to get the help pages on adding users with the useradd command or the “man usermod” to become more familiar with modifying users with the usermod command. You will need to log in as user root to add new users to your Linux box How To Add Users Adding users takes some planning.com =========================================== One of the most important activities in administering a Linux box is the addition of users. I have included some simple examples to provide a foundation for future chapters. www.15 Chapter 1 Adding Linux Users =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 1 Adding Linux Users Who Is The Super User? How To Add Users How To Change Passwords How To Delete Users How To Tell The Groups To Which A User Belongs © Peter Harrison.linuxhomenetworking. In this example there are three groups "parents". read through the steps below before starting: • Arrange your list of users into groups by function. . A more detailed description of the process is beyond the focus of this book.

they will be prompted for their new permanent password. You will be prompted once for your old password and twice for the new one. assign them to their respective groups [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# useradd useradd useradd useradd useradd useradd -g -g -g -g -g -g parents parents children children soho soho paul jane derek alice accounts sales If you don't specify the group with the "-g".linuxhomenetworking. • User "root" changing the password for user "paul" [root@bigboy root]# passwd paul Changing password for user paul. When each new user first logs in. • Each user's personal directory will be placed in the /home directory. This is done with the "passwd" command. New password: Retype new password: . RedHat Linux will create a group with the same name as the user you just created.16 www. The directory name will be the same as their user name. [root@bigboy tmp]# ll /home drwxr-xr-x 2 root root drwx-----2 accounts soho drwx-----2 alice children drwx-----2 derek children drwx-----2 jane parents drwx-----2 paul parents drwx-----2 sales soho [root@bigboy tmp]# ll /home 12288 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 Jul Jul Jul Jul Jul Jul Jul 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 20:04 20:33 20:33 20:33 20:33 20:33 20:33 lost+found accounts alice derek jane paul sales How To Change Passwords You’ll need to create passwords for each account.com Parents Paul Jane • Children Alice Derek Soho Accounts Sales Add the Linux groups to your server: [root@bigboy tmp]# groupadd parents [root@bigboy tmp]# groupadd children [root@bigboy tmp]# groupadd soho • Add the Linux users.

[paul@bigboy paul]$ passwd Changing password for paul Old password: your current password Enter the new password (minimum of 5.Chapter 1 : Adding Linux Users 17 passwd: all authentication tokens updated successfully. The "-r" flag removes all the contents of the user's home directory [root@bigboy tmp]# userdel -r paul How To Tell The Groups To Which A User Belongs • Use the "groups" command with the username as the argument [root@bigboy root]# groups paul paul : parents [root@bigboy root]# . [root@bigboy root]# • Users may wish to change their passwords at a future date. maximum of 8 characters) Please use a combination of upper and lower case letters and numbers. Here is how unprivileged user "paul" would change his own password. [paul@bigboy paul]$ How To Delete Users • The userdel command is used. New password: your new password Re-enter new password: your new password Password changed.

18 www.com .linuxhomenetworking.

here's how.com =========================================== You can give selected users temporary "root" privileges using the "sudo" command. • The command you want to run must first begin with the word "sudo" followed by the regular command syntax. www.linuxhomenetworking. . • When running the command you will be prompted for your regular password before it is executed. What is sudo? • Sudo is a command that allows users defined in the /etc/sudoers configuration file to have temporary root access to run certain privileged commands.Chapter 1 : Adding Linux Users 19 Chapter 2 Using Sudo =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 2 Using Sudo What is sudo? Download and Install The sudo Package The visudo Command The /etc/sudoers File How To Use sudo Using syslog To Track All sudo Commands © Peter Harrison.

20 www. The NOPASSWD keyword provides access without you being prompted for your password Simple Examples o Users "paul" and "mary" have full access to all privileged commands paul. It is not recommended that you use any other editor to modify your sudo parameters. The keyword "ALL" can mean all usernames. • "visudo" is best run as user "root" The /etc/sudoers File General Guidelines o The /etc/sudoers file has the general format: usernames/group o o o o o o o target-servername = command Groups are the same as user groups and are differentiated from regular users by a % at the beginning The "#" at the beginning of a line signifies a comment line You can have multiple usernames per line separated by commas Multiple commands can be separated by commas too. commands and servers. Spaces are considered part of the command. groups.com • You may run other privileged commands using sudo within a five minute period without being reprompted for a password • All commands run as sudo are logged in the log file /var/log/messages Download and Install The sudo Package Fortunately the package is installed by default by RedHat The visudo Command • "visudo" is the command used to edit the /etc/sudoers configuration file. "visudo" uses the same commands as the "vi" text editor. If you run out of space on a line. you can end it with a "\" and continue on the next line. mary ALL=(ALL) ALL .linuxhomenetworking.

. logname=paul uid=0 euid=0 tty=pts/0 ruser= rhost= user=paul Nov 18 22:51:25 bigboy sudo: paul : TTY=pts/0 . COMMAND=/bin/more sudoers [root@bigboy tmp]# . PWD=/etc .. USER=root . . user "paul" attempts to view the contents of the /etc/sudoers file [paul@bigboy paul]$ more /etc/sudoers /etc/sudoers: Permission denied [paul@bigboy paul]$ • Paul tries again using sudo and his regular user password and is successful [paul@bigboy paul]$ sudo more /etc/sudoers Password: .. %operator ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD: ALL How To Use sudo • In this example. . Here is sample output from the above example. [paul@bigboy paul]$ Using syslog To Track All sudo Commands All sudo commands are logged in the log file /var/log/messages.. [root@bigboy tmp]# grep sudo /var/log/messages Nov 18 22:50:30 bigboy sudo(pam_unix)[26812]: authentication failure...Chapter 2 : Using Sudo 21 o Users with a groupid of "operator" has full access to all commands and won't be prompted for a password when doing so.

com .22 www.linuxhomenetworking.

com =========================================== A lot of Linux system software is available using RPM packages for default Linux installs. they more easily installed across a wide variety of Linux flavors.23 Chapter 3 Installing RPM Software =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 3 Installing RPM Software Where To Get Commonly Used RPMs How to Easily Access CD RPMs With Automount Downloading RPMS To Your Linux Box Getting RPMs Using Web Based FTP Getting RPMs Using Command Line Anonymous FTP How To Install The RPMs How to Install Source RPMs How To List Installed RPMs How Uninstall RPMs RedHat Up2date © Peter Harrison. thereby making life easier for the software developer who wrote the package. and source RPMs for non standard installations. As the procedure for installing source RPMs involves compiling source code. Where To Get Commonly Used RPMs Here are three commonly used sources for RPMs: .linuxhomenetworking. www.

RPMs Downloaded From Redhat Advanced searches for all versions of RedHat can be done using this web link: http://www.html RedHat also has a highly used FTP site. A good general purpose source is RPMfind.24 www. Always remember to select the RPM that matches your version of Linux http://speakeasy. See the section about using Automount to easily access your CDROM drive to obtain RPM files.net/ How to Easily Access CD RPMs With Automount Using the Linux installation CDs is usually easier.redhat.rpmfind. [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 345 autofs on [root@bigboy tmp]# .7-33 [root@bigboy tmp]# • You can then ensure that it runs when the system boots using the chkconfig command. [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -qa | grep autofs autofs-3. ftp. You can check this using the following commands. don’t worry. It is usually simplest to configure your system to Automount your CDROM. This makes the files on it immediately accessible whenever you access it without having to use the "mount" command. This will make your Linux system act more like Windows.redhat. RPMs Downloaded From Speakeasy RedHat only has their approved software on their site.com/apps/download/advanced_search. start your search in the /pub/redhat/linux/ directory and move down the directory tree.com RPMs On Your Installation CDs This is usually easier than having to download files from a remote website. though you run the risk of some of the packages being obsolete due to newer releases on the RedHat website. FTP downloading it’ll be explained later.com.linuxhomenetworking.1. If you’re new to FTP. • Autofs is the package that supports Automount is installed by default with newer versions of RedHat Linux.

Chapter 3 : Installing RPM Software

25

• There are two automount configuration files in /etc, one called auto.master and the other called auto.misc. My auto.master looks like this: /misc /etc/auto.misc --timeout 60

The default version of this file normally has this line commented out so you’ll have to remove the "#" at the beginning of the line for the configuration to take effect when autofs is restarted. The first entry is not the mount point. It's where the set of autofs mount points will be. The second entry is a reference to the default map file /etc/auto.misc and the third option says that the mounted filesystems can try to unmount themselves 60 seconds after use. • You can create mount points for each of your removable devices, "floppy", "cdrom" and "zip" with the following commands. [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy total 3 drwxr-xr-x 2 drwxr-xr-x 2 drwxr-xr-x 2 [root@bigboy tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# mkdir /misc/cdrom mkdir /misc/floppy mkdir /misc/zip ll /misc

root root 1024 Nov 10 16:06 cdrom root root 1024 Nov 10 16:06 floppy root root 1024 Nov 10 16:06 zip tmp]#

• Edit your auto.misc file to include the CDROM. It should have an entry like this. cdrom -fstype=iso9660,ro,nosuid,nodev :/dev/cdrom You'll find other entries such as "floppy" and "zip" commented out with a "#". If you need them, just delete the "#". The first column (the "key") is the mount point under directory /misc, so in this case you'll be doing auto mounting when you access /misc/cdrom. • Restart autofs. [root@bigboy /tmp]# /etc/init.d/autofs restart Stopping automount:[ OK ] Starting automount:[ OK ] [root@bigboy /tmp]#

Downloading RPMS To Your Linux Box
For casual searching and installing, I recommend using the http links above. If you are doing industrial strength stuff, then use a real FTP client such as (WSFTP or CuteFTP for GUI) or the command line.

26

www.linuxhomenetworking.com

Getting RPMs Using Web Based FTP
Let’s say you are running RedHat 8.0 and need to download an RPM for the DHCP server.

RedHat
• • • • • • • Use your web browser to go to the RedHat link above Type in dhcp in the search box Click the search button Scroll down for the RPM you need for the DHCP server Click on the appropriate "download" link Click on the FTP link Save the file to Linux box's hard drive

Speakeasy
• • • • • • • Go to the Speakeasy link Type in dhcp in the search box Click the search button Scroll down for the RPM that matches your version of RedHat The right hand column has the links with the actual names of the rpm files Click the link Save the file to Linux box's hard drive

It is best to download RPMs to a directory named "RPM", so you can find them later.

Getting RPMs Using Command Line Anonymous FTP
The Web based method above transparently uses anonymous File Transfer Protocol (FTP). Anonymous FTP allows you to log in and download files from a FTP server using the username “anonymous” and a password that matches your email address. This way anyone can access the data. • Let's try to FTP the SSH package from ftp.redhat.com [root@bigboy tmp]# ftp ftp.redhat.com Trying 66.77.185.38... Connected to ftp.redhat.com (66.77.185.38).

Chapter 3 : Installing RPM Software

27

220 Red Hat FTP server ready. All transfers are logged. Name (ftp.redhat.com:root): anonymous 331 Please specify the password. Password: 230 Login successful. Have fun. Remote system type is UNIX. Using binary mode to transfer files. ftp> ls 227 Entering Passive Mode (66,77,185,38,50,122) 150 Here comes the directory listing. drwxr-xr-x 5 0 0 4096 Jun 09 04:20 pub 226 Directory send OK. ftp> • Let's see the available help commands ftp> help Commands may be abbreviated. Commands are: ! $ account append ascii bell binary bye case cd cdup chmod close cr delete ftp> • The commands you'll most likely use are: FTP Commands Command binary cd dir exit Description Copy files in binary mode Change directory on the FTP server List the names of the files in the current remote directory Bye bye debug dir disconnect exit form get glob hash help idle image lcd ls macdef Mdelete mdir mget mkdir mls mode modtime mput newer nmap nlist ntrans open prompt passive proxy sendport put pwd quit quote recv reget rstatus rhelp rename reset restart rmdir runique send site size status struct system sunique tenex tick trace type user umask verbose ?

28

www.linuxhomenetworking.com

Command get lcd ls mget mput passive put pwd

Description Get a file from the FTP server Change the directory on the local machine Same as dir Same as get, but you can use wildcards like "*" Same as put, but you can use wildcards like "*" Make the file transfer passive mode Put a file from the local machine onto the FTP server Give the directory name on the local machine

• By using the search feature on the website ahead of time, I know that the RedHat 8.0RPMs are located in the pub/redhat/linux/8.0/en/os/i386/RedHat/RPMS directory. ftp> cd pub/redhat/linux/8.0/en/os/i386/RedHat/RPMS 250 Directory successfully changed. ftp> ls open* 227 Entering Passive Mode (66,77,185,38,45,180) 150 Here comes the directory listing. -rw-r--r-- 1 0 0 11191 Sep 03 21:32 open-1.4-16.i386.rpm -rw-r--r-- 1 0 0 2006950 Sep 03 21:32 openh323-1.9.3-4.i386.rpm -rw-r--r-- 1 0 0 256971 Sep 03 21:32 openh323-devel-1.9.3-4.i386.rpm ... ... -rw-r--r-- 1 0 0 217326 Sep 03 21:33 openssh-3.4p1-2.i386.rpm ... ... 226 Directory send OK. ftp> • Get the file we need and place it in the local directory /usr/rpm. Also print "#" hash signs on the screen during the download. ftp> hash Hash mark printing on (1024 bytes/hash mark). ftp> lcd /usr/rpm Local directory now /usr/rpm ftp> ftp> get openssh-3.4p1-2.i386.rpm local: openssh-3.4p1-2.i386.rpm remote: openssh-3.4p1-2.i386.rpm 227 Entering Passive Mode (66,77,185,38,57,102) 150 Opening BINARY mode data connection for openssh-3.4p1-2.i386.rpm (217326 bytes). ##################################################################### #####################################################################

Chapter 3 : Installing RPM Software

29

#################################################################### 226 File send OK. 217326 bytes received in 87.7 secs (2.4 Kbytes/sec) ftp> • Bye bye ftp> exit 221 Goodbye. [root@bigboy tmp]#

How To Install The RPMs
Using Downloaded Files
• • Download the source RPMs which usually have a file extension ending with (.rpm) into a temporary directory such as /tmp As user root, issue the following command: [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh filename.rpm

Using CDROMs
• Insert the CDROM and check the files in /misc/cdrom/RedHat/RPMS [root@bigboy tmp]# cd /misc/cdrom/RedHat/RPMS [root@bigboy RPMS]# ls filename* filename.rpm [root@bigboy RPMS]# rpm -Uvh filename.rpm • When finished, eject the CDROM [root@bigboy RPMS]# cd /tmp [root@bigboy tmp]# eject cdrom [root@bigboy tmp]#

How to Install Source RPMs
Sometimes the packages you want to install need to be compiled in order to match your kernel version. This requires you to use source RPM files. • Download the source RPMs or locate them on your CD collection. They usually have a file extension ending with (.src.rpm)

30

www.linuxhomenetworking.com

• Run the following commands as root:

Newer Linux Versions
Compiling and installing source RPMs with newer RedHat Linux versions can be done simply with the rpmbuild command

[root@bigboy tmp]# rpmbuild --rebuild filename.src.rpm

o

Here is an example in which we install the tacacs plus package. [root@bigboy rpm]# rpmbuild --rebuild tac_plus-4.0.3-2.src.rpm Installing tac_plus-4.0.3-2.src.rpm Executing(%prep): /bin/sh -e /var/tmp/rpm-tmp.61594 + umask 022 + cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD + cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD + rm -rf tac_plus-4.0.3 + /usr/bin/gzip -dc /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES/tac_plus-4.0.3.tgz + tar -xvvf drwxr-xr-x nsen/25 0 1999-08-04 00:33:15 tac_plus-4.0.3/ -rw-r----- root/root 9029 1999-04-02 22:03:45 tac_plus4.0.3/CHANGES ... ... ... ... ... ... Checking for unpackaged file(s): /usr/lib/rpm/check-files /var/tmp/tacacsd Wrote: /usr/src/redhat/RPMS/i386/tac_plus-4.0.3-2.i386.rpm Executing(%clean): /bin/sh -e /var/tmp/rpm-tmp.60207 + umask 022 + cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD + cd tac_plus-4.0.3 + rm -rf /var/tmp/tacacsd + exit 0 Executing(--clean): /bin/sh -e /var/tmp/rpm-tmp.60207 + umask 022 + cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD + rm -rf tac_plus-4.0.3 + exit 0 [root@bigboy rpm]#

o

Here we see that the regular RPM file, not the source RPM, has been installed correctly. [root@bigboy rpm]# rpm -qa | grep tac_plus tac_plus-4.0.3-2 [root@bigboy rpm]#

In this example we are looking for all packages containing the string “ssh” in the name.4p1-2 openssh-clients-3.2. You then have to run the rpm command again to compile the source files into a regular RPM file which will be placed in either the /usr/src/packages/RPMS/i386/ or the /usr/src/redhat/RPMS/i386/ directories.27-9 libstdc++-3.3-3 … … … [root@bigboy tmp]# • You can also pipe the output of this command through the grep command if you are interested in only a specific package.4p1-2 openssh-3.rpm SPECS]# cd /usr/src/redhat/SPECS SPECS]# rpm –ba filename tmp]# cd /usr/src/redhat/RPM/i386 i386]# rpm -Uvh filename.14-15 smpeg-gtv-0. o o The source files are first exported into the directory /usr/src/redhat/SPECS with the rpm command. You then have to install the new RPM file from this directory.4p1-2 openssh-askpass-gnome-3.0. [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh filename.src. regardless of case (“-i” meaning ignore case) [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -qa | grep -i ssh openssh-server-3.4p1-2 [root@bigboy tmp]# .4.4-9 e2fsprogs-1.2-7 audiofile-0.4p1-2 openssh-askpass-3.Chapter 3 : Installing RPM Software 31 Older Linux Versions The process is more complicated with older RedHat Linux versions as can be seen below.rpm o How To List Installed RPMs • The rpm –qa command will list all the packages installed on your system [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm –qa perl-Storable-1.

Your Update Agent options specify that you want to use GPG. debug No 1. public key. Inc. [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm –e package-name RedHat Up2date RedHat has a program called up2date which will update your Linux installation with the latest revisions of the RPMs from the RedHat website via a HTTPS/SSL connection running in the background. depslist [] … … … Enter number of item to edit <return to exit. It will prompt you to change the initial settings. run the following as root: rpm --import /usr/share/rhn/RPM-GPG-KEY [root@bigboy tmp]# • Issue the rpm command to get the keys [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm --import /usr/share/rhn/RPM-GPG-KEY [root@bigboy tmp]# . Just quit by typing “q” and up2date will give you the command to run to get the encryption keys from RedHat. Here’s what to do: • After installing the operating system issue the up2date command. isatty Yes 2. q to quit without saving>: Your GPG keyring does not contain the Red Hat. Without it. [root@bigboy tmp]# up2date 0. The package name given must match that listed in the rpm –qa command as the version of the package is important.linuxhomenetworking.com How Uninstall RPMs • The rpm –e command will erase an installed package. To install the key. you will be unable to verify that packages Update Agent downloads are securely signed by Red Hat.32 www.

1...8.Chapter 3 : Installing RPM Software 33 • Issue the up2date command again and it will prompt you through a number of registration screens which will ask for information such as: o o o The login name & password of your choice Your. … … … Preparing ########################################### [100%] Installing.0. address and email address A profile name for your server • It will then present you with a list of all the packages installed on your server and ask you whether you want to register this software information with RedHat • The up2date updater will then register your system and exit back to the command prompt..18 24.. ######################################## cups-libs-1.. ######################################## Fetching rpm headers.4. ######################################## Fetching Obsoletes list for channel: redhat-linux-i386-8. • Now you have to actually update the software using up2date..17-0. name. ####################################### Testing package set / solving RPM inter-dependencies.2.0..r ########################## Done. This is what it looks like: [root@bigboy tmp]# up2date -u Fetching package list for channel: redhat-linux-i386-8.0Pkg name/pattern [root@bigboy tmp]# .i386.. This is done with the up2date –u command... 1:cups-libs 2:cvs 3:cyrus-sasl … … … ########################################### [100%] ########################################### [100%] ########################################### [100%] The following Packages were marked to be skipped by your configuration: Name Version Rel Reason --------------------------------------------------------------------kernel 2.

com Some Necessary Facts About up2date o o You can update your contact information afterwards using the link http://www. All additional profiles under the login name have an annual fee. If you have a firewall protecting your system.34 www.linuxhomenetworking. Here is a sample script that you can run weekly using cron #!/bin/sh # # Updates system every week # up2date -p up2date -u o . you will need TCP port 443 access to the internet Updating packages could cause programs written by you to stop functioning especially if they rely on the older version’s features or syntax. Some RPMs won’t install unless other RPMs have been installed previously. The “–u” switch will update all packages and the “-p” will register any additional packages you have installed without using up2date. You can write a small script to periodically update your system.com/network RedHat will regularly send you emails with the packages you need to update.redhat. You can selectively update the package mentioned in each email using the command: [root@bigboy tmp]# up2date package-name o o o o Only one profile per login name is free. up2date automatically figures out these package inter-dependencies and will install all the required foundation packages as well. up2date uses HTTPS/SSL to do its updating.

Chapter 3 : Installing RPM Software 35 .

com .36 www.linuxhomenetworking.

The boot process first runs the scripts found in /etc/rc. You can alter it to change the type of login screen you get and also which programs get started.d which provides only the most basic functionality and the ability to only handle a single user.linuxhomenetworking. . These are listed below.d/rc1. the boot process will run scripts in only one of the other directories depending on the startup mode (aka.37 Chapter 4 The Linux Boot Process =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 4 The Linux Boot Process The RedHat Boot Sequence Determining The Default Boot runlevel Get A GUI Console Get A Basic Text Terminal Without Exiting The GUI System Shutdown And Rebooting How To Set Which Programs Run At Each runlevel © Peter Harrison. www. The RedHat Boot Sequence When RedHat boots. run level). the boot process will run a number of scripts located in subdirectories under directory /etc/rc. This stage is known as “single user mode”. After completing this first phase.com =========================================== The way Linux boots up is very important information to know.d.

When set it to “3”. Remember that when you log out you will get the regular text based console again.com Mode/Run Level 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Directory /etc/rc.d/rc1.d/rc6. the system boots up with the text interface on the VGA console. when set to “5”.d Run Level Description Halt Single-user mode Not used (user-definable) Full multi-user mode (No GUI interface) Not used (user-definable) Full multi-user mode (With GUI interface) Reboot Determining The Default Boot runlevel The default boot runlevel is set in the file /etc/inittab with the "initdefault" variable.linuxhomenetworking. .d /etc/rc. The runlevels used by RHS are: # 0 .d/rc5. if you do not have networking) # 3 .reboot (Do NOT set initdefault to this) # id:3:initdefault: # Console Text Mode id:5:initdefault: # Console GUI Mode • Most home users boot up with a Windows like GUI (Run Level 5) • Most techies will tend to boot up with a plain text based command line type interface (Run level 3) • Changing "initdefault" from 3 to 5 or vice-versa will only have an effect upon your next reboot.d/rc2.unused # 5 .d/rc3.d /etc/rc.d/rc4. Here is a sample snippet of the file: (Delete the initdefault line you don't need) # Default runlevel. See the section below on how to get a GUI login all the time until the next reboot.Full multiuser mode # 4 . Get A GUI Console You have two main options if your system comes up in a text terminal mode on the VGA console and you want to get the GUI: • Manual Method: You can start the X terminal GUI application each time you need it by running the “startx” command at the VGA console.d /etc/rc.d /etc/rc.halt (Do NOT set initdefault to this) # 1 .Multiuser.X11 # 6 . without NFS (The same as 3.d/rc0.d /etc/rc.38 www. you get the GUI.Single user mode # 2 .d /etc/rc.

o o o Sessions one through six are text sessions. it will run under session number seven. You can step through each text session by using the <CTL> <ALT> <F1> through <F6> key sequence. If the GUI is running. then Terminal Using Virtual Terminals Linux actually has seven virtual console sessions running on the VGA console. You will need to edit your “initdefault” variable in your /etc/inittab file as mentioned in the preceding section to keep this functionality even after you reboot. Halt / Shutdown The System [root@bigboy tmp]# init 0 Reboot The System [root@bigboy tmp]# init 6 . Click on Systems Tools. [root@bigboy tmp]# init 5 Get A Basic Text Terminal Without Exiting The GUI Using A GUI Terminal Window You can open a GUI based window with a command prompt inside by doing the following: o o Click on the “Red Hat” Start button in the bottom left hand corner of the screen. You can get the GUI login with the sequence <CTL> <ALT> <F7>.Chapter 4 : The Linux Boot Process [root@bigboy tmp]# startx • Automatic Method: You can have Linux automatically start the X terminal GUI console for every login attempt until your next reboot by using the init command. only in run level 5. or if the GUI is running after launching "startx" System Shutdown And Rebooting The "init" command will allow you to change the current runlevel. You'll get a new login prompt for each attempt.

.linuxhomenetworking.d/rc.d and place symbolic links (pointers) to this script in the appropriate /etc/rc.d and the runlevels at which they will be "on" or "off" [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --list keytable 0:off 1:on 2:on 3:on 4:on atd 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:on 4:on syslog 0:off 1:off 2:on 3:on 4:on gpm 0:off 1:off 2:on 3:on 4:on kudzu 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:on 4:on wlan 0:off 1:off 2:on 3:on 4:on sendmail 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:on 4:off netfs 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:on 4:on network 0:off 1:off 2:on 3:on 4:on random 0:off 1:off 2:on 3:on 4:on . The typical home/SOHO user doesn't have to be a scripting / symbolic linking guru to make sure everything works right because RedHat comes with a nifty utility called "chkconfig" to do it for you.com How To Set Which Programs Run At Each runlevel Most RedHat packages place a startup script in the directory /etc/init. Let’s change it so that Sendmail doesn't startup at boot.. • Use this command to get a full listing of packages listed in /etc/init.X directory. Here we see Sendmail will start with a regular startup at runlevel 3 or 5. 5:on 5:on 5:on 5:on 5:on 5:on 5:on 5:on 5:on 5:on 6:off 6:off 6:off 6:off 6:off 6:off 6:off 6:off 6:off 6:off Chkconfig Examples You can use chkconfig to change runlevels for particular packages...40 www. . Use Chkconfig To Get A Listing Of Sendmail's Current Startup Options [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --list | grep mail sendmail 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:on 4:off 5:on 6:off [root@bigboy tmp]# Switch Off Sendmail Starting Up In Levels 3 and 5 [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 35 sendmail off [root@bigboy tmp]# Doublecheck That Sendmail Will Not Startup [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --list | grep mail sendmail 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:off 4:off 5:off 6:off [root@bigboy tmp]# .

The commands for starting and stopping the programs covered in this book are covered in each respective chapter. Don't add/remove anything to other runlevels unless you absolutely know what you are doing. Don't experiment. Chkconfig doesn’t start the programs in the /etc/init.d directory. it just configures them to be started or ignored when the system boots up. .Chapter 4 : The Linux Boot Process Turn it back on again [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 35 mail on [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --list | grep mail sendmail 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:on 4:off 5:on 6:off [root@bigboy tmp]# Final Tips On chkconfig • • • In most cases you'll want to modify runlevels 3 and 5 simultaneously AND with the same values.

linuxhomenetworking.com .42 www.

you should at least weigh the merits of such a move. Network Diagram .43 Chapter 5 Why Host Your Own Site? =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 5 Why Host Your Own Site? Network Diagram Alternatives To Home Web Hosting Factors To Consider Before Hosting Yourself How To Migrate From An External Provider © Peter Harrison. www.linuxhomenetworking.com =========================================== We have assumed you want to host your website in your home or home office using a topology similar to that in the diagram below. Before you do.

Availability: Reliable virtual hosting facilities may not be available in your country and/or you may not have access to the foreign currency to host your site abroad.my-site. Verisign or RegisterFree. New Skills: There is also the additional benefit of learning the new skills required to set up the site. So for a savings of $10 per month the project should pay for itself in less than a year. with companies like Register. so you’ll probably have to wait at least that long before you’ll be able to view your site using your domain.com. If your home already has DSL there would be no additional network connectivity costs.com. redundant hardware. Factors To Consider Before Hosting Yourself Virtual hosting is the ideal solution for many small websites.com. You should be able to buy this equipment second hand for about $100.linuxhomenetworking. data base services and technical support offered by the virtual hosting company. A website can be hosted on this data circuit for the only additional hardware cost of a network switch and a web server. the IP address of your site plus the name of a private directory on a shared web server in which you’ll place your web pages. o o Cons o Lost Services: You lose the convenience of many of the services such as backups.com. technical support. For an additional charge. a number of email addresses and an easy to use web based GUI to manage your settings.com Alternatives To Home Web Hosting It is easy to find virtual hosting companies on the Web which will offer to host a simple website for about $10 per month. The steps are fairly straight forward: • Sign up for the virtual hosting service. Home Based Websites Pros o Cost: It is possible to host a website on most DSL connections. security audits. Changes can be made with little delay. They will provide you with a login name and password. • Register your domain name. • Upload your web pages to your private virtual hosting directory. . DNS. many will also provide an e-commerce feature which will allow you to have a shopping cart and customer loyalty programs. load balancing. It takes about 3-4 days for DNS to propagate across the Web. There are a number of reasons why you may want to move your website to your home or small office. www.my-site. You must make sure your new domain name’s DNS records point to the DNS server of the virtual hosting company. • Test viewing your site using your IP address in your web browser. For the home based website these are usually not big issues. such as www.44 www. The virtual hosting provider will also offer free backups of your site.

Availability: Reliable virtual hosting facilities may not be available in your country and you may not have access to the foreign currency to host your site abroad. o Small Office Based Websites Pros o o o Increased Control: You will be able to manage all aspects of your website if it is hosted on a server based either in-house or within your control at a remote data center. data restoration. Training The percentage of IT staff’s time installing and maintaining the site Potential cost of the risks (% likelihood of failure per month X cost of failure) • • Risks Likelihood of a failure and expected duration The cost of both the failure and post failure recovery (Hardware. Hosting providers may provide software patches to fix security vulnerabilities on your web servers and may even provide a firewall to protect it. Technical Ability: You may have to incur additional training costs to ensure that your IT staff has the necessary knowledge to do the job internally. • • • • • Costs New hardware & software Possible new application development. Technical Ability: Your service provider may have more expertise in setting up your site than you do. These services may be more difficult to implement at home. you will have to consider the following: In-house Web Hosting Savings • • Monthly out sourced web hosting fee Elimination of the cost of delays to implement desired services.Chapter 5 : Why Host Your Own Site? 45 o Security: One important factor to consider is the security of your new server. which may have been highly desirable and cost effective. time) Cons o o Lost Services: You won’t have access to the services provided by your old service provider. There is a chapter on the iptables Linux firewall and general security policies for Linux servers to help you overcome these shortcomings. In order to determine the break even point of the proposal. You will eventually be able to justify hosting your website inhouse based on this financial fact. Security: Always weigh the degree of security maintained by your hosting provider with that which you expect to provide in-house. The chapter on the Linux iptables firewall should help make the decision easier. o . Proceed with the server migration only if you feel your staff can handle the job. Cost: The cost of using an external web hosting provider will increase as you purchase more systems administration services. software.

.com How To Migrate From An External Provider The chapter on DNS has a detailed explanation of the steps involved in migrating your website from an external hosting provider to your home or small office.linuxhomenetworking. You should also read the sections on mail and web server configuration to help provide a more rounded understanding of the steps involved.46 www.

com =========================================== This chapter briefly explains some basic networking concepts for the home user. . www.linuxhomenetworking.47 Chapter 6 Introduction To Networking =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 6 Introduction To Networking What Is TCP/IP? What Is An IP Addresses? What Is Localhost? What Is A Subnet Mask? How Many Addresses Do I Get With My Mask? How Can I Figure Out My Broadcast Address? What Is Duplex? What Is A Hub? What Is A Switch? What Is A LAN? What Is A Router? What Is A Gateway? What Is A Route? What Is A Default Gateway? What Is A NIC? What Is A MAC Address? What Is ARP? What Is A Firewall? What Is NAT? What Is Port Forwarding With NAT? What Is DHCP? What Is DNS? How Can I Check The IP Address For A Domain? How Do I Get My Own DNS Domain Name? What is FTP? Where is Linux Help? © Peter Harrison.

Only the TCP datagram header contains sequence information. It is also used when data needs to be broadcast to all available servers on a locally attached network where the creation of dozens of TCP connections for a short burst of data is considered resource hungry. TCP keeps track of the packets sent by giving each one a sequence number with the remote server sending back “acknowledgement” packets confirming correct delivery. This informs the computer receiving the data about the type of transportation mechanism being used.linuxhomenetworking. How does the computer know what program needs the data? Each IP packet also contains a piece of information in its header called the “type” field. It is part of the larger OSI model upon which most data communications is based. What are TCP / UDP Ports? So the data portion of the IP packet contains a TCP or UDP datagram sandwiched inside. The two most popular transportation mechanisms used on the Internet are Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and User Datagram Protocol (UDP). Certain programs are assigned specific that are internationally recognized. One component of TCP/IP is the Internet Protocol (IP) which is responsible for ensuring that data is transferred between two addresses without being corrupted. You could look at it as a combination used to create a connection ID number. What is TCP? TCP opens up a connection between client and server programs running on separate computers so that multiple and/or sporadic streams of data can be sent over an indefinite period of time.com What Is TCP/IP? TCP/IP is a universal standard suite of protocols used to provide connectivity between networked devices. the data is usually split into multiple pieces or “packets” each with its own error detection bytes in the control section or “header” of the packet. UDP is usually used for applications in which the data sent is not mission critical. port 80. Ports below 1024 are reserved for privileged system functions. those above 1024 are generally reserved for non system third party applications. but both the UDP and the TCP datagram headers track the “port” being used. What is UDP? UDP is a connectionless protocol. For manageability. The remote computer then receives the packets and reassembles the data and checks for errors. It then passes the data to the program that expects to receive it. The source/destination port combination defines the program on the computer that sent/received the data. TCP is a good example of a “connection oriented” protocol. Programs that use TCP therefore have a means of detecting connection failures and requesting the retransmission of missing packets. Usually when a connection is made from a client computer requesting data to the server machine that contains the data: . For example. Data is sent on a “best effort” basis with the machine that sends the data having no means of verifying whether the data was correctly received by the remote machine.48 www. is reserved for HTTP web traffic and port 25 is reserved for SMTP email.

More information on ICMP messages can be found in both the Appendix and the chapter on network troubleshooting.Chapter 6 : Introduction To Networking 49 o the client selects a random unused "source" port greater than 1024 and queries the server on the "destination" port specific to the application. electrical interference or even misconfiguration. • The numbers between the dots are frequently referred to as "octets" • Some groups of IP addresses are reserved for use only in private networks and are not routed over the Internet. What is ICMP? There is another commonly used protocol called the Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP). Each bit is either a 1 or a 0. ICMP provides a suite of error. control. it helps to uniquely identify a user of the system. Just like a telephone number. it tells the TCP application to respond back to port 1095 of the client using a source port of port 80. What is a TTL? Each IP packet has a Time to Live (TTL) section that keeps track of the number of network devices the packet has passed through to reach its destination. The server will usually detected this by examining the packet and correlating the contents to what it finds in the IP header’s error control section. but TCP/IP based applications use it frequently. IP packets will occasionally arrive at a server with corrupted data due to any number of reasons including. When the web server software replies to the client. These are: . None of the numbers between the dots may be greater than 255. The server sending the packet sets the TTL value and each network device that the packet passes through then reduces this value by “1”. TTLs help to reduce the clogging of data circuits with unnecessary traffic. If the TTL value reaches “0”. It will then issue an ICMP reject message to the original sending machine that the data should be resent. An example of an IP address would be 97. 1095 and query the server on port 80 (HTTP) The server recognizes the port 80 request as an HTTP request and passes on the data to be handled by the web server software. For example. but a response to the initial port 80 HTTP query. the client will use a source port of say. ICMP also includes echo and echo reply messages used by the Linux “ping” command to confirm network connectivity. o The client keeps track of all its requests to the server's IP address and will recognize that the reply on port 1095 isn't a request initiation for "Nicelink" (See the Bibliography for a link to a TCP/IP port listing). This mechanism helps to ensure that bad routing on the Internet won’t cause packets to aimlessly loop around the network. a bad connection.12.65. and informational messages for use by the operating system. IP addresses are written in what is called a "dotted decimal" format. • IP addresses are in reality a string of binary digits or "bits". IP addresses have 32 bits in total. What Do IP Addresses Look Like? • All devices connected to the Internet have an Internet Protocol (IP) address. It is not strictly a TCP/IP protocol. • For ease of use.25. then the network device will discard the packet. four numbers with dots in between. If it is an HTTP request.

168.255.158.255. Each "255" means this octet is for the area code (network portion).25 and a subnet mask of 255.255.26 .linuxhomenetworking. • Subnet masks allow you to specify how long you want the area code to be (network portion) at the expense of the number of telephones in that are in the area code (Host portion) • Most home networks use a subnet mask of 255.255 192.0 .168.255.0.1. • In this example. the 225-2468 represents the telephone within that area code.com Private IP Addresses 10.255.168.168.255.0 .24.31.0.10.255.0.255.0.253.255.248 that defines 8 IP addresses.0. then the network portion would be 192.253.158.168.255 172.172.255.24.168.Gateway 97.0.0.253.1. a subnet mask of 255. • If you purchased a DSL service from your Internet service provider (ISP) that gives you fixed IP addresses.24 – Network base address 97.1.248 and a gateway of 97.158. You can then use IP addresses from #1 to #254 on your "private" network.1.255 • Home networking equipment / devices usually are configured in the factory with an IP address in the range 192.168.25 .255.253. So if your server has an IP address of 192.1.158.253.255. • You can check the Linux networking topics page on how to configure the IP address of your Linux box.1 and the server or host would be device #25 on that network.1 to 192.1 and is frequently referred to as “localhost” What Is A Subnet Mask? • Subnet masks are used to tell which part of the IP address represents: • The network on which the computer is connected (Network portion) • The computer's unique identifier on that network (Host portion) • A simple analogy would be a phone number.253.27 .Available .253.0) is reserved to represent the network itself.Available 97.28 . then your IP addresses will be: • • • • • 97.158.50 www. and host #255 (192.158.0. host #0 (192.168.192. The (808) represents the area code. What Is Localhost? Whether or not your computer has a network interface card it will have a “built in” IP address with which network aware applications can communicate with one another.0 .255. This IP address is defined as 127. then they will most likely provide you with a subnet mask of 255.Available 97. For example if the ISP provides you with a "public" network address of 97.255) is reserved for broadcast traffic intended to reach all hosts on the network at the same time.158.16. such as (808) 225-2468.

255.192) What’s The Range Of Addresses On My Network? If someone gives you an IP address of 97. 248.29 .75 with a mask of 255.255.253. 252 • You can calculate the number of IP addresses for each of the above values by subtracting the value from 256 • So for example.158.255. 192. 2.255.Chapter 6 : Introduction To Networking 51 • • • 97.30 .168.0.31 o o Let's do this for 192.240 1. 256 .248) = 8 Divide the last octet of the IP address by the result of step 1.224 1. • There are only 7 possible values for the last octet of a subnet mask. if you have a subnet mask of 255. Therefore the broadcast address is 192.Available 97. 128. how do you determine the network address and the broadcast address. Think of it as "The broadcast address is always the network address plus the number of IP addresses in the subnet minus 1". Therefore the network base address is 192.240 = 16 .253.1 = 63.3.158.255.253.255. (256 .28 and a subnet mask of 255.255. The Network address is therefore 97. in other words the boundaries of my network? Here are the steps: Manual Calculation o o Subtract the last octet of the subnet mask from 256 to give the number of IP addresses in the subnet.Available 97.168.Broadcast How Many Addresses Do I Get With My Mask? The method described in this section only works for subnet masks that start with “255.24 The broadcast address is the result of step 3 plus the result of step 1 minus 1.253. (24 + 8 -1 = 31). don't bother with the remainder (28/8 = 3).3.248. These are 0.63 Let's do this for 10.192 then you have 64 IP addresses in your subnet (256 . Multiply this result by the result of step 1 to get the network address (8 x 3 = 24).255.168. 3.0.253.3.158.158.32 32 + 32 .255.255” which should be sufficient for your home network.224 = 32 56 / 32 = 1 32 x 1 = 32.158.158. 224.253. 240.31 . 4.56 with a mask of 255. Think of it as "This is the third subnet with 8 addresses in it". 256 . This will give you the theoretical number of subnets of the same size that are below this IP address. The broadcast address is 97.

Error detection and retransmission mechanisms ensure that data reaches the destination correctly even if it were originally garbled by multiple devices starting to transmit at the same time. • Data transfer speeds will be low and error levels will be high if you have a device at one end of a cable set to full duplex. • Half duplex uses the same pairs of wires for transmitting and receiving data.80 Broadcast Address : 216.92 Network Base Address : 216.linuxhomenetworking.151. and another device at the other end of the cable set to half duplex. Here is a sample of how to use it. . just provide the IP address followed by the subnet mask as arguments. Devices that want to transmit information have to wait their turn until the "coast is clear" at which point they send the data.64 64 + 16 -1 = 79.255. It is for this reason that duplex settings aren’t usually a problem for Linux servers. It will accept subnet masks in dotted decimal format or "/value" format [root@bigboy tmp]# . Therefore the network base address is 10.0.92 /28 IP Address : 216. 4. 75 / 16 = 4 16 x 4 = 64.95 Subnet Mask Subnet Size [root@bigboy tmp]# : 255./subnet-calc.193.193.52 www. What Is A Hub? • A hub is a device into which you can connect all devices on a home network so that they can talk together.com 2. this only works with subnet masks that start with 255. 3.151.0. If you are sub-netting a large chunk of IP addresses it’s always a good idea to lay it out on a spreadsheet to make sure there are no overlapping subnets.sh 216.0.240 : 16 IP Addresses What Is Duplex? • Duplex refers to the ability of a device to transmit and receive data at the same time. the last octet of your network base address must be divisible by the “256 minus the last octet of your subnet mask” and leave no remainder. Calculation Using A Script There is a BASH script in the Appendix which will do this for you.255. Once again.79 Note: As a rule of thumb. • Full duplex uses separate pairs of wires for transmitting and receiving data so that incoming data flows don't interfere with outgoing data flows.255. Therefore the broadcast address is 10.0. • Most modern network cards can auto-negotiate duplex with the device on the other end of the wire.151. Hubs physically cross-connect all their ports with one another which causes all traffic sent from a server to the hub to be blurted out to all other servers connected to that hub whether they are the intended recipient or not.193.193.151.255.

the switch houses ports on multiple LANs. • Communication to devices on another LAN requires a router directly connected to both LANs. This is often called “daisy chaining”. much like a traffic policeman. The router is also capable of filtering traffic passing between the two LANs therefore providing additional security. Switches therefore provide more efficient traffic flow. until the message gets through correctly. What Is A Switch? • A switch is also a device into which you can connect all devices on a home network so that they can talk together. It is possible for multiple servers to speak at once with all of them receiving garbled messages. • It is for these reasons that devices that plug into hubs should be set to half duplex. switches and hubs usually only have servers connected to them that have been configured as being part of the same network. A router is still needs to be connected to each VLAN for inter-network communication. The only exception is broadcast traffic which is blurted out to all the servers simultaneously. • Routers can also be configured to deny communication between specific servers on different networks. Routers therefore direct and regulate traffic between separate networks. . • Switches regulate traffic.Chapter 6 : Introduction To Networking 53 • Hubs have none or very little electronics inside and therefore do not regulate traffic. What Is A LAN? • A Local Area Network (LAN) is a grouping of ports on a hub. switch or tied to a wireless access point (WAP) that can only communicate with each other. They can also filter traffic based on the TCP port section of each packet. In this case. after a random time interval. They will also ensure that they don’t mix servers on different IP networks on the same LAN segment. and allow all other traffic between them. more expensive switches can be configured to assign only certain ports to pre-specified Virtual LANs or (VLANs) chosen by the network administrator. When this happens the servers try again. • Devices that plug into switches should be set to full duplex to take full advantage of the dedicated bandwidth coming from each switch port. • Larger. it is possible to deny communication between two servers on different networks that intend to communicate on TCP port 80. • It is possible to have LANs that span multiple switches. Simple home switches can be connected in a chain formation to create a LAN with more ports. thereby eliminating the possibility of message garbling. Unlike a hub. This is why network administrators group trusted servers having similar roles on the same LAN. • Pure switches provide no access control between servers connected to the same LAN. • Routers will connect into multiple switches to allow these networks to communicate with one another. For example. What Is A Router? • As stated before. A good rule of thumb is to have only one network per LAN. traffic sent from Server A to Server B will only be received by Server B.

168.0 via router R2 Go to everything else via router R1.0.168. .X.0) and your credit card transaction payment the network (10. Home Linux boxes frequently don't run a dynamic routing protocol and therefore rely on "static" routes issued by the system administrator at the command line or in configuration files to determine the next hop to all desired networks.0) which is also connected to other corporate networks with addresses starting with 10. • You can check the Linux networking topics page on how to configure the default gateway on your Linux box.46. What Is A Default Gateway? • A default gateway is really a gateway of last resort. you must reserve an IP address for a router and make sure that the router is directly connected to the LAN associated with that network. then for each network. R1 therefore would be considered your default gateway • You could put a route on your SOHO servers that states: o o • For most home networks. • In home networks. and can therefore intelligently redirect traffic to bypass failed network links.0. your default gateway would be the router / firewall connected to the Internet. • Routers are designed to exchange routing information dynamically. What Is A Gateway? • Another name for a router. Each router along the way may also be referred to as a hop.123. Say for example: o o o You have two routers R1 and R2 R1 is connected to both your SOHO home network (192. What Is A Route? • In the broader networking sense.0.54 www.X Go to network 10.com • If you intend to route between networks.1. a route refers to the path data takes to traverse from its source to its destination.0.linuxhomenetworking.0) and the internet R2 is connected to both your SOHO home network (192. It is assumed that this first hop will know how to automatically relay the packet. we are referring to the IP address of the first hop needed to reach the desired destination network. routers most frequently provide connectivity to the Internet using network address translation or NAT. • Usually when we speak about a route on a Linux box.X. • The Linux network topics page shows how to add static routes to your Linux box and also how you can convert it into a simple router.1.0 255.

168.1.Chapter 6 : Introduction To Networking 55 What Is A NIC? Your network interface card is frequently called a NIC. The ARP table is queried. • If the target server is on the same network as the source server. Once a reply is received. the server sends the IP packet to its NIC and tells the NIC to encapsulate the packet in a frame destined for the MAC address of the router. When a server needs to communicate with another server it does the following steps: • The server first checks its routing table to see which router provides the next hop to the destination network. a similar process occurs. the application needing to communicate will issue a timeout or "time exceeded" error. • The Linux network topics page shows how to see your ARP table and the MAC addresses of your server's NICs. the packet is sent and the ARP table is subsequently updated with the new MAC address. the most common types of NIC used in the home are Ethernet and wireless Ethernet cards. the ARP table only contains the MAC addresses of devices on the locally connected network. If there is no ARP entry. • The server will not send the data to its intended destination unless it has an entry in its ARP table. it will in turn continue with the ARP-ing process to relay the packet to the final destination. let's say with an IP address of 192. an ARP request is made asking the target server for its MAC address.168. If it doesn't. but the MAC addresses are reassigned by each router on the way using a process called ARP.1 respond with its MAC address so that the delivery can be made. the server will issue an ARP request asking that router 192. Currently. • As can be expected. If no entry is available. What Is A MAC Address? The media access control address (MAC) can be equated to the serial number of the NIC. Every IP packet is sent out of your NIC wrapped inside an Ethernet frame which uses MAC addresses to direct traffic on your locally attached network. . MAC addresses therefore only have significance on the locally attached network. Once a reply is received. What Is ARP? The Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is used to map MAC addresses to network IP addresses. the packet is sent and the ARP table is subsequently updated with the new MAC address. the server checks it's ARP table to see whether it has the MAC address of the router's NIC.1. As the packet hops across the Internet. As each router in the path receives the packet. its source/destination IP address stays the same. ARP entries are not permanent and will be erased after a fixed period of time depending on the operating system used.1. If there is an ARP entry. • If there is a valid router.

firewalls can detect malicious attempts to subvert the TCP/IP protocol. you won’t be able to access the public NAT IP addresses from servers on your home network. Connections initiated from the Internet to the “public” IP address of the router / firewall face a problem.56 www. As there normally has been no prior connection association .linuxhomenetworking. As a general rule. Examples of NAT may be found in the IP masquerade section of the Linux iptables firewall chapter and also in the Cisco PIX firewall chapter. the two most commonly stated are: • No one on the Internet knows your true IP address. This arrangement works well with a single NAT IP trying to initiate connections to many Internet addresses. This is called network address translation (NAT) and is often also called IP masquerading in the Linux world. and not a “private” IP address. As the router / firewall is located at the “border crossing” to the Internet it can easily keep track of all the various outbound connections to the Internet by monitoring: • The IP addresses and TCP ports used by each home based server and mapping it to • The TCP ports and IP addresses of the Internet servers with which they want to communicate. Specifically. A short list of capabilities includes: • Throttling traffic to a server when two many unfulfilled connections are made to it • Restricting traffic being sent to obviously bogus IP addresses • Providing network address translation or NAT What Is NAT? Your router / firewall will frequently be configured to make it appear to other devices on the Internet that the servers on your Home network have a valid “public” IP address. This prevents hackers from directly attacking your home systems as packets sent to the “private” IP will never pass over the Internet. The reverse isn’t true. not just by port and IP address like routers. • Hundreds of PCs and servers behind a NAT device can masquerade as a single "public" IP address.com What Is A Firewall? Firewalls can be viewed as routers with more enhanced abilities to restrict traffic. NAT protects your home PCs by assigning them IP addresses from “private” IP address space that cannot be routed over the internet. There are many good reasons for this. This greatly increases the number of devices that can access the Internet without running out of "public" IP addresses. all servers accessing the Internet will appear to have the single “public” IP address of the router / firewall because of “many to one” NAT. You can also use “many to one” NAT in which the firewall maps a single IP address to multiple servers on the network. Basic NAT testing will require you to ask a friend to try to connect to your home network from the Internet. What Is Port Forwarding With NAT? In our simple home network. You can configure NAT to be “one to one” in which you assign multiple IP addresses to the outside “public” interface of your firewall and pair each of these addresses to a corresponding server on the inside network.

org. • Most home computers will get the IP address of their DNS server via DHCP from their router / firewall.com As you can imagine. Each server in the chain will store the most frequent DNS name to IP address lookups in a memory cache which helps to speed up the response. this process can cause a noticeable delay when you are browsing the web. • The root server will then redirect your query to one of the Internet's ".com" DNS name servers which will then redirect the query to the "linuxhomenetworking.com into an IP address that can be used behind the scenes by your computer. You can make your Linux box into a caching DNS server for your home network too.linuxhomenetworking. You can also check the chapter on Configuring a DHCP Server. You can check the chapter on Linux networking topics page on how to configure your Linux box to get its IP address via DHCP. DNS server and default gateway information. What Is DHCP? According to www. you can configure your router / firewall to forward TCP port 80 (Web/HTTP) traffic destined to the outside NAT IP to be automatically relayed to a specific server on the inside home network As you may have guessed.dhcp. DHCP can be used to automatically assign IP addresses. Here step by step description of what happens with a DNS lookup. The most commonly used form of DSL will also assign the outside interface of your router / firewall with a single DHCP provided IP address. The DHCP client sends out a query requesting a DHCP server which in turn provides the client PC with its IP address. port forwarding is one of the most common methods used to host websites at home with DHCP DSL. Most home router / firewalls are configured in the factory to be DHCP servers for your home network. • Home router / firewall providing DHCP services often provides its own IP address as the DNS name server address for home computers. For example. .com" name server will then respond with the IP address for www. The assignment usually occurs when the DHCP configured machine boots up.linuxhomenetworking. Port forwarding is a method of counteracting this. subnet mask. "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is an Internet protocol for automating the configuration of computers that use TCP/IP.Chapter 6 : Introduction To Networking 57 between the Internet server and any protected server on the home network. once it has a fixed IP address. • Your ISP's DNS server will then probably redirect your query to one of the 13 "root" name servers. the router / firewall has no way of telling which of the many home PCs behind it should receive the relayed data. (and) to deliver TCP/IP stack configuration parameters such as the subnet mask and default router”. You can also make your Linux box into a DHCP server. • The "linuxhomenetworking. to make your Linux box provide the DHCP addresses for the other machines on your network. What Is DNS? The domain name system (DNS) is a worldwide server network used to help translate easy to remember domain names like www. or regains connectivity to the network.com" name server. • The router / firewall will then redirect the DNS queries from your computer to the DNS name server of your Internet service provider (ISP).

elan.0.193. Server: 127.151.0.linuxhomenetworking.151.216.216.151. Consider using the `dig' or `host' programs instead.92 92. Authoritative answers can be found from: 193. [root@bigboy tmp]# .193. Run nslookup with the `-sil[ent]' option to prevent this message from appearing.arpa domain name pointer extra193-92.0.193.0.151.linuxhomenetworking.216. nslookup will be removed from future releases of Linux.arpa nameserver = dns1.193.linuxhomenetworking.com www.net.1#53 Name: www.0.elan. Consider using the `dig' or `host' programs instead.151.193.151.in-addr. 193.1#53 Non-authoritative answer: 92. Server: 127.193.0.arpa nameserver = dns2.92 Note: nslookup is deprecated and may be removed from future releases.92 [root@bigboy tmp]# host www.elan.0.in-addr.arpa name = extra193-92. Run nslookup with the `-sil[ent]' option to prevent this message from appearing.com How Can I Check The IP Address For A Domain? If you have the domain.92 [root@bigboy tmp]# You can also use the nslookup and host commands to get the reverse information. but can still be used with Windows . dns1. then you can use either the nslookup command or host command to get the associated IP address. [root@bigboy tmp]# nslookup www.com Note: nslookup is deprecated and may be removed from future releases.in-addr.net.linuxhomenetworking.linuxhomenetworking.com Address: 216. [root@bigboy tmp]# nslookup 216.58 www.elan.in-addr.1 Address: 127.net.151.com has address 216.net.elan.net internet address = 216.151.0.151.216.1 [root@bigboy tmp]# [root@bigboy tmp]# host 216.192.1 Address: 127.

don't worry you can do this later. You also FTP from the command line as shown in the RPM chapter. These are active and passive FTP which is covered in more detail in the FTP Chapter. • If you don't have the names and/or IP addresses for you primary name servers. You can use them to determine whether the name you want is available and you can purchase the domain you want using a credit card with your web browser. there are two types of FTP. In this case you'll want to use a dynamic DNS service. If you bought static IP addresses. then your router is probably getting its "public" Internet IP address via DHCP from your ISP. at which point the user will type "anonymous". The remote FTP server will prompt you for a username. o What is FTP? This is one of the most popular applications used to copy files between computers via a network connection. . The remote FTP server will prompt you for a username. From the remote user's perspective.Chapter 6 : Introduction To Networking 59 How Do I Get My Own DNS Domain Name? • There are many companies that provide DNS name registration. Anonymous FTP o o This is used primarily to allow any remote user to download files to their systems. Regular FTP o o This is used primarily to allow specific users to download files to their systems. then static DNS is the way to go. From the systems administrator's perspective. • The registration process will prompt you for your two primary DNS servers. at which point the user will be the username you normally use to log into the FTP server. This helps DNS root servers know exactly where to get the information for the IP address for your new website. The password is usually your valid email address. RegisterFree is the one I use. The password will be your regular password for your user account. such as WSFTP and CuteFTP. Static or Dynamic DNS? o If you didn't specifically reserve static IP addresses from your ISP. There are a number of commercially available GUI based clients you can load on your PC to do this. after you follow the steps below. there are another two categories.

ssh-add and ssh-agent.manipulate Tcl objects . More secure forms such as SFTP (Secure FTP) and SCP (Secure Copy) are available as a part of the Secure Shell package that is normally installed by default on RedHat. then you’d use the command “man ssh”. Where is Linux Help? Linux help files are accessed using the “man” or manual pages. Here are some examples: Finding General Information On A Command Here we get information on the ssh command: [root@bigboy tmp]# man ssh SSH(1) BSD General Commands Manual SSH(1) NAME ssh . From the command line you issue the man command followed by the Linux command or file you wish to get information about. If you want to search all the man pages for a keyword. Using this information you can use the man command.com It is good to remember that FTP isn't very secure as usernames. [root@bigboy tmp]# man -k ssh Tcl_DecrRefCount [Tcl_IsShared] (3) .60 www. If you want to get information on the ssh command.linuxhomenetworking. without the –k.OpenSSH SSH client (remote login program) SYNOPSIS ssh [-l login_name] hostname | user@hostname [command] ssh [-afgknqstvxACNPTX1246] [-b bind_address] [-c cipher_spec] [-e escape_char] [-i identity_file] [-l login_name] [-m mac_spec] [-o option] [-p port] [-F configfile] [-L port:host:hostport] [-R port:host:hostport] [-D port] hostname | user@hostname [command] DESCRIPTION ssh (SSH client) is a program for logging into a remote machine and for executing commands on a remote machine. passwords and data are sent across the network unencrypted. to narrow your help search. then use the man command with the –k switch. and provide secure encrypted … … … … [root@bigboy tmp]# Search For All Instances Of A Word Here we discover that the search string ssh can be found in the TCL man pages and also in a variety of ssh related pages including ssh. It is intended to replace rlogin and rsh.

manipulate Tcl objects Tcl_IsShared [Tcl_InvalidateStringRep] (3) .manipulate Tcl objects Tcl_InvalidateStringRep [Tcl_IsShared] (3) .manipulate Tcl objects Tcl_IsShared [Tcl_DuplicateObj] (3) .manipulate Tcl objects Tcl_IsShared [Tcl_IncrRefCount] (3) .authentication key generation.authentication agent ssh-keygen (1) .OpenSSH SSH daemon sshd_config (5) .adds RSA or DSA identities to the authentication agent ssh-agent (1) .manipulate Tcl objects Tcl_IsShared [Object] (3) .OpenSSH SSH daemon configuration file [root@bigboy tmp]# .manipulate Tcl objects Tcl_IsShared [Tcl_DecrRefCount] (3) .ssh helper program for hostbased authentication ssh_config (5) .Chapter 6 : Introduction To Networking 61 Tcl_DuplicateObj [Tcl_IsShared] (3) .manipulate Tcl objects ssh (1) .OpenSSH SSH client (remote login program) ssh [slogin] (1) .OpenSSH SSH client (remote login program) ssh-add (1) .OpenSSH SSH client configuration files sshd (8) .manipulate Tcl objects Tcl_NewObj [Tcl_IsShared] (3) .manipulate Tcl objects Tcl_IsShared (3) .gather ssh public keys ssh-keysign (8) . management and conversion ssh-keyscan (1) .manipulate Tcl objects Tcl_IsShared [Tcl_NewObj] (3) .manipulate Tcl objects Tcl_IncrRefCount [Tcl_IsShared] (3) .

62 www.linuxhomenetworking.com .

63 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting Linux With Syslog =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 7 Troubleshooting Linux With Syslog Syslog Logrotate © Peter Harrison. Syslog About syslog Syslog is a utility for tracking and logging all manner of system messages from the merely informational to the extremely critical. The second describes the degree of severity of the message. Each system message sent to the syslog server has two descriptive labels associated with it that makes the message easier to handle. There are eight in all and they are listed below: o . www. applications such as mail and cron generate messages with easily identifiable facilities named "mail" and "cron". o The first describes the function (facility) of the application that generated it. For example.com =========================================== This chapter will show you how to troubleshoot problems not only on your Linux box but also on remote networking devices using syslog.linuxhomenetworking.

none. Here is a sample: .conf file.conf configuration file.64 www.authpriv.info.cron.mail. RedHat's /etc/syslog. *.conf file is configured to put most of the messages the file /var/log/messages. This may be more suitable for troubleshooting. but none from the mail.none /var/log/messages In this case. the first lists the facilities and severities of messages to expect and the second lists the files to which they should be logged.none. all messages of severity "info" and above are logged. cron or authentication facilities/subsystems.linuxhomenetworking. Here are some common examples: Files: /var/log/maillog /var/log/httpd/access_log : Mail : Apache web server page access logs .com Syslog Facilities Severity Level 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Keyword emergencies alerts critical errors warnings notifications informational debugging Description System unusable Immediate action required Critical condition Error conditions Warning conditions Normal but significant conditions Informational messages Debugging messages The files to which syslog will write each type of message received is set in the /etc/syslog.debug /var/log/messages Certain applications will additionally log to their own application specific log files and directories independent of the syslog. This file consists of two columns. By default. You can make this logging even more sensitive by replacing the line above with one that captures all messages from debug severity and above in the /var/log/messages file.

. Here’s how to configure your Linux server to start listening for these messages. then you can use this command: [root@bigboy tmp]# tail -f /var/log/messages Similar commands can be applied to all log files. Here is an example. This is probably one of the best troubleshooting tools available in Linux. [root@bigboy tmp]# grep string /var/log/messages | more You can also just use the plain old "more" command to see one screen at a time of the entire log file without filtering with "grep".Chapter 7: Configuring Syslog 65 Directories: /var/log /var/log/samba /var/log/mrtg /var/log/httpd : Samba messages : MRTG messages : Apache webserver messages NOTE: The /etc/syslog. Another good command to use apart from "tail" is "grep".conf will not take effect until you restart syslog. Activating Changes To The syslog Configuration File Changes to /etc/syslog. Grep will help you search for all occurrences of a string in a log file. Only use tabs on lines that don't start with the "#" comment character. Issue this command to do so: [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. you can pipe it through the "more" command so that you only get one screen at a time.d/syslog restart How To View New Log Entries As They Happen If you want to get new log entries to scroll on the screen as they occur. Here is an example: [root@bigboy tmp]# more /var/log/messages Logging Syslog Messages To A Remote Linux Server Configuring the Linux Syslog Server By default syslog doesn’t expect to receive messages from remote clients.conf file is very sensitive to spaces. Spaces in the file will cause unpredictable results.

You now have to configure your remote Linux client to send messages to it. It also checks the file /etc/sysconfig/syslog to determine the various modes in which it should operate.0. syslog checks its /etc/syslog.66 www.com As we saw previously.0:* [root@bigboy tmp]# Configuring the Linux Client The syslog server is now expecting to receive syslog messages.1. Remember to restart syslog to make these changes take effect.0. # Options to syslogd # -m 0 disables 'MARK' messages.linuxhomenetworking. # -r enables logging from remote machines # -x disables DNS lookups on messages recieved with -r # See syslogd(8) for more details SYSLOGD_OPTIONS="-m 0 -r" # Options to klogd # -2 prints all kernel oops messages twice. [root@bigboy tmp]# netstat -a | grep syslog udp 0 0 *:syslog *:* [root@bigboy tmp]# netstat -an | grep 514 udp 0 0 0. The server will now start to listen on UDP port 514 which you can verify using either one of the following netstat command variations.0.100 bigboy.168. once for klogd to decode.0.my-site.com bigboy loghost fully-qualified-domain-name hostname "loghost" Server "bigboy" has now become the remote logging server as its /etc/hosts entry has an alias "loghost" which indicates to syslog that this is a remote syslog server. Here are the steps: • • Determine the IP address and fully qualified hostname of your remote logging host Add an entry in the /etc/hosts file in the format IP-address Example: 192. and # once for processing with 'ksymoops' # -x disables all klogd processing of oops messages entirely # See klogd(8) for more details KLOGD_OPTIONS="-2" You will have to restart syslog on the server for the changes to take effect. Syslog will not listen for remote messages unless the SYSLOGD_OPTIONS variable in this file has a “–r” included in it as shown below. .conf file to determine the expected names and locations of the log files it should create. This is done by editing the /etc/hosts file on the Linux client named smallfry.0:514 0.

Routers. you'll have to allow traffic on this port to pass through the security device.. switches. switches... . Apr 11 22:09:35 smallfry lpd: lpd shutdown succeeded Apr 11 22:09:39 smallfry lpd: lpd startup succeeded .conf File This is logrotate’s general configuration file in which you can specify the frequency with which the files are reused. o You can specify either “weekly” or “daily” rotation parameter... . The /etc/logrotate. allowing for daily updates. The chapter on Miscellaneous Topics has examples of how to configure syslog to do this with Cisco devices using separate log files for the routers. In the case below the weekly option is "commented out" with a "#". [root@bigboy tmp]# Syslog Configuration and Cisco Network Devices Syslog reserves facilities "local0" through "local7" for log messages received from remote servers and network devices..Chapter 7: Configuring Syslog 67 You can now test to make sure that the syslog server is receiving the messages with a simple test such as restarting the lpd printer daemon and making sure the remote server sees the messages.d/lpd restart Stopping lpd: [ OK ] Starting lpd: [ OK ] [root@smallfry tmp]# Linux Server [root@bigboy tmp]# tail /var/log/messages . Linux Client [root@smallfry tmp]# /etc/init. Syslog and Firewalls Syslog listens by default on UDP port 514. Logrotate Logrotate is a Linux utility that renames and reuses system error log files on a periodic basis so that they don't occupy excessive disk space.. firewalls and load balancers each logging with a different facility can each have their own log files for easy troubleshooting. . CSS arrowpoints and LocalDirectors.. If you are logging to a remote syslog server via a firewall. PIX firewalls.

while allowing 7 copies. The files will have the following names with "logfile" being current active version: logfile logfile.linuxhomenetworking.4 logfile. The "create" parameter creates a new log file after each rotation Therefore our sample configuration file will create daily archives of ALL the logfiles and store them for seven days.1 logfile.d Directory Most Linux applications that use syslog will put an additional configuration file in this directory to specify the names of the log files to be rotated.5 logfile.com o o The "rotate" parameter specifies the number of copies of log files logrotate will maintain.3 logfile.pid 2> /dev/null` 2> /dev/null || true endscript } .conf # rotate log files weekly #weekly # rotate log files daily daily # keep 4 weeks worth of backlogs #rotate 4 # keep 7 days worth of backlogs rotate 7 # create new (empty) log files after rotating old ones create The /etc/logrotate.2 logfile. Here are some sample files which define the specific files to be rotated for each application.68 www.6 Sample contents of /etc/logrotate.d/syslog File (For General System Logging) /var/log/cisco/* /var/log/messages /var/log/secure /var/log/maillog /var/log/spooler /var/log/boot.log /var/log/cron { sharedscripts postrotate /bin/kill -HUP `cat /var/run/syslogd.0 logfile. The /etc/logrotate. In the case below the 4 copy option is "commented out" with a "#". It is a good practice to verify that all new applications that you want to use the syslog log have configuration files in this directory.

log { notifempty missingok sharedscripts copytruncate postrotate /bin/kill -HUP `cat /var/lock/samba/*.Chapter 7: Configuring Syslog 69 The /etc/logrotate.pid 2> /dev/null` 2> /dev/null || true endscript } Activating logrotate The above logrotate settings will not take effect until you issue the following command to do so: [root@bigboy tmp]# logrotate –f If you want logrotate to reload only a specifc configuration file. and not all of them.d/apache File (For Apache) /var/log/httpd/access_log /var/log/httpd/agent_log /var/log/httpd/error_log /var/log/httpd/referer_log { missingok sharedscripts postrotate /bin/kill -HUP `cat /var/run/httpd.d/syslog .d/samba File (for SAMBA) /var/log/samba/*.pid 2>/dev/null` 2> /dev/null || true endscript } The /etc/logrotate. then issue the logrotate command with just that filename as the argument like this: [root@bigboy tmp]# logrotate -f /etc/logrotate.

com .70 www.linuxhomenetworking.

this device is called "eth0".Chapter 7: Configuring Syslog 71 Chapter 8 Linux Networking =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 8 Linux Networking How To Configure Your NIC's IP Address How To Change Your Default Gateway How Configure Two Gateways How To Delete A Route How To View Your Current Routing Table How To Convert Your Linux Server Into A Router Configuring Your /etc/hosts File © Peter Harrison. When Linux is installed.linuxhomenetworking. How To Configure Your NIC's IP Address Determining Your IP Address Most modern PCs come with an ethernet port.com =========================================== This chapter covers how to configure your Linux box’s networking features. You can determine the IP address of this device with the "ifconfig" command. www. [root@bigboy tmp]# ifconfig -a eth0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:08:C7:10:74:A8 BROADCAST MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1 RX packets:0 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0 TX packets:0 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0 .

This can also be found in less detail in the file /proc/interrupts Changing Your IP Address If you wanted.1.2 Mb) Interrupt:11 Memory:c887a000-c887b000 wlan0:0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:06:25:09:6A:B5 inet addr:192.255.4 Mb) TX bytes:43209032 (41..1.local file. Interface wlan0 has an IP address of 192.255.168.1 Mask:255. To make this permanent each time you boot up you'll have to add this command in your /etc/rc.0.1.1.255.100 Bcast:192. the other assumes it requires an IP address assignment using DHCP.0.255. You can place your IP address information in these files which are then used to auto-configure your NICs when Linux boots.0 up The "up" at the end of the command activates the interface.0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1 Interrupt:11 Memory:c887a000-c887b000 [root@bigboy tmp]# In this example.1 netmask 255.d/rc.0 b) Interrupt:11 Base address:0x1820 lo Link encap:Local Loopback inet addr:127.linuxhomenetworking. one assumes the interface has a fixed IP address.255 Mask:255.7 Kb) wlan0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:06:25:09:6A:B5 inet addr:192.168.0.255. [root@bigboy tmp]# ifconfig eth0 10.0.72 www. .168. you could give this eth0 interface an IP address using the ifconfig command..0 You can see that this command gives good information on the interrupts used by each card.1.0 b) TX bytes:0 (0.com collisions:0 txqueuelen:100 RX bytes:0 (0.168.0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1 RX packets:47379 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0 TX packets:107900 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0 collisions:0 txqueuelen:100 RX bytes:4676853 (4.255 Mask:255. etc.0 UP LOOPBACK RUNNING MTU:16436 Metric:1 RX packets:787 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0 TX packets:787 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0 collisions:0 txqueuelen:0 RX bytes:82644 (80.255. Interface eth0 has a file called ifcfg-eth0. eth0 has no IP address as this box is using wireless interface wlan0 as it's main NIC.0.7 Kb) TX bytes:82644 (80.100 and a subnet mask of 255.168. Here are two samples for interface eth0. eth1 uses ifcfg-eth1 .255.99 Bcast:192.255. Linux also makes life a little easier with interface configuration files located in the /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts directory.0.

Interface wlan0:0 is actually a "child" of interface wlan0.255.1.1. [root@bigboy network-scripts]# ifdown eth0 [root@bigboy network-scripts]# ifup eth0 Multiple IP Addresses On A Single NIC In the previous "determining your IP address" section you may have noticed that there were two wireless interfaces.168.0 ONBOOT=no [root@bigboy network-scripts]# Getting the IP Address using DHCP [root@bigboy tmp]# cd /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts [root@bigboy network-scripts]# more ifcfg-eth0 DEVICE=eth0 BOOTPROTO=dhcp ONBOOT=yes [root@bigboy network-scripts]# As you can see eth0 will be activated on booting as the parameter ONBOOT has the value "yes" and not "no".0 NETWORK=192.255. a virtual sub-interface also known as an "IP alias". The ifdown and ifup commands can be used to do this. Once you change the values in the configuration files for the NIC you'll have to deactivate and activate it for the modifications to take effect. One's named wlan0 and the other wlan0:0. where "X" is the sub-interface number of your choice.100 NETMASK=255. . IP aliasing is one of the most common ways of creating multiple IP addresses associated with a single NIC.255 IPADDR=192.1. You can read more about netmasks and DHCP on the introduction to networking chapter. Aliases have the name format "parent-interface-name:X".168.168.Chapter 8: Linux Networking 73 network-scripts File Formats Fixed IP Address [root@bigboy tmp]# cd /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts [root@bigboy network-scripts]# more ifcfg-eth0 DEVICE=eth0 BROADCAST=192.

.linuxhomenetworking.i386.0 is rp-pppoe-3.4-7.0 up o You then have the choice of creating a /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-wlan0:0 file or adding the ifconfig command used above to your /etc/rc. ########################################### [100%] 1:rp-pppoe ########################################### [100%] [root@bigboy tmp]# You’ll then need to go through a number of steps to complete the connection.d/rc. First ensure the "parent" real interface exists Verify that no other IP aliases with the same name exists with the name you plan to use.1.. If you need a refresher. Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard.255. configure it with the IP address. RedHat Linux installs the rp-pppoe RPM software package required to support this. the chapter on RPMs covers how to do this in detail.local file to ensure the IP address is assigned properly when you reboot.rpm Preparing. By default.rpm.255. Your ISP will provide you with a PPPoE “username” and “password” which will allow your computer to login transparently to the Internet each time it boots up. then the process is different. then the configuration steps are the same as those outlined above. You plug your ethernet interface into the DSL modem. as of version 8.74 www. The latest version of the RPM for RedHat 8.0. broadcast address and gateway information provided by your ISP and you should have connectivity once you restart your interface. If you are using a DSL connection with a DHCP or “dynamic” IP address assignment. Here’s what you need to do: . subnet mask. Remember that you may also need to configure your DNS server correctly.i386. In this we want to create interface wlan0:0 Create the virtual interface with the ifconfig command [root@bigboy tmp]# ifconfig wlan0:0 192.168.99 \ netmask 255. o o o IP Address Assignment For A Direct DSL Connection If you are using a DSL connection with fixed or “static” IP addresses. Install the package using the following command: [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh rp-pppoe-3.com The process for creating an IP alias is very similar to the steps outlined for the real interface in the previous "changing your IP address" section.4-7. The PPPOE configuration will create a software based virtual interface named ppp0 that will use the physical Internet interface eth0 for connectivity.

ifcfg-eth0 o Edit your ifcfg-eth0 file to have no IP information and also to be deactivated on boot time. For Linux. I will run some checks on your system to make sure the PPPoE client is installed properly. this is likely to be something like /dev/hme0. Enter the demand value (default no): . where 'X' is a number. LOGIN NAME Enter your Login Name (default root): bigboy-login@isp INTERFACE Enter the Ethernet interface connected to the ADSL modem For Solaris. the interface to be used (eth0) and whether you want to the connection to stay up indefinitely. Welcome to the ADSL client setup. DEVICE=eth0 ONBOOT=no o Shutdown your eth0 interface.Chapter 8: Linux Networking 75 o Make a backup copy of your ifcfg-eth0 file. You may have some problems with demand-activated links. We’ll use defaults wherever possible. (default eth0): Do you want the link to come up on demand. it will be ethX. enter 'no' (two letters.) NOTE: Demand-activated links do not interact well with dynamic IP addresses. enter the idle time in seconds after which the link should be dropped.. [root@bigboy network-scripts]# ifdown eth0 [root@bigboy network-scripts]# o Run the adsl-setup configuration script [root@bigboy network-scripts]# adsl-setup o It will prompt you for your ISP username.. lower-case. If you want the link to stay up permanently. First. [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy ifcfg-eth0 [root@bigboy tmp]# tmp]# cd /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ network-scripts]# ls ifcfg-eth0 network-scripts]# cp ifcfg-eth0 DISABLED. or stay up continuously? If you want it to come up on demand.

the firewall rules will deny access to all standard servers like Web. Enter the DNS information here: o The script will then prompt you for your ISP password PASSWORD Please enter your Password: Please re-enter your Password: o Then it will ask whether you want regular users (not superuser “root”) to be able to activate/deactivate the new ppp0 interface USERCTRL Please enter 'yes' (two letters. enter 'server' (all lower-case) here. Otherwise. If you’re running BIND on your server in a caching DNS mode then you may want to leave this option blank. lower-case. They are very basic and don’t cover rules to make your Linux box a web server. or the more comprehensive one found in the Appendix. FIREWALLING Please choose the firewall rules to use.NONE: This script will not set any firewall rules.STANDALONE: Appropriate for a basic stand-alone web-surfing workstation 2 . DNS server nor mail server. If you want your ISP to automatically provide the IP address of its DNS server then enter the word “server”. You are responsible for ensuring the security of your machine. these will provide basic security. If your ISP claims that 'the server will provide dynamic DNS addresses'. The firewall choices are: 0 .conf file. You are strongly encouraged to use a more sophisticated firewall setup. you must choose 'NONE' and set up firewalling yourself. DNS Please enter the IP address of your ISP's primary DNS server. If you are using SSH. e-mail.) if you want to allow normal user to start or stop DSL connection (default yes): o The rp-pppoe package has two sample ipchains firewall scripts located in the /etc/ppp directory named firewall-standalone and firewall-masq. I’d recommend selecting “none” and using a variant of the basic script samples in the firewall chapter. etc. the rules will block outgoing SSH connections which allocate a privileged source port. I will assume you know what you are doing and not modify your DNS setup.com o It will then prompt you for your DNS server information. 1 . You are STRONGLY recommended to use some kind of firewall rules. If you just press enter.76 www. however.MASQUERADE: Appropriate for a machine acting as an Internet gateway for a LAN Choose a type of firewall (0-2): 0 . This step will edit your /etc/resolv.linuxhomenetworking. Note that these rules are very basic. ftp. If you are running any servers on your machine.

** Summary of what you entered ** Ethernet Interface: eth0 User name: bigboy-login@isp Activate-on-demand: No DNS: Do not adjust Firewalling: NONE User Control: yes Accept these settings and adjust configuration files (y/n)? y Adjusting /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-ppp0 Adjusting /etc/ppp/chap-secrets and /etc/ppp/pap-secrets (But first backing it up to /etc/ppp/chap-secrets.Chapter 8: Linux Networking 77 o You’ll then be asked whether you want the connection to be activated upon booting. Type '/sbin/adsl-status /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-ppp0' to see the link status. it should be all set up! Type '/sbin/ifup ppp0' to bring up your xDSL link and '/sbin/ifdown ppp0'to bring it down. The above example recommends using the adsl-status command with the name of the PPPoE interface configuration file.bak) (But first backing it up to /etc/ppp/pap-secrets. Some Important Files Created By adsl-setup • The adsl-setup script creates three files that will be of interest to you.bak) o At the very end it will tell you the commands to use to activate /deactivate your new ppp0 interface and to get a status of the interface’s condition. The first is the ifcfgppp0 file with interface’s link layer connection parameters [root@bigboy network-scripts]# more ifcfg-ppp0 USERCTL=yes BOOTPROTO=dialup NAME=DSLppp0 DEVICE=ppp0 TYPE=xDSL ONBOOT=yes PIDFILE=/var/run/pppoe-adsl.pid FIREWALL=NONE . you’ll get a summary of the parameters you entered and the relevant configuration files will be updated to reflect your choices when you accept them. Most people would say “yes”. This command defaults to show information for interface ppp0 and therefore listing the ifcfg-ppp0 filename won’t be necessary in most home enviornments. Start this connection at boot time Do you want to start this connection at boot time? Please enter no or yes (default no):yes o Just before exiting. Congratulations.

adsl-status: Link is attached to ppp0.POINTOPOINT.78 www.RUNNING. PPPOE_TIMEOUT=20 LCP_FAILURE=3 LCP_INTERVAL=80 CLAMPMSS=1412 CONNECT_POLL=6 CONNECT_TIMEOUT=60 DEFROUTE=yes SYNCHRONOUS=no ETH=eth0 PROVIDER=DSLppp0 USER= bigboy-login@isp PEERDNS=no [root@bigboy network-scripts]# • The others are the duplicate /etc/ppp/pap-secrets and /etc/ppp/chap-secrets files with the username and password needed to login to your ISP.roaringpenguin.linuxhomenetworking.MULTICAST> mtu 1462 inet … … … [root@bigboy tmp]# • For further troubleshooting information you can visit the website of rp-ppoe at Roaring Penguin (www. There are some good tips there on how to avoid problems with VPN clients. but ppp0 is down [root@bigboy tmp]# • After activation. .com). adsl-status may be inaccurate. [root@bigboy network-scripts]# more /etc/ppp/pap-secrets # Secrets for authentication using PAP # client server secret IP addresses "bigboy-login@isp" * "password" [root@bigboy network-scripts]# Simple Troubleshooting • You can run the adsl-status command to determine the condition of your connection. the interface appears to work correctly. In this case the package has been installed but the interface hasn’t been activated. [root@bigboy tmp]# adsl-status Note: You have enabled demand-connection. [root@bigboy tmp]# ifup ppp0 [root@bigboy tmp]# adsl-status adsl-status: Link is up and running on interface ppp0 ppp0: flags=8051<UP.com PING=.

local How Configure Two Gateways Some networks may have multiple router / firewalls providing connectivity.1. Let's assume that this router has an IP address of 192.1 is connected to the same network as interface wlan0 ! Once done. make sure that the router / firewall with IP address 192.1.d/rc.254 Some people don't bother with this step and just place the "route add" command in the file /etc/rc. [root@bigboy tmp]# route add default gw 192.local.0 gw 192. .1 wlan0 In this case. please adjust your steps accordingly. Add the new route as follows: route add -net 10.255.0 netmask 255.0.0 gw 192.0.168. wlan0 net 10. You may be most likely using interface eth0.0.254 The Linux box used in this example uses interface wlan0 for its Internet connectivity.0 to 10. most PCs would be using the standard ethernet interface eth0. This file is used to configure your default gateway each time Linux boots.0.168.0.168.255.0.168.168.1. Here's a typical scenario: • You have one router providing access to the Internet which you'd like to have as your default gateway (See the default gateway example above) • You also have another router providing access to your corporate network using addresses in the range 10.0.168.1.1 Some people don't bother with this step and just place the "route add" command in the file /etc/rc.d/rc.1. NETWORKING=yes HOSTNAME=bigboy GATEWAY=192. you'll need to update your /etc/sysconfig/network file to reflect the change.0. A more complicated /etc/sysconfig/static-routes file is located in a following section.255.254 wlan0 The file etc/sysconfig/static-routes will also have to updated so that the route is reinstated when you reboot. This example uses a newly installed wireless interface called wlan0.Chapter 8: Linux Networking 79 How To Change Your Default Gateway This can be done with a simple command.0.0.1.0 netmask 255. Here is a sample.

0.0.224 172.193 0.255.0.0 172.0.0.0 are usually directly connected to the interface.160.0 255.255.193 255.0.0.254 wlan0 The file etc/sysconfig/static-routes will also have to be updated so that when you reboot the server will not reinsert the route.0.0.0.0.16.67.255.255.69.16.16.135 255.0.0. the default and one to 255.69.68.255.0.16.0 0.16.135 255. [root@bigboy tmp]# netstat -nr Kernel IP routing table Destination Gateway Genmask 172.0 seems appropriate.193 255.0 0.0 0. there are multiple gateways handling traffic destined for different networks on different interfaces.0 [root@bigboy tmp]# Flags UG UG UG UG U U UG UG U UG MSS 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 Window 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 irtt 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Iface eth1 eth1 eth1 eth0 eth1 eth0 eth0 eth0 lo eth1 • Here is what the static routes file looks like for this multi-homed (Multiple NICs) server .255.0.1.96 172.0.255.16.64 172.168.0.16.0.255.0.16.11.128 0.255.255.0 [root@bigboy tmp]# Flags UH U U UG MSS 40 40 40 40 Window 0 0 0 0 irtt 0 0 0 0 Iface wlan0 wlan0 lo wlan0 • In this example.255 which is usually added on DHCP servers.32 172.0.16.0 0.0 netmask 255.0.0.255.0. As no gateway is needed to reach your own directly connected interface then an address of 0.0 255.168.0 192.131 255.linuxhomenetworking.0.255.255.0.0 127.0 172.16.com How To Delete A Route Here's how to delete the routes added in the previous section.1.0 gw 192.168.16. route del -net 10.254 How To View Your Current Routing Table The netstat -nr command will provide the contents of the touting table.0.168.0 255.0.16.192 0.192 172.255. Server bigboy is a DHCP server in this case.255.0. Delete the line that reads: wlan0 net 10.0 netmask 255.0.0.67.0 255.255 192.67.255.0 172.0.255. Networks with a gateway of 0.69.224 172. • In this example there are two gateways.0.1.128 172.69.0 127.67.0.193 255.16.255.0.0.240. [root@bigboy tmp]# netstat -nr Kernel IP routing table Destination Gateway Genmask 255.1.0.0 0.1 0.16.0.224 172.255.80 www.255 0.0.255.0.224 172.68.67.0 172.0 255.0.0 172.0.0 255.69.0 gw 192.255.0.0.

69.255.16.67.0 gw 172.193 eth1 net 172.0.131 eth0 net 172.224 gw 172.16.16.64 netmask 255. [root@bigboy tmp] echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/eth1/proxy_arp [root@bigboy tmp] echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/wlan0/proxy_arp (You can determine your network interface names with the ifconfig -a command) There is no purpose built configuration file to force Linux to do proxy ARP on booting.32 netmask 255.255.135 eth1 net 172.255.224 gw 172.ip_forward=1 This will only enable it when you reboot at which time Linux will create a file in one of the subdirectories of the special RAM memory based /proc filesystem.16.68.conf. Before # Disables packet forwarding #net.0.67.68. Here is how it's done: [root@bigboy tmp] echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward The next step needed will be activating proxy ARP.69.local file .193 [root@bigboy tmp]# How To Convert Your Linux Server Into A Router For your Linux server to become a router. All computers that need to communicate with a computer on another network send out an ARP request to get the Ethernet MAC address (separate from the IP address) of the most desirable router in their routing table. Proxy ARP activation needs to be done for each ethernet interface on your Linux box.11.16.67.16.16.255.0 netmask 255.240. The configuration parameter to activate this is found in the file /etc/sysctl.255.ipv4.193 eth1 net 172.0. The router will reply with its MAC address which the server will use when forwarding the packet to the router.16.69.96 netmask 255.ip_forward=1 After # Disables packet forwarding net. To activate the feature immediately you have to create a single lined text file called /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward and it only contain the value "1".16.255.0 netmask 255.224 gw 172.255.16. you have to enable packet forwarding.255.Chapter 8: Linux Networking 81 [root@bigboy tmp]# more /etc/sysconfig/static-routes eth0 net 172.0 gw 172.135 eth0 net 172. The best way to do this is put the commands above in your /etc/rc.255.160.ipv4.d/rc.67. Remove the "#" from the line related to packet forwarding.16. Proxy ARP has to be enabled for the Linux box to answer ARP requests. This example is for interfaces eth0 and wlan0.224 gw 172. In simple terms packet forwarding lets packets flow through the Linux box from one network to another.0 netmask 255.

my-site. The Netfilter iptables pages show how to do this.82 www.com echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/eth1/proxy_arp echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/wlan0/proxy_arp Remember to configure a default route on your Linux box to point to your Internet gateway.localdomain hostname Your machine's name is listed with a DNS server IP-address hostname. if the IP address for that host changes. it is best to limit entries in this file to just the loopback interface. and also the local host's name and use the centralized DNS server handle the rest. First determine what your true hostname is: [root@bigboy mail]# hostname bigboy [root@bigboy mail]# o Add the corresponding entry in the /etc/hosts file for the NIC's IP address o Your NIC's /etc/hosts File Format Your machine's name is NOT listed with a DNS server IP-address hostname. You may also want to convert your new Linux router into a firewall to protect your home network. if the name is found with a corresponding IP address then DNS won't be queried.com hostname Here are some examples: .0. Unfortunately. • The /etc/hosts file has the following format: ip-address fully-qualified-domain-name alias1 alias2 alias3 etc • The very first line should always look like this with "localhost" being the only alias: 127.0.localdomain localhost • If you have a NIC card in the server. Your server will typically check this file before referencing DNS. then you have to add another entry in this file.linuxhomenetworking.1 localhost. you'll have to update file. Configuring Your /etc/hosts File The /etc/hosts lists the name and IP address of local hosts. For ease of management.

com bigboy mail www Note: Only have one line per IP address in this file.100 isn't part of any DNS domain 192.1.1.1.localdomain bigboy • Host bigboy with an IP address of 192.168.my-site.168. .1.168.100 bigboy. then just put the two or three aliases that you feel are most important.com with corresponding entries in the DNS zone file for my-site.100 is the mail and web server for domain my-site.168.100 bigboy.com 192.Chapter 8: Linux Networking 83 • Host bigboy with an IP address of 192. If you server has multiple names.

84

www.linuxhomenetworking.com

Chapter 8: Linux Networking

85

Chapter 9

Simple Network Troubleshooting
===========================================

In This Chapter Chapter 9
Simple Network Troubleshooting
How To See Your ARP Table How To Use "Ping" To Test Network Connectivity Using "traceroute" To Test Connectivity Viewing Packet Flow With TCPdump © Peter Harrison, www.linuxhomenetworking.com ===========================================

You will eventually find yourself trying to fix a network related problem. Here are some troubleshooting
tips to help you discover what the problem could be.

How To See MAC Addresses
There are times when you lose connectivity with another server that is directly connected to your local network. Taking a look at the ARP table of the server from which you are troubleshooting will help determine whether or not the remote server’s NIC is responding to any type of traffic from your Linux box. Lack of communication at this level may mean: • Either server may be disconnected from the network • There may be bad network cabling • A NIC may be disabled or the remote server may be shut down Here is a description of the commands you may use to determine ARP values • The "ifconfig -a" command will show you both the NIC's MAC address and the associated IP addresses of the server which you are currently logged in to.

86

www.linuxhomenetworking.com

[root@bigboy tmp]# ifconfig -a wlan0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:06:25:09:6A:B5 inet addr:192.168.1.100 Bcast:192.168.1.255 Mask:255.255.255.0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1 RX packets:47379 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0 TX packets:107900 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0 collisions:0 txqueuelen:100 RX bytes:4676853 (4.4 Mb) TX bytes:43209032 (41.2 Mb) Interrupt:11 Memory:c887a000-c887b000 wlan0:0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:06:25:09:6A:B5 inet addr:192.168.1.99 Bcast:192.168.1.255 Mask:255.255.255.0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1 Interrupt:11 Memory:c887a000-c887b000 [root@bigboy tmp]# Here you can see the wlan0 interface has two IP addresses 192.168.1.100 and 192.168.1.99 tied to the NIC hardware MAC address of 00:06:25:09:6A:B5 • The "arp -a" command will show you the MAC addresses in your server's ARP table. Here we see we have some form of connectivity with the router at address 192.168.1.1 [root@bigboy root]# arp -a bigboypix (192.168.1.1) at 00:09:E8:9C:FD:AB [ether] on wlan0 ? (192.168.1.101) at 00:06:25:09:6A:D7 [ether] on wlan0 [root@bigboy root]# • You should also check the ARP table of the remote server to see whether it is populated with acceptable values too.

How To Use "Ping" To Test Network Connectivity
Whether or not your troublesome server is connected to your local network it is always a good practice to force a response from it. One of the most common methods used to test connectivity across multiple networks is the "ping" command. Ping sends ICMP “echo” type packets that request a corresponding ICMP “echo-reply” response from the device at the target address. As most servers will respond to a ping query it becomes a very handy tool. A lack of response could be due to: • A server with that IP address doesn't exist • The server has been configured not to respond to pings • A firewall or router along the network path is blocking ICMP traffic • You have incorrect routing. Check routes on the local, remote servers and all routers in between. A classic symptom of bad routes on a server is the ability to only ping servers on your local network and nowhere else. There are a variety of ICMP response codes which can help in further troubleshooting. See the appendix for a full listing of them.

Chapter 9: Simple Network Troubleshooting

87

The Linux ping command will send continuous pings, once a second, until stopped with a <Ctrl-C>. Here is an example of a successful ping to the server bigboy at 192.168.1.100 [root@smallfry tmp]# ping 192.168.1.101 PING 192.168.1.101 (192.168.1.101) from data. 64 bytes from 192.168.1.101: icmp_seq=1 64 bytes from 192.168.1.101: icmp_seq=2 64 bytes from 192.168.1.101: icmp_seq=3 64 bytes from 192.168.1.101: icmp_seq=4

192.168.1.100 : 56(84) bytes of ttl=128 ttl=128 ttl=128 ttl=128 time=3.95 time=7.07 time=4.46 time=4.31 ms ms ms ms

--- 192.168.1.101 ping statistics --4 packets transmitted, 4 received, 0% loss, time 3026ms rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 3.950/4.948/7.072/1.242 ms [root@smallfry tmp]# You may get a "Destination Host Unreachable" message if your router or server knows that the target IP address is part of a valid network, but is getting no response from the target server. The network device sends an ICMP reply type 3 which triggers the message. [root@smallfry tmp]# ping 192.168.1.105 PING 192.168.1.105 (192.168.1.105) from 192.168.1.100 : 56(84) bytes of data. From 192.168.1.100 icmp_seq=1 Destination Host Unreachable From 192.168.1.100 icmp_seq=2 Destination Host Unreachable From 192.168.1.100 icmp_seq=3 Destination Host Unreachable From 192.168.1.100 icmp_seq=4 Destination Host Unreachable From 192.168.1.100 icmp_seq=5 Destination Host Unreachable From 192.168.1.100 icmp_seq=6 Destination Host Unreachable --- 192.168.1.105 ping statistics --8 packets transmitted, 0 received, +6 errors, 100% loss, time 7021ms, pipe 3 [root@smallfry tmp]#

Using "traceroute" To Test Connectivity
Another tool for network troubleshooting is the traceroute command. It gives a listing of all the router hops between your server and the target server. This helps you verify that routing over the networks in between is correct. Traceroute works by sending a UDP packet destined to the target with a TTL of "0". The first router on the route recognizes that the TTL has already been exceeded and discards or “drops” the packet, but also sends an ICMP "time exceeded" message back to the source. The traceroute program records the IP address of the router that sent the message and knows that that is the first hop on the path to the final destination. The traceroute program tries again, with a TTL of "1". The first hop, sees nothing wrong with the packet, decrements the TTL to 0 as expected, and forwards the packet to the second hop on the path. Router 2, sees the TTL of "0", drops the packet and replies with an ICMP time exceeded message. Traceroute now knows the IP address of the second router. This continues around and around until the final destination is reached.

88

www.linuxhomenetworking.com

Here is a sample output for a query to 144.232.20.158: [root@bigboy root]# traceroute 144.232.20.158 traceroute to 144.232.20.158 (144.232.20.158), 30 hops max, 38 byte packets 1 adsl-67-120-221-110.dsl.sntc01.pacbell.net (67.120.221.110) 14.304 ms 14.019 ms 16.120 ms 2 dist3-vlan50.sntc01.pbi.net (63.203.35.67) 12.971 ms 14.000 ms 14.627 ms 3 bb1-g1-0.sntc01.pbi.net (63.203.35.17) 15.521 ms 12.860 ms 13.179 ms 4 bb2-p11-0.snfc21.pbi.net (64.161.124.246) 13.991 ms 15.842 ms 15.728 ms 5 bb1-p14-0.snfc21.pbi.net (64.161.124.53) 16.133 ms 15.510 ms 15.909 ms 6 sl-gw11-sj-3-0.sprintlink.net (144.228.44.49) 16.510 ms 17.469 ms 18.116 ms 7 sl-bb25-sj-6-1.sprintlink.net (144.232.3.133) 16.212 ms 14.274 ms 15.926 ms 8 * * * 9 * * [root@bigboy root]# If there is no response within a 5 second timeout interval a "*" is printed for that probe. Possible causes of this and other traceroute status messages are listed below:

Possible Traceroute Messages
Traceroute Symbol *** Description Time exceeded. Could be caused by: • A router on the path not sending back the ICMP "time exceeded" messages • A router or firewall in the path blocking the ICMP "time exceeded" messages • The target IP address not responding Host, network or protocol unreachable Communication administratively prohibited. A router Access Control List (ACL) or firewall is in the way Source route failed. Source routing attempts to force traceroute to use a certain path. Failure may be due to a router security setting

!H, !N, or !P !X or !A !S

Some devices will prevent traceroute packets directed at their interfaces, but will allow ICMP packets. Using traceroute with a “-I” flag forces traceroute to use ICMP packets that may go through. In this case the "* * *", status messages disappear. [root@bigboy root]# traceroute -I 144.232.20.158 traceroute to 144.232.20.158 (144.232.20.158), 30 hops max, 38 byte packets 1 adsl-67-120-221-110.dsl.sntc01.pacbell.net (67.120.221.110) 14.408 ms 14.064 ms 13.111 ms

Chapter 9: Simple Network Troubleshooting

89

2 dist3-vlan50.sntc01.pbi.net (63.203.35.67) 13.018 ms 12.887 ms 13.146 ms 3 bb1-g1-0.sntc01.pbi.net (63.203.35.17) 12.854 ms 13.035 ms 13.745 ms 4 bb2-p11-0.snfc21.pbi.net (64.161.124.246) 16.260 ms 15.618 ms 15.663 ms 5 bb1-p14-0.snfc21.pbi.net (64.161.124.53) 15.897 ms 15.785 ms 17.164 ms 6 sl-gw11-sj-3-0.sprintlink.net (144.228.44.49) 14.443 ms 16.279 ms 15.189 ms 7 sl-bb25-sj-6-1.sprintlink.net (144.232.3.133) 16.185 ms 15.857 ms 15.423 ms 8 sl-bb23-ana-6-0.sprintlink.net (144.232.20.158) 27.482 ms 26.306 ms 26.487 ms [root@bigboy root]#

Always Get A Bidirectional Traceroute
It is always best to get traceroutes from the source IP to the target IP and also from the target IP to the source IP. This is because the packet's return path from the target is sometimes not the same as the path taken to get there. A high traceroute time equates to the round trip time for both the initial traceroute query to each “hop” and the response of each “hop”. Here is an example of one such case, using disguised IP addresses and provider names. There was once a routing issue between telecommunications carriers FastNet and SlowNet. When a user at IP address 40.16.106.32 did a traceroute to 64.25.175.200, a problem seemed to appear at the 10th. hop with OtherNet. However, when a user at 64.25.175.200 did a traceroute to 40.16.106.32, latency showed up at hop 7 with the return path being very different. In this case, the real traffic congestion was occurring where FastNet handed traffic off to SlowNet in the second trace. The latency appeared to be caused at hop 10 on the first trace not because that hop was slow, but because that was the first hop at which the return packet traveled back to the source via the congested route. Remember, traceroute gives the packet round trip time. Trace route to 40.16.106.32 from 64.25.175.200 1 0 ms 0 ms 2 0 ms 0 ms 3 0 ms 0 ms [207.174.144.169] 4 0 ms 0 ms 5 0 ms 0 ms 6 0 ms 0 ms 7 0 ms 0 ms 8 30 ms 30 ms 9 30 ms 30 ms 10 1252 ms 1212 ms 11 1252 ms 1212 ms 12 1262 ms 1212 ms 13 1102 ms 1091 ms 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 30 1202 1192 1192 1092 [64.25.175.200] [64.25.175.253] border-from-40-tesser.boulder.co.coop.net [64.25.128.126] p3-0.dnvtco1-cr3.othernet.net [4.25.26.53] p2-1.dnvtco1-br1.othernet.net [4.24.11.25] p15-0.dnvtco1-br2.othernet.net [4.24.11.38] p15-0.snjpca1-br2.othernet.net [4.0.6.225] p1-0.snjpca1-cr4.othernet.net [4.24.9.150] h0.webhostinc2.othernet.net [4.24.236.38] [40.16.96.11] [40.16.96.162] [40.16.106.32]

Trace route to 64.25.175.200 from 40.16.106.32 1 2 3 4 1 1 2 1 ms ms ms ms 1 1 1 1 ms ms ms ms 1 1 1 1 ms ms ms ms [40.16.106.3] [40.16.96.161] [40.16.96.2] [40.16.96.65]

transit.130] p3-0.153 Pinging 186. Received = 4.slownet.49.co.54] gw234.93.61] p9-0.22. Ping statistics for 186.net [205.29] svl-core-03.net [4.25.128.153: Packets: Sent = 4.boulder.dnvtco1-br2.net [205.17.24.ge0-1-net2.9.64.fastnet.2.webh02-1.confusion.snjpca1-br1.52.9.40.24.97] [205.net [208.dnvtco1-cr3.217.snjpca1-br2.slownet. Approximate round trip times in milli-seconds: Minimum = 0ms.6.net [64. G:\>ping 186.64.24.confusion.17.253] [64. Average = 0ms G:\>tracert 186.77] 6 2 ms 1 [216.sfj.64.64.24.153 Tracing route to lostserver.46.net [4.19.linuxhomenetworking. Each “bounce” causes the TTL to decrease by a count of one until the TTL reaches zero at which point you get the timeout.9.fastnet. Maximum = 0ms.93] [186.17.223. Lost = 0 (0% loss).17.94: 186.65] 7 993 ms 961 8 1009 ms 1008 9 985 ms 947 10 1028 ms 1010 11 989 ms 988 12 1002 ms 1001 13 1031 ms 989 14 1031 ms 1017 15 1027 ms 1025 16 1045 ms 1037 17 1030 ms 1020 18 1038 ms 1031 19 1050 ms 1094 20 1050 ms 1094 ms 1 ms 1 ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms 999 971 983 953 985 973 978 1017 1023 1050 1045 1045 1034 1034 ms border8.inet.dnvtco1-br1.confusion.40.othernet.net rtr-2.25.net rtr-1.37] p1-0.inet.99] [64.171.175.171.othernet.205.64.94] .33] sjo-core-01.9.153 gave a “TTL timeout” message.net [4. The routing loop was confirmed by the traceroute in which the packet was proven to be bouncing between routers at 186.inet.17.40.64.226] p15-0.11.sfj.64.94] [186.26. transit.40.net rtr-1.175.9.52.net [4.171.64.9.25.com 5 2 ms 2 [216.net ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms sjo-edge-03.net rtr-2.94 and 186.confusion.64.40.9.net ms core1.net [4.5.1 rtr-2.othernet.paix-bi1.153 with 32 bytes of data: Reply Reply Reply Reply from from from from 186.200] Ping & Traceroute Troubleshooting Example In this example.26] p0-0.net [186. Ping TTLs will usually only timeout if there is a routing loop in which the packet bounces between two routers on the way to the target.40.confusion.confusion.64.13] p6-0.0.coop.othernet.net [4.cointcorp.40.p4-2.othernet.net [186.94: 186.7.64.11.93] [186.40.net [4.90 www.othernet.94: 186.94] [186. a ping to 186.slownet.40.40.33.0.40. transit.17.94: TTL TTL TTL TTL expired expired expired expired in in in in transit.153] over a maximum of 30 hops: 1 2 3 4 5 6 <10 60 70 60 70 60 ms ms ms ms ms ms <10 70 71 70 70 70 ms ms ms ms ms ms <10 60 70 60 70 61 ms ms ms ms ms ms 186.25.30] p4-3.othernet.

The router immediately after the last visible one is usually the culprit.93] rtr-2. or the last router that has a valid return path to the server issuing the traceroute. The traceroute will probably fail at the bad router on the return path.) You may have a typographical error in the IP address of the target server You may have a routing loop in which packets bounce between two routers and never get to the intended destination. 70 ms 60 ms 70 ms rtr-1. The constant activity eventually corrupted the routing tables of one of the routers.Chapter 9: Simple Network Troubleshooting 91 7 70 ms 70 ms 8 60 ms 70 ms 9 70 ms 70 ms . .. Do a traceroute back to your source server. Trace complete. It’s usually good to check the routing table and/or other status of this next hop device.net [186. The router immediately after the last visible one is the one at which the routing changes.confusion. The last visible hop being the last hop in which the packets return correctly.94] rtr-1.64.40.64.confusion. Look at the routing table to determine what the next hop is to your intended traceroute target. o o o o o . If it doesn’t work: Test the routing table and/or other status of all the hops between it and your intended target. If this works: Routing to the target server is OK.net [186..confusion.) The network on which you expect the target host to reside doesn’t exist in the routing table of one of the routers in the path (!H or !N messages may be produced.40. The target server doesn’t exist on the network. then the last visible router of an incomplete trace is either the last good router on the path. or turned off. ..93] This problem was solved by resetting the routing process on both routers. these include: o Traceroute packets are being blocked or rejected by a router in the path. It’s usually good to: log on to the last visible router. The packets don’t have a proper return path to your server. It could be disconnected. (!H or !N messages may be produced..64..40. Note: If there is nothing blocking your traceroute traffic.net [186. Log on to this next hop router. The problem was initially triggered by an unstable network link that caused frequent routing recalculations.. Possible Reasons For Failed Traceroutes Traceroutes can fail to reach their intended destination for a number of reasons. Do a traceroute from this router to your intended target server.

Listen on interface. You can also use keywords such as "and" or "or" between expressions to further fine tune your selection criteria. then tcpdump will use the lowest numbered interface that is UP Don't print a timestamp at the beginning of each line You can also add expressions after all the command line switches. interfaces of devices in the packet flow • The server not listening on the port because the software isn't installed or started Analyzing tcpdump in much greater detail is beyond the scope of this section. These act as filters to limit the volume of data presented on the screen. Like most Linux commands. Some useful expressions include: .linuxhomenetworking. It is installed by default on RedHat linux and has very simple syntax. tcpdump uses command line switches to modify the output.com Viewing Packet Flow With TCPdump Tcpdump is one of the most popular packages for viewing the flow of packets through your Linux box's NIC card. Some of the more useful command line switches would include: Possible TCPdump Messages tcpdump command switch -c -i -t Description Stop after viewing count packets.92 www. If this is not specified. Lack of communication could be due to: • Bad routing • Faulty cables. especially if you are doing simpler types of troubleshooting. One of the most common uses of tcpdump is to determine whether you are getting basic two way communication.

com > smallfry: 21:48:58.968556 bigboy.944034 bigboy.963966 bigboy.com: 21:48:58.my-site.com > smallfry: 21:48:58.962244 bigboy.my-site.my-site.com: 21:48:58.my-site.927091 smallfry > bigboy.Chapter 9: Simple Network Troubleshooting 93 Useful TCPdump Expressions tcpdump command expression host host-address icmp tcp port port-number Description View packets from the IP address host-address View icmp packets View TCP packets with packets with either a source or destination TCP port of portnumber View UDP packets with either a source or destination UDP port of port-number udp port port-number Example: tcpdump used to view ICMP "ping" packets going through interface wlan0 [root@bigboy tmp]# tcpdump -i wlan0 icmp tcpdump: listening on wlan0 21:48:58.943926 smallfry > bigboy.928365 bigboy.com > smallfry: 21:48:58.927510 bigboy.my-site.com > smallfry: 9 packets received by filter 0 packets dropped by kernel [root@bigboy tmp]# Explanation o o o o The first column of data is a packet time stamp.928257 smallfry > bigboy. The second column of data shows the packet source then destination IP address or server name of the packet The third column shows the packet type Two way communication is occurring as each echo gets an echo reply icmp: icmp: icmp: icmp: icmp: icmp: icmp: icmp: icmp: echo echo echo echo echo echo echo echo echo request (DF) reply request (DF) reply request (DF) reply reply reply reply .com: 21:48:58.my-site.my-site.my-site.com > smallfry: 21:48:58.com > smallfry: 21:48:58.my-site.

102 on TCP port 22 with no timestamps in the output [root@bigboy root]# tcpdump -i wlan0 -t host 192.32938: 0x10] S 2013297020:2013297020(0) win 0.ssh > smallfry.my-site.ssh: 5840 <mss 1460. Two way communication is occuring .94 www.168.com.ssh > smallfry.32938: (DF) [tos 0x10] smallfry.com.sackOK.com.my-site.1.wscale 0> (DF) [tos R 0:0(0) ack 2013297021 win 0 S 2013297020:2013297020(0) win 0.com.ssh > smallfry.32938: 0x10] smallfry.my-site.ssh > smallfry.my-site.nop.32938: 0x10] bigboy.32938 > bigboy.sackOK.sackOK.my-site.wscale 0> (DF) [tos R 0:0(0) ack 1 win 0 (DF) [tos R 0:0(0) ack 1 win 0 (DF) [tos bigboy.timestamp 75227931 0x10] bigboy.32938: R 0:0(0) ack 1 win 0 (DF) [tos 0x10] bigboy.ssh > smallfry.my-site.1.com.168.102 and tcp port 22 tcpdump: listening on wlan0 smallfry.32938: R 0:0(0) ack 1 win 0 (DF) [tos 0x10] 9 packets received by filter 0 packets dropped by kernel [root@bigboy root]# Explanation o o o o The first column of data shows the packet source then destination IP address or server name of the packet The second column shows the TCP flags within the packet The client named "bigboy" is using port 32938 to communicate with the server named "smallfry" on the TCP SSH port 22.com.com.32938 > bigboy.com.com.my-site.timestamp 75227931 0x10] bigboy.ssh: 5840 <mss 1460.nop.com Example: tcpdump used to view packets on interface wlan0 to/from host 192.wscale 0> (DF) [tos R 0:0(0) ack 1 win 0 (DF) [tos S 2013297020:2013297020(0) win 0.nop.ssh: 5840 <mss 1460.my-site.32938 > bigboy.timestamp 75227931 0x10] bigboy.ssh > smallfry.linuxhomenetworking.my-site.

Chapter 9: Simple Network Troubleshooting 95 .

linuxhomenetworking.96 www.com .

com =========================================== This chapter will show you how to configure wireless NIC cards on your Linux box. For this reason it may be good to keep your regular Ethernet NIC installed in the machine to provide connectivity to the web until you get the wireless NIC to work.linux-wlan. or you could ask someone to burn a CD with the files needed for installation.0.org for the latest hardware compatibility list. or have upgraded your RedHat distribution’s kernel then you can refer to the sections on how to install WLAN from universally usable tar files. Wireless Linux Compatible NICs Not all wireless NIC cards work with Linux-WLAN. www. If you are not running RedHat Linux. . For this reason it is best to check the Linux-WLAN group’s website at www. RedHat did not ship with the Linux Wireless driver set (Linux-WLAN) installed.linuxhomenetworking. As of version 8. You have to download and install them after installing Linux.97 Chapter 10 Linux Wireless Networking =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 10 Linux Wireless Networking Wireless Linux Compatible NICs Linux-WLAN Preparation Installing The Linux-WLAN Drivers Post Installation Steps Linux-WLAN Encryption For Security Troubleshooting Your Wireless LAN © Peter Harrison.

The older version of the card that uses the Intersil chipset works with Linux. You can determine whether you have this model by looking for the “V2.0 Network controller: BROADCOM Corporation: Unknown device 4301 (rev01) Subsystem: Unknown device 1737:4301 Flags: bus master. but the newer version 2. Be careful as this message can also be due to you using an SSID in your configuration files that doesn’t match the SSID of your WAP / wireless router.7” which is very clearly stamped on the front side of these cards. including invalid IO or IRQ parameters. Installing the WMP11 v2.o: insmod wlan0 failed . Aug 25 21:07:06 hostname kernel: p80211knetdev_hard_start_xmit: Tx attempt prior to association.7 Card In September 2002. The linux-wlan. then install the card in a windows box and upgrade the firmware. The WMP 11 Version 2.7 WMP 11 Card This card uses the Linux-WLAN compatible Intersil chipset and doesn’t have any version number stamped on it.7 (or v2. latency 64.com The Linksys WMP11 NIC and Linux You have to be especially carefull with Linksys WMP series of wireless PCI cards. your Linux box may not detect your NIC card at all and you will get kernel error messages like this one in /var/log/messages after you finish installing the software. IRQ 5 Memory at f4000000 (32-bit. Pre Version 2. non-prefetchable) [size=3D8K] Capabilities: [40] Power Management version 2 Installing the WMP11 v2. fast devsel.7) model of the WMP11 card using a Broadcom chipset. Linksys launched a Version 2.7 with the linux-WLAN tarball using RPMs will give the following error message on the screen: Dec 1 01:28:14 bigboy insmod: /lib/modules/2. Even so. If you don't.4.o: init_module: No such device Dec 1 01:28:14 bigboy insmod: Hint: insmod errors can be caused by incorrect module parameters.org site's hardware compatibility page now lists the WMP v2.7 with the linux-WLAN tarball will give the following error in the log file /var/log/messages 00:0c. You may find more information in syslog or the output from dmesg Dec 1 01:28:14 bigboy insmod: /lib/modules/2. the original WMP won’t work without upgrading the firmware.18-14/net/prism2_pci. You’ll have to download and install the latest firmware for a card from the Linksys website.7 card using a Broadcom chipset will not.4.7 as being an incompatible device.linuxhomenetworking.18-14/net/prism2_pci.98 www. frame dropped.

Always be prepared to check your syslog /var/log/messages file for errors if things don't work. the RPM chapter covers how to do this in detail. The Linux version may not match the CPU you have installed. This step isn't necessary for true PCI cards such as the Linksys WMP11. OS version and kernel version.us. but as a “wlan” device. PCMCIA Type Card Specific Information Before installing the linux-wlan software for PCMCIA type cards such as the (Linksys WPC11) you will need to install the RedHat Linux "pcmcia-cs" RPM package.1. RPM versions of the driver files can be found at http://prism2. [root@bigboy tmp]# uname -p i586 [root@bigboy tmp]# . The Bigboy server discussed in the Topology chapter is running a i586 version of Linux. If you need a refresher.nc.rpm Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard. Linux-WLAN doesn’t identify the wireless NIC as an Ethernet “eth” device.31-9. The default SSID for Linux-WLAN is “linux-wlan”. It is a good source of information. Remember to download the files for the correct kernel type.Using RPMs 2. It’s a good idea to decide on a common SSID and stick with it. According to the linux-wlan documentation.unixguru.Chapter 10: Linux Wireless Networking 99 Linux-WLAN Preparation All devices on a wireless network must use the same “Network Identifier” or SSID in order to communicate with each other. Installing The Linux-WLAN Drivers Linux-WLAN Installation . If you need a refresher. The syslog chapter will also show you how to set up syslog error logging to be more sensitive to error types. Always use the most recent versions to reduce the installation mental stress. always use the uname version. this will have to be done from a source RPM. the RPM chapter covers how to do this in detail.raleigh. the default SSID for your windows NIC cards may be different. Download the latest version of linux-wlan RPM. This is good to know in order to avoid confusion when troubleshooting.i386. Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard. The latest version as of this writing was: kernel-pcmcia-cs-3. Determining The Kernel Type Use the "uname -p" command. Once configured. You may get "device unknown" or "no such device" errors related to the wlan device in the /var/log/messages file if you use older unpatched versions of the Linux-WLAN software.

you’ll need to download and install the base.1.opts files which you may have to restore from the automatically saved versions.linuxhomenetworking. . Always remember that under normal circumstances this wouldn’t be a good idea.155.0 (Psyche) Kernel \r on an \m [root@bigboy cron.i586.rpm If you get any error messages during the installation. However.rh80.155. then you're doing something wrong.rpm [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh kernel-wlan-ng-pci-0. Bigboy is running version 8. /etc/wlan.18-14 [root@bigboy tmp]# uname -r 2.0 [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh kernel-wlan-ng-0.1.rh80.4. 3.i586.daily]# more /etc/issue Red Hat Linux release 8. Installing the rpm with --force and --nodeps switches does the trick by forcing the installation while not checking for dependencies. module and interface packages. error messages are there for a reason.18-14 [root@bigboy tmp]# If you upgrade the version of your Linux. I have seen the kernel-wlan-ng-pcmcia rpm installation give errors stating that the kernel-pcmcia-cs rpm hadn't been previously installed even when it had been.conf and /etc/pcmcia/wlanng. The combined Linux / Linux-WLAN upgrade will also create new versions of your /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-wlan0.rh80.i586.com Determining The OS Version One of the easiest ways is to view the /etc/issue file.100 www. Once you have all this information. Here are examples for a i586 installation using a PCI card on Redhat 8.0 [root@bigboy cron.1.15-5. In this case.4. Bigboy is running version 2.rpm [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh kernel-wlan-ng-modules-rh80. you'll have to do these steps all over again.daily]# Determining The Kernel Version You can use the "uname -r" command to do this.140.

.14 linux-wlan-ng-0.tar.1.4.Chapter 10: Linux Wireless Networking 101 [root@smallfry tmp]# rpm -Uvh kernel-wlan-ng-pcmcia-0.14-pre1.rpm error: Failed dependencies: kernel-pcmcia-cs is needed by kernel-wlan-ng-pcmcia-0.1.gz Unzip and install the Linux-WLAN files [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy tmp]# gunzip linux-wlan-ng-0.gz tmp]# tar -xvf linux-wlan-ng-0.linux-wlan.15-6 [root@smallfry tmp]# rpm -Uvh --force --nodeps kernel-wlan-ngpcmcia-0.14]# make config .18-3.opts to match WAP settings!!! [root@smallfry tmp]# Linux-WLAN Installation – Using TAR files If you are running a non standard version of your RedHat kernel or using a version of Linux that is incompatible with RPMs.rpm Preparing.14-pre1.156.i686.1. Starting PCMCIA services: modules cardmgr.conf file. then you’ll need to use the TAR file installation method. For RedHat version 7. If you are running standard RedHat Linux use the RPMs unless you have excess patience.1. It is therefore important to install your kernel sources files. you'll probably have to do these steps all over again Install the Kernel Source Files Installing Linux-WLAN using TAR files involves compiling the software to make it match the particular flavor of the Linux kernel you are running. The most recent version as of this writing was: linux-wlan-ng-0.1.rpm Download And Install The Linux-WLAN TAR File Download the latest version of Linux-WLAN from www. ACHTUNG! ATTENTION! WARNING! YOU MUST configure /etc/pcmcia/wlan-ng. The default wlan0 network configuration is DHCP.3 it was version 2.4..i686.tar tmp]# cd linux-wlan-ng-0.1.14-pre1..14]# make clean linux-wlan-ng-0.tar. [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh kernel-source-2..i386.18-3. Remember that if you upgrade your Linux version or kernel.15-6. ########################################### [100%] 1:kernel-wlan-ng-pcmcia ########################################### [100%] Adding prism2_cs alias to /etc/modules.org.1. Shutting down PCMCIA services: cardmgr modules. Adjust accordingly.1.1.

1.com =========================================== Running “make config” command will prompt you for information: o o o (PCI cards only) Say 'y' to pci and 'n' to pcmcia.14]# make all [root@bigboy linux-wlan-ng-0.14]# make install o Configure The New wlan0 Interface Driver (PCI Cards) 1. Get a directory listing of /lib/modules/ beforehand to make sure you are providing the correct kernel directory that both matches your kernel version and that also actually has files in it. Use other defaults =========================================== [root@bigboy linux-wlan-ng-0. The response should be: . Edit /etc/modules. plx. You can also test these commands from the command line to see if they work. #!/bin/bash modprobe prism2_pci wlanctl-ng wlan0 lnxreq_ifstate ifstate=enable wlanctl-ng wlan0 lnxreq_autojoin ssid=linux_wlan authtype=opensystem exit 0 Remember to modify the SSID in the above commands to match that of your WAP. Select only a single module directory as using more than one can lead to future "make" problems. Add the following 4 lines to the file.d/wmp11 3.linuxhomenetworking.1.conf and insert the following line to load the driver on booting: alias wlan0 prism2_pci 2.d directory [root@bigboy tmp]# vi /etc/init. and usb driver questions (PCMCIA cards only) Say 'y' to pcmcia and 'n' to pci. where “linux-kernel-version“ is the version of the kernel. plx. Create a startup driver configuration file called wmp11 (or whatever you NIC card is named) in the /etc/init.102 www. and usb driver questions When you are prompted for the "Module install directory" enter /lib/modules/”linux-kernelversion”.

DHCP server. At this time.d/wmp11 S09wmp11 tmp]# cd /etc/rc5. 4. which won't work. as it is not neccessary./init.d/rc. /etc/pcmcia/wlan-ng.local file then you need to ensure that you run your custom driver script before the Linux "network" script starts up the wlan0 interface device you will create later. Locate the lines containing "ssid=linux_wlan" and set the SSID to whatever value you’ve decided to use on your wireless LAN. The next step is to create a link to this file in the startup directories.d is named "S10network". and also it will cause the system to try to bring up wlan0 before the PCMCIA services. In RedHat the default network startup script link in /etc/rc3.conf. when configured to specifically run on the IP address of your interface.d/rc. [root@bigboy [root@bigboy filename) [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy tmp]# cd /etc/rc3.d and /etc/rc5. may fail to start if the interface is down.local file instead and save yourself a lot of grief. When booting. then start over making sure you are using the latest versions of the Linux-WLAN software.d tmp]# ls *network* (Verify the "network" tmp]# ln -s .d/wmp11 S09wmp11 Configure The New wlan0 Interface Driver (PCMCIA Cards) Open and edit the configuration options file. Some web sites recommend putting the driver loading commands in /etc/rc.d/wmp11 5. NOTE: Never alias for the PCMCIA cards in /etc/modules. If your applications are set to promiscuous listening. [root@bigboy tmp]# chmod 755 /etc/init. . This may not be a problem for many installations. it may not matter and you could put these commands in your /etc/rc.. but this makes the driver load at the end of the booting process and the wlan0 interface will be inactive till then. If you don’t want to use the /etc/rc. DNS (named) and SSH.d/wmp11 be run before "S10network" during the boot process. which is the default setting for the applications above. the "Link" LED on your NIC card will come on solid..opts./init. the system needs to load the drivers for the interface before it will activate the interface. but applications such as Samba.d/rc.local. You will need to create a symbolic link called "S09wmp11" to make /etc/init.d tmp]# ln -s . as it has established a link with the WAP11 access point. Make the file executable so that it will be able to run on the next system reboot.Chapter 10: Linux Wireless Networking 103 message=lnxreq_autojoin ssid=linksys authtype=opensystem resultcode=success If you get a resultcode=error or something else.

GATEWAY=192.255. Make sure you have correct gateway statement in your /etc/sysconfig/network file. Edit /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-eth0 file to have an ONBOOT=no entry. .104 www.com Post Installation Steps Configure The New wlan0 Interface Edit /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-wlan0 to include the following lines: DHCP Version ============ DEVICE=wlan0 USERCTL=yes ONBOOT=yes BOOTPROTO=dhcp Fixed IP Version ================= DEVICE=wlan0 BROADCAST=192.255.opts file (PCMCIA type NICs) configuration file.1 o o Disable Your Existing Ethernet NIC You may want to disable your existing eth0 Ethernet interface after installing the drivers. Also modify the IS_ADHOC option to make your NIC either support "adhoc" mode for peer to peer networks or "infrastructure" mode if you are using a WAP.0 NETWORK=192.168.168.1.1.1. Select the Wireless mode and SSID Edit your /etc/wlan. This will disable the interface on reboot or when /etc/init.1.168.168.linuxhomenetworking. netmask. eg. broadcast address with those above.0 ONBOOT=yes In the fixed IP version you will also need to: Substitute your selected IP.100 NETMASK=255.conf file (PCI type NIC) or your /etc/pcmcia/wlan-ng.255 IPADDR=192.d/network is restarted. network. Locate the lines containing "ssid=linux_wlan" and set the SSID to whatever value you’ve decided to use on your wireless LAN.

n .infrastructure #=======INFRASTRUCTURE STATION START=================== # SSID is all we have for now AuthType="opensystem" # opensystem | sharedkey (requires WEP) # Use DesiredSSID="" to associate with any AP in range DesiredSSID="linksys" Simulate a Reboot Run the following commands and test for errors in the file /var/log/messages: PCI Cards – Installed Using RPMs [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. Inspect your /var/log/messages file again: [root@bigboy tmp]# tail -300 /var/log/messages Look carefully for any signs that the card is interfering with existing card IRQs. If that is the case.d/wlan restart PCI Cards – Installed Using TAR Files [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. If there is a conflict there will usually be a warning..d/wmp11 [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.adhoc. or "IRQ also used by." message. or otherwise eliminate the conflict by disabling the conflicting device if you don’t really need it..d/network restart Now check to see IP address of the wlan interface is OK [root@bigboy tmp]# ifconfig -a [root@bigboy tmp]# ping <gateway-address> Check For Interrupt Conflicts Before installing the software you should ensure that the wireless NIC card doesn’t have an interrupt that clashes with another device in your computer.d/network restart PCMCIA Cards [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/rc. .d/init.d/pcmcia restart [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. Insert the card in an empty slot in your Linux box and reboot.Chapter 10: Linux Wireless Networking 105 Here is a sample snippet. move the card to a different slot. y . #=======SELECT STATION MODE=================== IS_ADHOC=n # y|n.

1.0 b) Interrupt:11 Base address:0x1820 lo Link encap:Local Loopback inet addr:127.0.3 Mb) TX bytes:7678679 (7.8 Mb) Interrupt:11 Memory:c887a000-c887b000 [root@bigboy tmp]# .0. You can check both the interrupts and base memory of your NIC cards after doing the software installation by using the "ifconfig -a" command: [root@bigboy tmp]# ifconfig -a eth0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:08:C7:10:74:A8 BROADCAST MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1 RX packets:0 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0 TX packets:0 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0 collisions:0 txqueuelen:100 RX bytes:0 (0.255.100 Bcast:192.0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1 RX packets:215233 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0 TX packets:447594 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0 collisions:0 txqueuelen:100 RX bytes:39394014 (37. newer PCI based systems generally handle conflicts better.1.0.0 UP LOOPBACK RUNNING MTU:16436 Metric:1 RX packets:88418 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0 TX packets:88418 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0 collisions:0 txqueuelen:0 RX bytes:7678679 (7.0 b) TX bytes:0 (0.106 www.1 Mask:255. you can also inspect your /proc/interrupts file for multiple devices having the same interrupt [root@bigboy tmp]# more /proc/interrupts 11: 4639 XT-PIC wlan0.255.168. eth0 [root@bigboy tmp]# more /proc/interrupts 11: 4639 XT-PIC wlan0 (bad) (good) Interrupt conflicts are usually more problematic with old style PC-AT buses. The above (bad) /proc/interrupts example came from a functioning PCI based Linux box.5 Mb) TX bytes:126738425 (120.255 Mask:255.linuxhomenetworking.com After you’ve installed the software.0.168. the reason why it worked was that though the interrupt was the same.3 Mb) wlan0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:06:25:09:6A:B5 inet addr:192. the base memory address which was used by Linux to communicate with the cards were different.

you have to set the "dot11PrivacyInvoked" parameter to "true" and state which of the keys will be used as the default starting key via the "dot11WEPDefaultKeyID" parameter.g. Once you have the four sets of keys. Only migrate to an encrypted design after you are satisfied that the unencrypted design works satisfactorily. use PRIV_GENTSTR to generate # keys (just a convenience) PRIV_GENERATOR=/sbin/nwepgen # nwepgen. 01:20:03:40:05 or dot11WEPDefaultKey3= # 01:02:03:04:05:06:07:08:09:0a:0b:0c:0d Not all devices on your network will use the same algorithm method to generate the encryption keys.conf file (PCI type NIC) or the /etc/pcmcia/wlanng.opts file (PCMCIA type NICs) file is also used to activate this feature. In the example below. [root@bigboy tmp]# /sbin/nwepgen ketchup 64:c1:a1:cc:db 2b:32:ed:37:16 b6:cc:9e:1b:37 d7:0e:51:3f:03 [root@bigboy tmp]# .Chapter 10: Linux Wireless Networking 107 Linux-WLAN Encryption For Security One of the flaws of wireless networking is that all the wireless clients can detect the presence of all available network SSIDs and have the option of joining any of them. Neesus compatible PRIV_KEY128=false # keylength to generate PRIV_GENSTR="ketchup" # or set them explicitly. You then have the option of either providing a key generating string (simple password) or all four of the keys. not both. Here is how you can use nwepgen to create the keys with a generator string of "ketchup". The /etc/wlan. the client must have a membership encryption password which can also be represented as a series of Wireless Encryption Protocol (WEP) keys.opts) file and set the PRIV_GENSTR parameter to "". If this is the case. You may find the same generator string will not create the same keys. you can use the /sbin/nwepgen program to generate the keys once you provide your easy to remember key generator string. "ketchup" is the password used to automatically generate the keys. Set genstr or keys. Note: I must strongly recommend that you first set up your network without encryption. #=======WEP=========================================== # [Dis/En]able WEP. dot11WEPDefaultKey0= # format: xx:xx:xx:xx:xx or dot11WEPDefaultKey1= # xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx dot11WEPDefaultKey2= # e.conf (or /etc/pcmcia/wlan-ng. To invoke encryption. With encryption. Settings only matter if PrivacyInvoked is true lnxreq_hostWEPEncrypt=false # true|false lnxreq_hostWEPDecrypt=false # true|false dot11PrivacyInvoked=true dot11WEPDefaultKeyID=1 dot11ExcludeUnencrypted=true # true|false. you'll have to add them them individually and in sequence to the /etc/wlan. and intra-network communication will be impossible. in AP this means WEP # is required for all STAs # If PRIV_GENSTR is not empty.

108 www. Your next steps will be to list all the active drivers in memory with the lsmod command. the driver is still loaded in memory. not both. and remove the Linux-WLAN related entries using rmmod [root@bigboy tmp]# lsmod Module Size … … prism2_pci 66672 p80211 20328 … … Used by Not tainted 1 1 (autoclean) [prism2_pci] [root@bigboy tmp]# rmmod prism2_pci [root@bigboy tmp]# rmmod p80211 o Restart Linux-WLAN and reactivate the wlan0 interface and you should be functional again. The steps to reverse encryption are: o o Set the configuration file parameter "dot11PrivacyInvoked" to "false" Stop Linux-WLAN and disable the wireless wlan0 interface [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. This includes all wireless NICs and WAPs De-activating Encryption In some cases.d/wlan start Starting WLAN Devices:message=lnxreq_hostwep resultcode=no_value decrypt=false encrypt=false [root@bigboy tmp]# ifup wlan0 . Set genstr or keys. NIC cards without full Linux-WLAN compatibility will freeze up after a number of hours of working with encryption. dot11WEPDefaultKey0= 64:c1:a1:cc:db dot11WEPDefaultKey1= 2b:32:ed:37:16 dot11WEPDefaultKey2= b6:cc:9e:1b:37 dot11WEPDefaultKey3= d7:0e:51:3f:03 Remember that all devices on your network will need to have the same keys and default key for this to work. [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.com In this case your /etc/wlan.linuxhomenetworking. though not active.conf file would look like this: PRIV_GENSTR="" # or set them explicitly.d/wlan stop Shutting Down WLAN Devices:message=lnxreq_ifstate ifstate=disable resultcode=success [root@bigboy tmp]# ifdown wlan0 o Even though you have done these two steps.

p80211 Kernel errors in /var/log/messages usually point to an incorrectly configured SSID Nov 13 22:24:54 bigboy kernel: p80211knetdev_hard_start_xmit: Tx attempt prior to association. Jan 2 18:11:18 bigboy kernel: hfa384x_drvr_start: Failed. Jan 2 18:11:12 bigboy kernel: prism2sta_ifstate: hfa384x_drvr_start() failed.Chapter 10: Linux Wireless Networking 109 o If you fail to reload the driver modules you’ll get errors like these below in your /var/log/messages file.result=-110 Jan 2 18:11:18 bigboy kernel: hfa384x_docmd_wait: hfa384x_cmd timeout(1). You can also check to see if your Linux box is out or range of the WAP. then check your /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-wlan0 file for a correct IP configuration and your routing table to make sure your routes are OK. Jan 2 18:11:18 bigboy kernel: hfa384x_drvr_start: Initialize command failed. If there are no errors in /var/log/messages and you can’t ping your gateways or obtain an IP address. . reg=0x8021. frame dropped. The chapter on logging covers how to do this in more detail. result=110 Troubleshooting Your Wireless LAN Always check the /var/log/messages file for possible errors arising from the software installation.

com .110 www.linuxhomenetworking.

This page shows how to convert your Linux box into: .com =========================================== You can convert your Linux box into a firewall using the IPtables package.linuxhomenetworking.111 Chapter 11 Linux Firewalls Using iptables =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 11 Linux Firewalls Using iptables What Is iptables? Download And Install The Iptables Package How To Get iptables Started Packet Processing In iptables Iptables Packet Flow Diagram Processing For Packets Routed By The Firewall Packet Processing For Data Received By The Firewall Packet Processing For Data Sent By The Firewall Targets And Jumps Descriptions Of The Most Commonly Used Targets Important Iptables Command Switch Operations General Iptables Match Criteria Common TCP and UDP Match Criteria Common ICMP (Ping) Match Criteria Common Match Extensions Criteria Using User Defined Chains Sample iptables Scripts Basic Initialization Allowing DNS Access To Your Firewall Allowing WWW And SSH Access To Your Firewall Allowing Your Firewall To Access The Internet Allow Your Home Network To Access The Firewall Masquerading (Many to One NAT) Port Forwarding Type NAT Static NAT Logging & Troubleshooting © Peter Harrison. www.

2. Each of these queue is dedicated to a particular type of packet activity and is controlled by an associated packet transformation / filtering chain.linuxhomenetworking. web and DNS server.6a-2. Install the package using the following command: [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh iptables-ipv6-1. If you need a refresher. .rpm. Don’t worry if this all seems confusing. the most popular firewall / NAT package running on Linux was ipchains. The latest version of the RPM for RedHat 8.com • A firewall while simultaneously being your home website's mail. Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard.d/iptables stop [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.0 is iptables-ipv6-1. • A router that will use NAT and port forwarding to both protect your home network and have another web server on your home network while sharing the public IP address of your firewall What Is iptables? Originally. For example. It had a number of limitations.i386.rpm Preparing.6a-2. Download And Install The Iptables Package Most RedHat Linux software products are available in the RPM format. the primary one being that it ran as a separate program and not as part of the kernel. iptables is considered a faster and more secure alternative. there’ll be tables and examples of how the concepts are all interlinked.i386.d/iptables start [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.d/iptables restart To get iptables configured to start at boot: [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 345 iptables on Packet Processing In iptables All packets inspected by iptables pass through a sequence of built-in tables (queues) for processing.2. the chart and graphic below describe the steps taken by iptables when a packet traverses the firewall. iptables has now become the default firewall package installed under RedHat Linux. As a result of this.112 www.. ########################################### [100%] 1:iptables ########################################### [100%] [root@bigboy tmp]# How To Get iptables Started You can start/stop/restart iptables after booting by using the following commands: [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. the chapter on RPMs covers how to do this in detail.. The Netfilter organization decided to create a new product called iptables in order to rectify this shortcoming.

Chapter 11: Linux Firewalls Using iptables 113 Iptables Packet Flow Diagram .

114 www. (Rarely used) Destination network address translation (DNAT) N/A Determines whether the packet is destined to a local application or should be sent out another NIC interface Packet filtering: Packets destined for servers accessible by another NIC on the firewall.com Processing For Packets Routed By The Firewall Packet flow Intercepted by iptables chain (Queue) Packet transformation table associated with this queue PREROUTING Description of possible modifications by iptables using this transformation table Modification of the TCP packet quality of service bits.linuxhomenetworking. Source network address translation (SNAT) N/A Packet enters the NIC and is passed to iptables Mangle Nat PREROUTING Packet passed to the Linux routing engine N/A N/A Packet passed back to iptables Filter FORWARD Nat POSTROUTING Packet transmitted out the other NIC N/A N/A .

. The routing engine passes the packet to the target application via the iptables filter queue filter INPUT The application receives the packet from iptables then processes it.Chapter 11: Linux Firewalls Using iptables 115 Packet Processing For Data Received By The Firewall Packet flow Actions by Operating System Packet intercepted by iptables table (Queue) Packet transformation chain associated with this queue PREROUTING Description of possible modifications by iptables using this transformation table Modification of the TCP packet quality of service bits. then nat queues mangle nat PREROUTING Destination network address translation (DNAT) Packet filtering: Packets destined for the firewall. (Rarely used) Packet destined for firewall Packet enters the NIC from remote server. The packet is then passed from iptables to the Linux routing engine. The packet is intercepted by the iptables mangle.

Source network address translation (SNAT) filter OUTPUT The packet is then passed to the Linux routing engine which forwards the packet out the correct NIC The packet is intercepted by the iptables nat table nat POSTROUTING Packet transmitted out a NIC . (Rarely used) nat OUTPUT Source network address translation (Rarely used) Packet filtering: Packets destined for other servers / devices.linuxhomenetworking. nat and filter tables mangle OUTPUT Modification of the TCP packet quality of service bits.com Packet Processing For Data Sent By The Firewall Packet flow Actions by Operating System Packet intercepted by iptables table (Queue) Packet transformation chain associated with this queue Description of possible modifications by iptables using this transformation table The application sends data to a remote server Packet originating from firewall The packet is intercepted by iptables which then processes it in the mangle.116 www.

These include: icmp-port-unreachable (default) icmp-net-unreachable icmp-host-unreachable icmp-proto-unreachable icmp-net-prohibited icmp-host-prohibited tcp-reset echo-reply DNAT • Used to do Destination Network Address Translation. the second will DROP it. There are a number of built-in targets that most rules may use. you can create your own chains. • Works like the DROP target.Chapter 11: Linux Firewalls Using iptables 117 Targets And Jumps You don't have to rely solely on the built-in chains provided by iptables.rewriting the destination IP address of the --to-destination ipaddress Tells iptables what the destination IP . The first will LOG the packet. it is common to have two similar rules in sequence. • The packet is blocked • The packet information is sent to the syslog daemon for logging • iptables continues processing with the next rule in the table • As you can't LOG and DROP at the same time. These can be accessed by making them the targets of "jumps" in the built-in chains. ie. but will also return an error message to the host sending the packet that was blocked N/A Most common options DROP N/A LOG --log-prefix "string" Tells iptables to prefix all log messages with a user defined string. Descriptions Of The Most Commonly Used Targets Target ACCEPT Description • iptables stops further processing. So in summary. Frequently used to tell why the logged packet was dropped REJECT --reject-with qualifier The qualifier tells what type of reject message is returned. the targets/jumps tell the rule what to do with a packet that matches the rule perfectly. • The packet is handed over to the end application or the operating system for processing • iptables stops further processing.

com Target packet SNAT Description Most common options address should be --to-source <address>[<address>][:<port>-<port>] Specifies the source IP address and ports to be used by SNAT. . • Used to do Source Network Address Translation.rewriting the source IP address of the packet • The source IP address is user defined • Used to do Source Network Address Translation.rewriting the source IP address of the packet • By default the source IP address is the same as that used by the firewall's interface MASQUERADE [--to-ports <port>[-<port>]] Specifies the range of source ports the original source port can be mapped to.118 www. ie.linuxhomenetworking. ie.

Match "output" interface on which the packet exits -A -F -p <protocol-type> -s <ip-address> -d <ip-address> -i <interface-name> -o <interface-name> Example: iptables -A INPUT -s 0/0 -i eth0 -d 192. As discussed before. udp. tcp.Chapter 11: Linux Firewalls Using iptables 119 Important Iptables Command Switch Operations We’ll now explore how to use iptables command switches used to create your firewall. all Match source IP address Match destination IP address Match "input" interface on which the packet enters. Types include.1 .1. nat. the possible built-in tables include: filter. mangle Append rule to end of a chain Flush. Deletes all the rules in the selected table Match protocol. General Iptables Match Criteria iptables command Switch -t <table> Description If you don't specify a table. icmp.168. then the filter table is assumed.1.168.1 -p TCP -j ACCEPT In this example iptables is being configured to allow the firewall to accept TCP packets coming in on interface eth0 from any IP address destined for the firewall's IP address of 192.

168. not a new connection request --sport <port> TCP source port Can be a single value or a range in the format: starting-port:endingport Description switches used with -p udp Description --dport <port> --dport <port> TCP destination port Can be a single value or a range in the format: starting-port:endingport --syn Example: iptables -A FORWARD -s 0/0 -i eth0 -d 192.1.58 that is reachable via interface eth1.linuxhomenetworking.1. The source port is in the range 1024 to 65535 and the destination port is port 80 (www/http) .120 www.58 -o eth1 -p TCP \ -sport 1024:65535 -dport 80 -j ACCEPT In this example iptables is being configured to allow the firewall to accept TCP packets to be routed when they enter on interface eth0 from any IP address destined for IP address of 192.168.com Common TCP and UDP Match Criteria switches used with -p tcp --sport <port> TCP source port Can be a single value or a range in the format: start-portnumber:end-portnumber TCP destination port Can be a single value or a range in the format: starting-port:endingport Used to identify a new connection request ! --syn means.

port> --dport <port. accept the expected ICMP echo-replies.Chapter 11: Linux Firewalls Using iptables 121 Common ICMP (Ping) Match Criteria Matches used with ---icmp-type --icmp-type <type> The most commonly used types are echo-reply and echo-request Description Example: iptables -A OUTPUT -p icmp --icmp-type echo-request -j ACCEPT iptables -A INPUT -p icmp --icmp-type echo-reply -j ACCEPT In this example iptables is being configured to allow the firewall send ICMP echo-requests (pings) and in turn. Description --dport <port. Common Match Extensions Criteria TCP/UDP match extensions used with -m multiport --sport <port. port> A variety of TCP/UDP source ports separated by commas A variety of TCP/UDP destination ports separated by commas A variety of TCP/UDP ports separated by commas. port> . Source and destination ports are assumed to be the same.

443 -j ACCEPT iptables -A FORWARD -d 0/0 -o eth0 -s 192.1. This is a common feature of protocols such as an FTP data transfer. The source port is in the range 1024 to 65535 and the destination ports are port 80 (www/http) and 443 (https). Here iptables is being configured to allow the firewall to accept TCP packets to be routed when they enter on interface eth0 from any IP address destined for IP address of 192. or an ICMP error. Example: iptables -A FORWARD -s 0/0 -i eth0 -d 192.122 www.168.58 -o eth1 -p TCP \ -sport 1024:65535 -m multiport -dport 80. Instead of stating the source and destination ports.168.168.1.1. .1.58 that is reachable via interface eth1.58 to be accepted too. We are also allowing the return packets from 192.linuxhomenetworking.58 -i eth1 -p TCP \ -m state --state ESTABLISHED -j ACCEPT This is an expansion on the previous example. it is sufficient to allow packets related to established connections using the -m state and --state ESTABLISHED options.168.com Match extensions used with -m state --state <state> Description The most frequently tested states are: ESTABLISHED The packet is part of a connection which has seen packets in both directions NEW The packet is the start of a new connection RELATED The packet is starting a new secondary connection.

2 -j fast-input-queue iptables -A OUTPUT -o eth0 -s 206. it is possible to have a chain that determines the protocol type for the packet and then hands off the actual final processing to a protocol specific chain.229. you can replace a long chain with a main stubby chain pointing to multiple stubby chains thereby shortening the total length of all chains the packet has to pass through. For example. instead of having a single chain for all protocols. This feature is frequently used to help streamline the processing of packets.Chapter 11: Linux Firewalls Using iptables 123 Using User Defined Chains As stated in the introduction. iptables can be configured to have user-defined chains.2 -j fast-output-queue iptables -A fast-input-queue -p icmp -j icmp-queue-in iptables -A fast-output-queue -p icmp -j icmp-queue-out iptables -A icmp-queue-out -p icmp --icmp-type echo-request \ -m state --state NEW -j ACCEPT iptables -A icmp-queue-in -p icmp --icmp-type echo-reply -j ACCEPT In this example we have six queues with the following characteristics to help assist in processing speed: Chain INPUT Description The regular built-in INPUT chain in iptables The regular built-in OUTPUT chain in iptables Input chain dedicated to specific protocols Output chain dedicated to specific protocols Output queue dedicated to ICMP Intput queue dedicated to ICMP OUTPUT fast-input-queue fast-output-queue icmp-queue-out icmp-queue-in . Example: iptables -A INPUT -i eth0 -d 206.110. In other words.110.229.

linuxhomenetworking.d/rc. It shows you how to allow your firewall to: • Be used as a Linux Web / Mail / DNS server • Be the NAT router for your home network • Prevent various types of attacks using corrupted TCP. then they will not reach the the INPUT. • Outbound passive FTP access from the firewall There are also simpler code snippets in the Appendix for: • Inbound and outbound FTP connections to / from your firewall Basic Initialization It is a good policy.local file so that the firewall script is run every time you boot up. Pay special attention to the logging example at the end.com Sample iptables Scripts Here are some sample scripts you can use to get iptables working for you. in any iptables script you write. The "filter" table's INPUT.124 www. and if all packets that don't match the "nat" and "mangle" rules are DROP-ped. #!/bin/bash #--------------------------------------------------------------# Load modules for FTP connection tracking and NAT – You may need # them later #--------------------------------------------------------------modprobe ip_conntrack_ftp modprobe iptable_nat #--------------------------------------------------------------# Initialize all the chains by removing all the rules # tied to them #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables --flush iptables -t nat --flush . It should be a good guide to get you started. This is because these tables are queried before the "filter" table. FORWARD and OUTPUT chains should DROP packets by default for the best security. The "basic initialization" script snippet should also be included in all your scripts to ensure the correct initialization of your chains should you decide to restart your script after startup. it is not good policy to make your "nat" and "mangle" tables DROP packets by default. However. You then can use the Appendix to find a detailed script once you feel more confident. This chapter also includes other snippets that will help you get basic functionality. to initialize your chain and table settings with known values. Additional ALLOW rules should be added to the end of this script snippet. UDP and ICMP packets. FORWARD and OUTPUT chains and won't be processed. It is best to invoke these from your /etc/rc.

We'll recreate them in the next step #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables --delete-chain iptables -t nat --delete-chain iptables -t mangle --delete-chain #--------------------------------------------------------------# If a packet doesn't match one of the built in chains.Chapter 11: Linux Firewalls Using iptables 125 iptables -t mangle --flush #--------------------------------------------------------------# Now that the chains have been initialized. Most home networks # / websites using a single DNS server won’t require TCP statements # #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A OUTPUT -p udp -o eth0 --dport 53 --sport 1024:65535 \ -j ACCEPT iptables -A INPUT -p udp -i eth0 --sport 53 --dport 1024:65535 \ -j ACCEPT . the user defined # chains should be deleted. The following statements will apply not only for firewalls acting as DNS clients but also for firewalls working in a caching or regular DNS server role.Interface eth0 is the internet interface # # Zone transfers use TCP and not UDP. #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow outbound DNS queries from the FW and the replies too # # . then # The policy should be to drop it #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables --policy INPUT DROP iptables --policy OUTPUT DROP iptables --policy FORWARD DROP #--------------------------------------------------------------# The loopback interface should accept all traffic # Necessary for X-Windows and other socket based services #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT -i lo -j ACCEPT iptables -A OUTPUT -o lo -j ACCEPT Allowing DNS Access To Your Firewall You’ll almost certainly want your firewall to make DNS queries to the Internet.

RELATED -i eth0 –p tcp \ .Interface eth0 is the internet interface #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A OUTPUT -o eth0 -m state --state ESTABLISHED. TCP port 80 is used for HTTP traffic and port 443 is used for HTTPS (secure HTTP frequently used for credit card transactions).com Allowing WWW And SSH Access To Your Firewall This sample snippet is for a web server that is managed remotely by its system administrator via secure shell (SSH) sessions.Interface eth0 is the internet interface #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT -j ACCEPT -m state --state ESTABLISHED. #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow previously established connections # .RELATED \ -j ACCEPT #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow port 80 (www) and 22 (SSH) connections to the firewall #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT -p tcp -i eth0 --dport 22 –sport 1024:65535 \ -m state –state NEW -j ACCEPT iptables -A INPUT -p tcp -i eth0 --dport 80 –sport 1024:65535 \ -m state –state NEW -j ACCEPT Allowing Your Firewall To Access The Internet The following iptables sample script allows a user on the firewall to use a web browser to surf the Internet.126 www. It isn't necessary to specify these ports for the return leg as outbound packets for all established connections are allowed.443 --sport 1024:65535 #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow previously established connections # .linuxhomenetworking. Connections initiated by persons logged into the webserver will be denied as outbound NEW connection packets aren't allowed. HTTPS is also used by RedHat Linux servers using up2date. #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow port 80 (www) and 443 (https) connections to the firewall #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A OUTPUT -j ACCEPT -m state --state NEW \ -o eth0 –p tcp -m multiport --dport 80. Inbound packets destined for ports 80 and 22 are allowed thereby making the first steps in establishing a connection.

types of connections and possibly even remote servers to have access to your firewall and home network.168. This is done by enabling "IP forwarding" or routing by giving the file /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward the value "1" as opposed to the default disabled value of "0". eth1 is directly connected to a home network using IP addresses from the 192.168. packets related to NEW and ESTABLISHED connections will be allowed outbound to the Internet.1. Further rules will be needed for the interface connected to the Internet to allow only specific ports.1.Interface eth1 is the private network interface #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT iptables -A OUTPUT -j ACCEPT -p all -s 192.0/24 -i eth1 -j ACCEPT -p all -d 192. traffic from all devices on one or more protected networks will appear as if it originated from a single IP address on the Internet side of the firewall. while only packets related to ESTABLISHED connections will be allowed inbound. In other words.Chapter 11: Linux Firewalls Using iptables 127 If you want all TCP traffic originating from the firewall to be accepted then you can remove the following section from the snippet above: -m multiport --dport 80.168. This is done using the FORWARD chain of the "filter" table. #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow all bidirectional traffic from your firewall to the # protected network # .443 --sport 1024:65535 Allow Your Home Network To Access The Firewall In this example. masquerading is another word for what many call "many to one" NAT. Once masquerading has been achieved using the POSTROUTING chain of the "nat" table. An example follows: . iptables will have to be configured to allow packets to flow between the two interfaces.0 network. Masquerading also depends on the Linux operating system being configured to support routing between the internet and private network interfaces of the firewall.1. More specifically.0/24 -o eth1 Masquerading (Many to One NAT) As explained in the Introduction to Networking chapter. All traffic between this network and the firewall is simplistically assumed to be trusted and allowed. This helps to protect the home network from persons trying to initiate connections from the Internet. iptables requires the iptables_nat module to be loaded with the "modprobe" command for the masquerade feature to work.

Port forwarding is handled by the PREROUTING chain of the "nat" table. # Allowed outbound: New. Here the combination of the firewall's single IP address.1.linuxhomenetworking.Interface eth1 is the private network interface #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A POSTROUTING -t nat -o eth0 -s 192. An example follows: . Port Forwarding Type NAT (DHCP DSL) In many cases home users may get a single DHCP public IP address from their ISP. established and related connections # Allowed inbound : Established and related connections #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A FORWARD -t filter -i eth1 -m --state NEW. the packets are routed via the filter # table's FORWARD chain.168.RELATED iptables -A FORWARD -t filter -i eth0 -m --state ESTABLISHED.ESTABLISHED.0/24 -d 0/0 \ -j MASQUERADE echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward #--------------------------------------------------------------# Prior to masquerading.128 www. As in masquerading. If their Linux firewall is their interface to the Internet and they want to host a website on one of the NAT protected home servers then they will have to use the “port forwarding” technique.Interface eth0 is the internet interface # . then if should be the used as the default gateway for all your servers on the network.com #--------------------------------------------------------------# Load the NAT module #--------------------------------------------------------------modprobe iptable_nat #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow masquerading # Enable routing by modifying the ip_forward /proc filesystem file # . All traffic that matches a particular combination of these factors may then be forwarded to a single server on the private network. the iptables_nat module will have to be loaded and routing enabled for port forwarding to work. Routing too will have to be allowed in iptables with the FORWARD chain. this would include all NEW inbound connections from the Internet matching the port forwarding port plus all future packets related to the ESTABLISHED connection in both directions.RELATED state \ -j ACCEPT state \ -j ACCEPT Note: If you configure your firewall to do masquerading. the remote server’s IP address and the source/destination port of the traffic can be used to uniquely identify a traffic flow.

168.*://'`" #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow port forwarding for traffic destined to port 80 of the # firewall’s IP address to be forwarded to port 8080 on server # 192.RELATED -j ACCEPT iptables -A FORWARD -t filter -i eth0 -m state \ --state ESTABLISHED. # Connections on port 80 to the target machine on the private # network must be allowed. # The external IP address could just be hard coded (“typed in # normally”) #--------------------------------------------------------------external_int="eth0" external_ip="`ifconfig $external_int | grep 'inet addr' | \ awk '{print $2}' | sed -e 's/.168.RELATED -j ACCEPT .200:8080 echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward #--------------------------------------------------------------# After DNAT.ESTABLISHED.200 \ --dport 8080 --sport 1024:65535 -m state --state NEW -j ACCEPT iptables -A FORWARD -t filter -i eth1 -m state \ --state NEW.200 # # Enable routing by modifying the ip_forward /proc filesystem file # . #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A FORWARD -p tcp -i eth0 -o eth1 -d 192.1. the packets are routed via the filter table's # FORWARD chain.Interface eth1 is the private network interface #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -p tcp -i eth0 -d $external_ip \ --dport 80 --sport 1024:65535 -j DNAT --to 192.1.1.Interface eth0 is the internet interface # .168.Chapter 11: Linux Firewalls Using iptables 129 #--------------------------------------------------------------# Load the NAT module #--------------------------------------------------------------modprobe iptable_nat #--------------------------------------------------------------# Get the IP address of the Internet interface eth0 (linux only) # # You'll have to use a different expression to get the IP address # for other operating systems which have a different ifconfig output # or enter the IP address manually in the PREROUTING statement # # This is best when your firewall gets its IP address using DHCP.

SNAT is therefore used to specify the alias IP address to be used for connections initiated by all other servers in the protected net.com Static NAT In this example.168.1.27 Anywhere 192.253.102 # # SNAT is used to NAT all other outbound connections initiated # from the protected network to appear to come from # IP address 97.29 iptables -A FORWARD -p tcp -i eth0 -o eth1 -d 192. is NAT-ted to a single server on the protected subnet.1.158.1.100 to 102). MASQUERADE isn't recommended to be used as it will force masquerading as the IP address of the primary interface and not any of the alias IP addresses it may have.1. #--------------------------------------------------------------# Load the NAT module #--------------------------------------------------------------modprobe iptable_nat #--------------------------------------------------------------# Enable routing by modifying the ip_forward /proc filesystem file #--------------------------------------------------------------echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward #--------------------------------------------------------------# NAT ALL traffic: # # TO: FROM: MAP TO SERVER: # 97.Interface eth0 is the internet interface # .168. all traffic to a particular public IP address.158.253.168.158.253.1.28 -i eth0 \ DNAT --to-destination 192.28 Anywhere 192.168.26 Anywhere 192. not just to a particular port.Interface eth1 is the private network interface #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -t -j iptables -t -j iptables -t -j nat -A PREROUTING -d 97.0/24 \ -j SNAT -o eth1 --to-source 97.100 # 97.158.102 iptables -A POSTROUTING -s 192. As the firewall has more than one IP address.253.linuxhomenetworking.168.101 # 97.443 and 22 are allowed through by the FORWARD chain.158.1.158.168.29 # # .1.158.27 -i eth0 \ DNAT --to-destination 192.101 nat -A PREROUTING -d 97.253.1.253.158.100 nat -A PREROUTING -d 97.168.130 www. only connections on ports 80.1.168.253.26 -i eth0 \ DNAT --to-destination 192.168. Note that though the "nat" table NATs all traffic to the target servers (192.100 \ .253.

#--------------------------------------------------------------# Log and drop all other packets to file /var/log/messages # Without this we could be crawling around in the dark #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A OUTPUT -j LOG iptables -A OUTPUT -j LOG iptables -A FORWARD -j LOG iptables -A INPUT -j DROP iptables -A INPUT -j DROP iptables -A FORWARD -j DROP Here are some examples of the output of this file: Firewall denying replies to DNS queries (UDP port 53) destined to server 192.1.RELATED -j ACCEPT iptables -A FORWARD -t filter -i eth0 -m state \ --state ESTABLISHED.168.443. This example logs a summary of failed packets to the file /var/log/messages. o .102 \ -m multiport --dport 80. You should be aware that the LOG target: o o will log all traffic that matches the iptables rule in which it is located.RELATED -j ACCEPT Logging & Troubleshooting You track packets passing through the iptables list of rules using the LOG target.102 on the home network.22 --sport 1024:65535 \ -m state --state NEW -j ACCEPT iptables -A FORWARD -p tcp -i eth0 -o eth1 -d 192.Chapter 11: Linux Firewalls Using iptables 131 -m multiport --dport 80.443.443.22 --sport 1024:65535 \ -m state --state NEW -j ACCEPT iptables -A FORWARD -t filter -i eth1 -m state \ --state NEW.22 --sport 1024:65535 \ -m state --state NEW -j ACCEPT iptables -A FORWARD -p tcp -i eth0 -o eth1 -d 192.ESTABLISHED.101 \ -m multiport --dport 80. you’ll find yourself logging both desired and unwanted traffic with no way of discerning between the two as by default iptables doesn’t state why the packet was logged in its log message. You can use the contents of this file to determine what TCP/UDP ports you need to open to provide access to specific traffic that is currently stopped.168. Therefore if you want to log only unwanted traffic then you have to add a matching rule with a DROP target immediately after the LOG rule.168.1. automatically writes an entry to the /var/log/messages file and then executes the next rule. If you don’t.1.

com Feb 23 20:33:50 bigboy kernel: IN=wlan0 OUT= MAC=00:06:25:09:69:80:00:a0:c5:e1:3e:88:08:00 SRC=192. then follow the steps in the Network Troubleshooting chapter to determine whether the data is reaching your firewall at all.168.100 DST=192.1.42.200.102 DST=207. then you should focus on the INPUT.1.81.168.255 LEN=241 TOS=0x00 PREC=0x00 TTL=64 ID=0 DF PROTO=UDP SPT=138 DPT=138 LEN=221 o Firewall denying Network Time Protocol (NTP UDP port 123) Feb 23 20:58:48 bigboy kernel: IN= OUT=wlan0 SRC=192.132 www. the location your network that could be causing the problem. Therefore you should check your INPUT. you won’t be able to access the public NAT IP addresses from servers on your home network.30 DST=192. OUTPUT statements If nothing shows up in the logs. and if it is not. FORWARD and NAT related statements.113 LEN=76 TOS=0x10 PREC=0x00 TTL=64 ID=0 DF PROTO=UDP SPT=123 DPT=123 LEN=56 Note: The traffic in all these examples isn’t destined for the firewall.102 LEN=220 TOS=0x00 PREC=0x00 TTL=54 ID=30485 PROTO=UDP SPT=53 DPT=32820 LEN=200 o Firewall denying Windows NetBIOS traffic (UDP port 138) Feb 23 20:43:08 bigboy kernel: IN=wlan0 OUT= MAC=ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:00:06:25:09:6a:b5:08:00 SRC=192.1. If the firewall’s IP address is involved.168.168. OUTPUT. Basic NAT testing will require you to ask a friend to try to connect to your home network from the Internet.linuxhomenetworking.1.93. Troubleshooting NAT: As a general rule. You can then use the logging output in /var/log/messages to make sure that: o o the translations are occurring correctly and iptables isn’t dropping the packets after translation occurs .

133 Chapter 12 Telnet.d/xinetd restart Stopping xinetd: [ OK ] Starting xinetd: [ OK ] [root@bigboy tmp]# Remember that you will also be restarting all the other xinetd controlled processes. If you are logged into your Linux box via Telnet and then restart xinetd you will disconnect your self from your Linux server as Telnet would be restarted too. [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. Some of these applications. . The configuration files for each of the network programs xinetd controls are located in the /etc/xinetd. others such as TFTP. Xinetd is pre-installed in newer RedHat versions and is configured to startup automatically at boot time.com =========================================== Xinetd is a program used to start and stop a variety of Linux data communication applications. are installed by default in RedHat Linux. www. need to be installed afterwards. Once you have edited the configuration files you’ll have to restart xinetd to make the configurations take effect. TFTP and XINETD =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 12 Telnet.linuxhomenetworking. such as Telnet. TFTP and XINETD Telnet TFTP © Peter Harrison.d directory.

255. [root@bigboy root]# .4.105.134 www.255..0.168.0.1.0 192.0. You enter the word "telnet" and then the IP address or server name to which you want to connect.0 Flags UH U U UG MSS 40 40 40 40 Window 0 0 0 0 irtt 0 0 0 0 Iface wlan0 wlan0 lo wlan0 [peter@smallfry peter]$ exit logout Connection closed by foreign host.0 0.my-site.255 255.255.0 255.105 Trying 192.0. Here is an example of someone logging into a remote server named "smallfry" from server "bigboy". [root@bigboy root]# telnet 192.168. Escape character is '^]'. Telnet is installed and enabled by default on RedHat Linux.255.com) (10:35 on Sunday.1 Genmask 255. [peter@smallfry peter]$ [peter@smallfry peter]$ netstat -nr Kernel IP routing table Destination 255.0.168. The command to do remote logins via telnet from the command line is simple.linuxhomenetworking.1..0 0. This means that it is possible for someone to use a network analyzer to peek into your data packets and see your username and password.105. The user looks at the routing table and then logs out.255. Linux 2.255 192.1.0 0.1.0.0.0.0.0.255.168. One of the disadvantages of Telnet is that the data is sent as clear text.0 127.168.18-14 (smallfry.com Telnet What is Telnet? Telnet is a program that allows users to log into your server and get a command prompt just as if they were logged into the VGA console.0 0. 05 January 2003) Login: peter Password: Last login: Fri Nov 22 23:29:44 on ttyS0 You have new mail.0. A more secure method for remote logins would be via Secure Shell (SSH) which uses varying degrees of encryption.0.0.0 Gateway 0. Connected to 192.1.0.

. service telnet { flags = REUSE socket_type = stream wait = no user = root server = /usr/sbin/in.d/xinetd restart Stopping xinetd: [ OK ] Starting xinetd: [ OK ] [root@bigboy tmp]# TFTP What is TFTP? Cisco and other networking equipment manufacturers allow you to backup live configurations from routers and switches to workstations via the TFTP protocol.d/telnet and set the disable parameter to "yes". You can test whether the Telnet process is running with the following command which is used to check the TCP/UDP ports on which your server is listening: [root@bigboy root]# netstat -a | grep telnet tcp 0 0 *:telnet *:* [root@bigboy root]# LISTEN If you want to disable Telnet then edit the file /etc/xinetd. configurations can be loaded from the server to the network device. [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. TFTP and XINETD 135 Setting Up A Telnet Server By default Telnet is installed enabled on RedHat Linux.Chapter 12: Telnet. A common use of this reverse TFTP is the application of access control lists (ACLs) and even passwords from a centralized file. A remotely stored configuration file is always good to have. The reverse is also true.telnetd log_on_failure += USERID disable = yes } You'll then have to restart xinetd for the new settings to take effect. # default: on # description: The telnet server serves telnet sessions. it uses \ # unencrypted username/password pairs for authentication.

Create a /tftpboot directory with global read write privileges [root@bigboy tmp]# chmod 777 /tftpboot o Restart xinetd [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.rpm o Edit the file /etc/xinetd. The tftp protocol is often used to boot diskless \ # workstations.linuxhomenetworking.168.136 www.29-3.1. the chapter on RPMs covers how to do this in detail.com Setting up a TFTP server Most RedHat Linux software products are available in the RPM format.d/xinetd restart Stopping xinetd: [ OK ] Starting xinetd: [ OK ] [root@bigboy tmp]# o o . Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard.1. You can extend this list with commas in between or just comment it out al together for global access. download configuration files to # network-aware printers.29-3. If you need a refresher.i386. Here are the steps to setting up the software: Install the package using the following command: [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh tftp-server-0.tftpd server_args = -s /tftpboot disable = no per_source = 11 cps = 100 2 } In this example. # default: off # description: The tftp server serves files using the trivial # file transfer \ # protocol. The latest TFTP server version of the RPM for RedHat 8.0 is tftp-server0.1. \ # and to start the installation process for some operating systems. service tftp { socket_type = dgram protocol = udp wait = yes user = root only_from = 192.1 server = /usr/sbin/in.d/tftp and set disable to "no".168. xinetd will only allow the TFTP server to accept connections from the router / switch / firewall with an address of 192.

get into enable mode and then enter the TFTP commands ciscoswitch> (enable) wr net This command shows non-default configurations only. Use 'write network all' to show both default and non-default .Chapter 12: Telnet. TFTP write '/pixfw-config' at 192.100 /pixfw-config pixfw(config)# exit • Save the configuration to non volatile memory pixfw# write memory Building configuration. TFTP and XINETD 137 o Each device must have a configuration file in the /tftpboot directory.168.1. The following examples assume that the TFTP server's IP address is 192. Cryptochecksum: 3af43873 d35d6f06 51f8c999 180c2342 [OK] pixfw# • Save the configuration to the TFTP server pixfw# write network Building configuration.168..1. get into enable mode and then enter the TFTP commands pixfw> enable Password: ******** pixfw# configure terminal pixfw(config)# tftp-server inside 192.100 Cisco PIX firewall • Log onto the device.100 on interface 1 [OK] pixfw# Cisco Switch Running CATOS • Log onto the device...1. Here's an example of what to do for a SOHO firewall with the name "pixfw" and a configuration filename that matches cisco's standard naming scheme of "devicename"-config [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy total 1631 -rw-rw-rw.1 [root@bigboy tmp]# touch /tftpboot/pixfw-config tmp]# chmod 666 /tftpboot/pixfw-config tmp]# ll /tftpboot/ root root 3011 Oct 29 14:09 pixfw-config tmp]# Configuring Cisco Devices for TFTP You'll now have to configure your Cisco router / firewall to use the TFTP server..168.

138

www.linuxhomenetworking.com

configurations. IP address or name of remote host? [192.168.1.100] Name of configuration file?[ciscoswitch-config] Upload configuration to ciscoswitch-config on 192.168.1.100 (y/n) [n]? y ......... Finished network upload. (30907 bytes) ciscoswitch> (enable)

Cisco Router
• Log onto the device, get into enable mode, then configure mode and then enter the TFTP commands ciscorouter> enable ciscorouter#write net Remote host [192.168.1.100]? 192.168.1.100 Name of configuration file to write [ciscorouter-config]? ciscorouter-config Write file ciscorouter-config on host 192.168.1.100? [confirm] y ciscorouter# exit

Cisco CSS 111000 "Arrowpoints"

Log onto the device and then enter the tftp commands ciscocss# copy running-config tftp 192.168.1.100 ciscocss-config Working..(\) 100% Connecting (/) Completed successfully. ciscocss# exit

Cisco Local Director
• Log onto the device, get into enable mode, then configure mode and then enter the TFTP commands ciscold> ena Password: ciscold# write net 192.168.1.100 ciscold-config Building configuration... writing configuration to //ciscold-config on 192.168.1.100:69 ... [OK] ciscold# exit

Chapter 12: Telnet, TFTP and XINETD

139

Using TFTP To Restore Your Router Configuration
One of the benefits of having a TFTP server is that you can save your configuration files on a remote server's hard disk. This can be very useful in the event of a router failure after which you need to reconfigure the device from scratch. One of the simplest ways of doing this using TFTP is to: o o o o o Connect your router to the local network of the TFTP server Give your router the bare minimum configuration that allows it to ping your TFTP server. (No access controls or routing protocols) Use the copy command to copy the backup configuration from the TFTP server to your startup configuration in NVRAM. Disconnect the router from the network Reload the router without saving the live running configuration to overwrite the startup configuration. On rebooting, the router will copy the startup configuration stored in NVRAM into a clean running configuration environment Log into the router via the console and verify the configuration is OK Reconnect the router to the networks on which it was originally connected

o o

Here are the commands: ciscorouter> enable Password: ******** ciscorouter# write erase ciscorouter# copy tftp:file-name startup-config ciscorouter# reload Please be aware that the "write erase" command erases your NVRAM startup configuration and should always be used with great care.

140

www.linuxhomenetworking.com

141

Chapter 13

Linux FTP Server Setup
===========================================

In This Chapter Chapter 13
Linux FTP Server Setup
FTP Overview Problems With FTP And Firewalls How To Download And Install The VSFTP Package How To Get VSFTP Started Testing To See If VSFTP Is Running What Is Anonymous FTP? The /etc/vsftpd.conf File FTP Security Issues Example #1: © Peter Harrison, www.linuxhomenetworking.com ===========================================

This chapter will show you how to convert your Linux box into an FTP server using the VSFTP package.
The RedHat software download site runs on VSFTP.

FTP Overview
File Transfer Protocol (FTP) is a common method of copying files between computer systems. Two TCP ports are used to do this:

142

www.linuxhomenetworking.com

FTP Control Channel - TCP Port 21
All commands you send and the ftp server's responses to those commands will go over the control connection, but any data sent back (such as "ls" directory lists or actual file data in either direction) will go over the data connection.

FTP Data Channel - TCP Port 20
Used for all data sent between the client and server.

Active FTP
Active FTP works as follows: o o Your client connects to the FTP server by establishing an FTP control connection to port 21 of the server. Your commands such as 'ls' and 'get' are sent over this connection. Whenever the client requests data over the control connection, the server initiates data transfer connections back to the client. The source port of these data transfer connections is always port 20 on the server, and the destination port is a high port on the client. Thus the 'ls' listing that you asked for comes back over the "port 20 to high port connection", not the port 21 control connection. FTP active mode data transfer therefore does this in a counter intuitive way to the TCP standard as it selects port 20 as it's source port (not a random high port > 1024) and connects back to the client on a random high port that has been pre-negotiated on the port 21 control connection.

o o

Chapter 13: Linux FTP Server Setup

143

o

Active FTP may fail in cases where the client is protected from the Internet via many to one NAT (masquerading). This is because the firewall will not know which of the many servers behind it should receive the return connection.

Passive FTP
Passive FTP works as follows: o o Your client connects to the FTP server by establishing a FTP control connection to port 21 of the server. Your commands such as 'ls' and 'get' are sent over that connection. Whenever the client requests data over the control connection, the client initiates the data transfer connections to the server. The source port of these data transfer connections is always a high port on the client with a destination port of a high port on the server. Passive FTP should be viewed as the server never making an active attempt to connect to the client for FTP data transfers. Passive FTP works better for clients protected by a firewall as the client always initiates the required connections.

o o

Problems With FTP And Firewalls
FTP frequently fails when the data has to pass through a firewall as FTP uses a wide range of unpredictable TCP ports and firewalls are designed to limit data flows to predictable TCP ports. There are ways to overcome this as explained in the following sections. The Appendix has examples of how to configure the iptables Linux filewall to function with both active and passive FTP.

Client Protected By A Firewall Problem
Typically firewalls don't let any incoming connections at all, this will frequently cause active FTP not to function. This type of FTP failure has the following symptoms: o The active ftp connection appears to work when the client initiates an outbound connection to the server on port 21. The connection appears to hang as soon as you do an "ls" or a "dir" or a "get". This is because the firewall is blocking the return connection from the server to the client. (From port 20 on the server to a high port on the client)

Solutions
Here are the general firewall rules you'll need to allow FTP clients through a firewall:

Server Protected By A Firewall Problem o Typically firewalls don't let any connections come in at all.Required Rules for FTP Method Source Address Source Port Destination Address Destination Port Connection Type Allow outgoing control connections to server Control Channel FTP client/ network FTP server** High FTP server** 21 New 21 FTP client/ network High Established* Allow the client to establish data channels to remote server Active FTP FTP server** 20 FTP client /network FTP server** High New FTP client/ network Passive FTP FTP client/ network FTP server** High 20 Established* High FTP server** High New High FTP client/ network High Established* *Many home based firewall/routers automatically allow traffic for already established connections. FTP server failure due to firewalls in which the active ftp connection from the client doesn't appear to work at all Solutions Here are the general firewall rules you'll need to allow FTP severs through a firewall . you may want to allow all Internet users to have access.linuxhomenetworking.com Client Protected by Firewall .144 www. This rule may not be necessary in all cases. not just a specific client server or network. ** in some cases.

i386. the RPM chapter covers how to do this in detail. • Now download the file to a directory such as /tmp and install it using the “rpm” command: . How To Download And Install The VSFTP Package • As explained previously.Required Rules for FTP Method Source Address Source Port Destination Address Destination Port Connection Type Allow incoming control connections to server Control Channel FTP client/ network** FTP server High FTP server 21 New 21 FTP client/ network** High Established* Allow server to establish data channel to remote client Active FTP FTP server 20 FTP client/network** FTP server High New FTP client/ network** Passive FTP FTP client/ network** FTP server High 20 Established* High FTP server High New High FTP client/ network** High Established* *Many home based firewall/routers automatically allow traffic for already established connections. the VSFTP RPM file is named: vsftpd-1.rpm Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard.Chapter 13: Linux FTP Server Setup 145 Server Protected by Firewall .0-1. ** in some cases. This rule may not be necessary in all cases.0 of the operating system. you may want to allow all Internet users to have access. If you need a refresher.1. In version 8. not just a specific client server or network. RedHat software is installed using RPM packages.

Make sure the contents look like this.i386. there would be no output at all if VSFTP wasn’t running..linuxhomenetworking. 1:vsftpd [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh vsftpd-1. Testing To See If VSFTP Is Running You can always test whether the VSFTP process is running by using the netstat –a command which lists all the TCP and UDP ports on which the server is listening for traffic. [root@bigboy root]# netstat -a | grep ftp tcp 0 0 *:ftp [root@bigboy root]# *:* LISTEN . to disable VSFTP once again. so you’ll have to edit this file to start the program.d directory.d/xinetd restart Stopping xinetd: [ OK ] Starting xinetd: [ OK ] [root@aqua tmp]# Naturally.d/vsftpd. you’ll have to edit /etc/xinetd. The example below shows the expected output. VSFTP is deactivated by default.146 www. service ftp { disable = no socket_type = stream wait = no user = root server = /usr/sbin/vsftpd nice = 10 } You will then have to restart xinetd for these changes to take effect using the startup script in the /etc/init.0-1.d/vsftpd file. The disable feature must be set to "no" to accept connections. [root@aqua tmp]# /etc/init. set “disable” to “yes” and restart xinetd.com [root@bigboy Preparing..1.rpm ########################################### [100%] ########################################### [100%] tmp]# How To Get VSFTP Started The starting and stopping of VSFTP is controlled by xinetd via the /etc/xinetd.

anonymous FTP only requires a username of "anonymous" and your email address for the password. . using anonymous FTP as a remote user is fairly straight forward. Unlike regular FTP where you login with a userspecific username. so you’ll have to restart xinetd each time you edit the file in order for the changes to take effect.. # (Needed even if you want local users to be able to upload files) write_enable=YES . # Uncomment this to allow local users to log in. Common uses include downloading software updates and MP3s to uploading diagnostic information for a technical support engineer’s attention.log log file. # Uncomment to allow the anonymous FTP user to upload files.conf configuration file when it starts. Also... The configuration file is fairly straight forward as you can see in the snippet below. # Uncomment this to enable any form of FTP write command.conf File VSFTP only reads the contents of its /etc/vsftpd. By default. VSFTP can be configured to support user based and or anonymous FTP in its configuration file. you will # obviously need to create a directory writable by the FTP user. By default VSFTP only allows anonymous FTP downloads to remote users. . Unless you want any remote user to log into to your default FTP directory. Also by default. I would suggest turning this off. This only # has an effect if global write enable is activated. .. . As seen in the chapter on RPMs. # Allow anonymous FTP? anonymous_enable=YES . VSFTP runs as an anonymous FTP server. This file uses a number of default settings you need to know. # Uncomment this if you want the anonymous FTP user to be able to create # new directories. not uploads from them.. local_enable=YES . #anon_upload_enable=YES .... you’ll automatically have access to only the default anonymous FTP directory /var/ftp and all its subdirectories.. The configuration file’s anonymous_enable instruction can be commented out using a “#” to disable this feature.....Chapter 13: Linux FTP Server Setup 147 What Is Anonymous FTP? Anonymous FTP is used by web sites that need to exchange files with numerous unknown remote users. Once logged in to a VSFTP server.. VSFTP doesn't allow remote users to create directories on your FTP server and it logs FTP access to the /var/log/vsftpd. . The /etc/vsftpd.. Remove/add the "#" at the beginning of the line to "activate/deactivate" the feature on each line..

# You may override where the log file goes if you like. #xferlog_file=/var/log/vsftpd. it is best to add.. . .linuxhomenetworking.. Anonymous Upload If you want remote users to write data to your FTP server then it is recommended you create a write-only directory within /var/ftp/pub.conf to make it harder for malicious users to determine the type of system you have. but not access other files uploaded by other users. ftpd_banner= New Banner Here Using SCP As Secure Alternative To FTP One of the disadvantages of FTP is that it does not encrypt your username and password.log FTP Security Issues The /etc/vsftpd. # The default is shown# below. This could make your user account vulnerable to an unauthorized attack from a person eavesdropping on the network connection. Here are the commands to do this: [root@bigboy tmp]# mkdir /var/ftp/pub/upload [root@bigboy tmp]# chmod 733 /var/ftp/pub/upload FTP Greeting Banner Change the default greeting banner in /etc/vsftpd. a feature that FTP does. Secure Copy (SCP) provides encryption and could be considered as an alternative to FTP for trusted users. # Activate logging of uploads/downloads.148 www..com #anon_mkdir_write_enable=YES . This will allow your users to upload. SCP however does not support anonymous services. Do not delete entries from the default list.. xferlog_enable=YES . ..ftpusers File For added security you may restrict FTP access to certain users by adding them to the list of users in this file....

Here are the steps: Enable FTP. local_enable=YES o Create a user group and shared directory. Comment out the anonymous_enable line in the /etc/vsftpd. Disable anonymous FTP. [root@bigboy tmp]# chmod 750 /home/ftp-docs [root@bigboy tmp]# chown root:ftp-users /home/ftp-docs o Add users. In this case we’ll use "/home/ftp-users" and a user group name of "ftp-users” for the remote users.Chapter 13: Linux FTP Server Setup 149 Example #1: FTP Users With Only Read Access To A Shared Directory In this example.conf file like this: o o # Allow anonymous FTP? # anonymous_enable=YES o Enable individual logins by making sure you have the local_enable line uncommented in the /etc/vsftpd. and make their default directory /home/ftp-docs [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy o tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# useradd -g ftp-users useradd -g ftp-users useradd -g ftp-users useradd -g ftp-users passwd user1 passwd user2 passwd user3 passwd user4 -d -d -d -d /home/ftp-docs /home/ftp-docs /home/ftp-docs /home/ftp-docs user1 user2 user3 user4 Copy files to be downloaded by your users into the /home/ftp-docs directory .d/vsftp and set the disable value to "no". anonymous FTP is not desired.conf file like this: # Uncomment this to allow local users to log in. but a group of trusted users need to have read only access to a directory for downloading files. [root@bigboy tmp]# groupadd ftp-users [root@bigboy tmp]# mkdir /home/ftp-docs o Make the directory accessible to the ftp-users group. Edit the /etc/xinetd.

1.d/xinetd restart Stopping xinetd: [ OK ] Starting xinetd: [ OK ] [root@bigboy tmp]# Sample Login Session To Test Funtionality o Check for the presence of a test file on the ftp client server.100 (192.210) 553 Could not create file.100. If you absolutely don't want any FTP users to be able to write to any directory then you should comment out the write_enable line in your /etc/vsftpd.1. we can't do an upload transfer of "testfile" to bigboy. Have fun.100).181.1. Remote system type is UNIX. Using binary mode to transfer files. ftp> put testfile local: testfile remote: testfile 227 Entering Passive Mode (192. dude (vsFTPd 1.1. [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.1. [root@smallfry tmp]# ll total 1 -rw-r--r-.100:root): user1 331 Please specify the password.0: beat me. break me) Name (192.168.1 root root 0 Jan 4 09:08 testfile [root@smallfry tmp]# o Connect to bigboy via FTP [root@smallfry tmp]# ftp 192. ftp> o As expected.168.linuxhomenetworking.168. ftp> o We can view and download a copy of the VSFTP RPM . Password: 230 Login successful.100 Connected to 192.1.conf file like this: #write_enable=YES o Restart vsftp for the configuration file changes to take effect.150 www.168.com o Change the permissions of the files in the /home/ftp-docs directory for read only access by the group [root@bigboy tmp]# chown root:ftp-users /home/ftp-docs/* [root@bigboy tmp]# chmod 740 /home/ftp-docs/* Users should now be able to log in via ftp to the server using their new user names and passwords.168. 220 ready.

1. 76288 bytes received in 0.i386. we can't do anonymous ftp. Password: 530 Login incorrect.1. -rwxr----.rpm.168.168.1. [root@smallfry tmp]# o As expected.1. ftp> get vsftpd-1.1.1.rpm.173) 150 Here comes the directory listing.0-1.0-1.168. [root@smallfry tmp]# ftp 192.156) 150 Opening BINARY mode data connection for vsftpd-1. Login failed.168.100).tmp local: vsftpd-1.i386.0-1.1.i386.i386.100.499 secs (1.5e+02 Kbytes/sec) ftp> exit 221 Goodbye.rpm vsftpd-1.rpm (76288 bytes).100 Connected to 192.1.1.rpm 227 Entering Passive Mode (192.1.1 0 502 76288 Jan 04 17:06 vsftpd-1.0-1. ftp> quit 221 Goodbye.tmp remote: vsftpd-1.i386.i386.1. dude (vsFTPd 1.0-1.168.168.0: beat me. break me) Name (192.1.Chapter 13: Linux FTP Server Setup 151 ftp> ls 227 Entering Passive Mode (192. 220 ready.100. [root@smallfry tmp]# .0-1.rpm 226 Directory send OK.1.100 (192. 226 File send OK.35.100:root): anonymous 331 Please specify the password.44.

com .linuxhomenetworking.152 www.

com =========================================== ere is some information on how to both remotely log in and copy files using a secure encrypted connection with Secure Shell (SSH) and Secure Copy (SCP). so all your activities can be monitored. H Using Secure Shell As A Replacement For Telnet When you use Telnet to remotely log into a Linux box you run the risk of people being able to eavesdrop on your network wire to see your username and password as unencrypted text.153 Chapter 14 Secure Remote Logins And File Copying =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 14 Secure Remote Logins And File Copying Using Secure Shell As A Replacement For Telnet Testing To See If SSH Is Running The etc/ssh/sshd_config File Using SSH To Login To A Remote Machine What You Should Expect To See When You Log In Deactivating Telnet once SSH is installed Using SCP as a more secure replacement for FTP © Peter Harrison.linuxhomenetworking. None of the data flow in Telnet is encrypted. . SSH and SCP could be the right choice for you. Similar programs such as Telnet and FTP can be security hazards as they do not encrypt their passwords. www.

There are GUI based SSH clients available for Windows. • You can get SSH configured to start at boot by using the chkconfig command. using the "netstat" command and using "grep" to filter out everything that doesn't have the string "435". .0. but leave them commented. Testing To See If SSH Is Running You can test whether the SSH process is running with the following command. such as port 435 • First make sure your system isn't listening on port 435.d/sshd stop [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. then you can change port 22 to something else that won't interfere with other applications on your system. see the references in the bibliography. [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 35 sshd on • You can also start/stop/restart SSH after booting by running the sshd initialization script.com RedHat Linux comes standard with Secure Shell (SSH) installed.d/sshd start [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. You should get a response of plain old process ID numbers: [root@bigboy tmp]# pgrep sshd The etc/ssh/sshd_config File The SSH configuration file is called /etc/ssh/sshd_config. See the configuration snippet below: # # # # The strategy used for options in the default sshd_config shipped with OpenSSH is to specify options with their default value where possible. Uncommented options change a default value.0. This provides an encrypted data stream for you to use when you log in from one machine to another.d/sshd restart Remember to restart the SSH process every time you make a change to the configuration files for the changes to take effect on the running process.1 #ListenAddress 0.linuxhomenetworking.154 www. When logging in from another Linux/UNIX machine you use the "ssh" command. By default SSH listens on all your NICs and uses TCP port 22. #Port 22 #Protocol 2.0 #ListenAddress :: If you are afraid of people trying to hack in on a well known TCP port. [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.

If port 435 is being used. Port 435 • Restart SSH [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.Chapter 14: Secure Remote Logins And File Copying 155 [root@bigboy root]# netstat -an | grep 435 [root@bigboy root]# • No response.0:* [root@bigboy root]# LISTEN Using SSH To Login To A Remote Machine Using SSH is similar to Telnet. To login from another Linux box use the "ssh" command with a "-l" to specify the username you wish to login as. you will get a warning message saying that the remote host doesn't know about your machine. Something like this: .0.0. your username will not change.d/sshd restart • Check to ensure SSH is running on the new port [root@bigboy root]# netstat -an | grep 435 tcp 0 0 192.1. OK. pick another port and try again. User “root” Logs In To smallfry As User “root” [root@bigboy tmp]# ssh smallfry User “root” Logs In To smallfry As User “peter” Using default port 22 [root@bigboy tmp]# ssh -l peter smallfry Using port 435 [root@bigboy tmp]# ssh -l peter -p 435 smallfry What You Should Expect To See When You Log In The first time you log in.168. Change the Port line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config to mention 435 and remove the "#" at the beginning of the line. Here are some examples for a server named “smallfry” in your /etc/hosts file. If you leave out the "-l".100:435 0.

168. which makes it relativily easy to !! hijack the connection without the attack being detected.1.com [root@bigboy tmp]# ssh smallfry Host key not found from the list of known hosts.156 www. Xinetd is installed by default in RedHat 7. It is !! highly advisable to turn StrictHostKeyChecking to "yes" and !! manually copy host keys to known_hosts. [root@smallfry tmp]# Deactivating Telnet once SSH is installed Now you need to switch off Telnet. !! If host key is new or changed.d/telnet and set the disable parameter to "yes". Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)? yes Host 'smallfry' added to the list of known hosts. [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. The Telnet server is controlled by the xinetd network security program.98 No mail. # default: on # description: The telnet server serves telnet sessions. root@smallfry's password: Last login: Thu Nov 14 10:18:45 2002 from 192.d directory. service telnet { flags = REUSE socket_type = stream wait = no user = root server = /usr/sbin/in.3 and newer. Edit the file /etc/xinetd.linuxhomenetworking. it uses \ # unencrypted username/password pairs for authentication.d/xinetd restart Stopping xinetd: [ OK ] Starting xinetd: [ OK ] [root@bigboy tmp]# . ssh1 protocol is vulnerable to an !! attack known as false-split.telnetd log_on_failure += USERID disable = yes } Now restart xinetd. The configuration files for each of the network programs it controls is located in the /etc/xinetd.

passwords and data are sent across the network unencrypted. There is a windows scp client called WinSCP which can be downloaded at: http://winscp. More secure forms such as SFTP (Secure FTP) and SCP (Secure Copy) are available as a part of the Secure Shell package that is normally installed by default on RedHat. [root@bigboy tmp]# scp /etc/hosts root@192. FTP isn't very secure as usernames.168. SCP doesn't support anonymous downloads like FTP.cz/eng/ Secure Copy (SCP) is installed in parallel with SSH and they always run simultaneously on the same TCP port.vse. Copying Files To The Local Linux Box Command Format: scp username@address:remotefile localdir Example: Copy file /tmp/software.rpm on the remote machine to the local directory /usr/rpm [root@bigboy tmp]# scp root@smallfry:/tmp/software.Chapter 14: Secure Remote Logins And File Copying 157 Using SCP as a more secure replacement for FTP From a networking perspective.1.103:/tmp .rpm /usr/rpm Copying Files To The Remote Linux Box Command Format: scp filename username@address:remotedir Example: Copy file /etc/hosts on the local machine to directory /tmp on the remote server.

linuxhomenetworking.com .158 www.

.linuxhomenetworking. This chapter describes how you can make your Linux box into a Windows Primary Domain Controller (PDC) or a server for a Windows Workgroup. • A PDC stores the login information in a central database on its hard drive. • In a Windows Workgroup. www. Linux And Samba =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 15 Windows. Either configuration will allow everyone at home to have: • their own logins on all the home windows boxes while having their files on the Linux box appear to be located on a new Windows drive • shared access to printers on the Linux box • shared files accessible only to members of their Linux user group.com =========================================== Samba is a suite of utilities that allows your Linux box to share files and other resources such as printers with Windows boxes. This allows each user to have a universal username and password when logging in from all PCs on the network. each PC stores the usernames and passwords locally so that they are unique for each PC. What’s the difference between a PDC and Windows Workgroup member? A detailed description is beyond the scope of this chapter. but this simple explanation should be enough. Linux And Samba Download and Install Packages How To Get SAMBA Started Configuring SWAT Samba and PC Firewall Software How To Create A Samba PDC Administrator User How to Configure a Samba PDC How To Add Users To Your Samba Domain Domain Groups And Samba How To Delete Users From Your Samba Domain © Peter Harrison.159 Chapter 15 Windows.

rpm Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard. you should get a response of plain old process ID numbers: [root@bigboy tmp]# pgrep smb .com This chapter will only cover the much more popular PDC methodology used at home. If you need a refresher. When Samba starts up it reads the configuration file /etc/samba/smb. For added security you can make your Samba and Linux passwords different.i386. the latest version of the Samba suite for RedHat 8. How To Get SAMBA Started • You can configure Samba to start at boot time using the chkconfig command: [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 35 smb on • You can start/stop/restart Samba after boot time using the smb initialization script as in the examples below: [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.160 www.5-10.conf to determine its various modes of operation.conf using a text editor or using the easier web based SWAT utility.2. Samba Domains and Linux share the same usernames so you can log into the Samba based Windows domain using your and immediately gain access to files in your Linux user’s home directory.5-10.rpm samba-common-2.i386. By default.rpm samba-swat-2. Explanations of how to use both SWAT and a text editor to configure Samba are given in this chapter. As of this writing.5-10.linuxhomenetworking.5-10. You can create your own smb.5-10. the RPM chapter covers how to do this in detail. Keep in mind that you will lose all your comments inserted in /etc/samba/smb. Linux functionality doesn’t disappear when you do this.2. • You can test whether the smb process is running with the following command.2. Download and Install Packages Samba is comprised of a suite of RPMs that come on the RedHat CDs.i386. Install all the packages in this order: [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# rpm rpm rpm rpm -Uvh -Uvh -Uvh -Uvh samba-2.0 was version 2.rpm samba-client-2.d/smb restart • Remember to restart the smb process every time you make a change to the conf file for the changes to take effect on the running process.d/smb start [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. Samba mimics a Windows PDC in almost every way needed for simple file sharing.d/smb stop [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.2.i386.conf with a text editor if you subsequently use SWAT to edit it.2.

Unfortunately it doesn't encrypt your login password. This may be a security concern in a corporate environment.d/swat.100 from PC 192.Chapter 15 : Windows.168. Because of this. . Here are some ways to solve the problem with two popular packages.1. service swat { port socket_type protocol wait user server log_on_failure disable only_from } = 901 = stream = tcp = no = root = /usr/sbin/swat += USERID = no = localhost The formatting of the file is fairly easy to understand.168. • The disable parameter must be set to "no" to accept connections.3 and localhost: only_from = localhost.0. you may want to create a Samba administrator user that has no root privileges whatsoever or do your configuration using the configuration files. Here’s an example of an entry to allow connections only from 192. starting and stopping of SWAT is controlled by xinetd via a configuration file named /etc/xinetd.100:901 Samba and PC Firewall Software Firewall software installed on Windows PCs may cause Samba to not function.0.1.1. The URL must point to your localhost IP address on port 901 (http://127. You can make SWAT accessible from other servers by adding IP address entries separated to the only_from parameter. Here is a sample.1.3 using the URL http://192. • By default. especially as there are only two entries of interest.1.3 Therefore in this case you can also configure Samba on your Linux server "Bigboy" IP with address 192. 192. you can only log into SWAT from the VGA console as user "root".0:901) as defined by the only_from and port parameters.168.168.168. Linux And Samba 161 Configuring SWAT SWAT is a very intuitive web based Samba configuration tool that allows you to configure Samba without all the memorization of the keywords needed for text based configuration. The enabling/disabling.

instead of an Internet network and ZoneAlarm should cease to interfere with Samba.x.com Zone Alarm The default installation of Zone Alarm assumes that your PC is directly connected to the Internet. Right click your on your LAN connection icon and select Properties Click on the Advanced tab. Uncheck the Internet Connection Firewall box and it will be turned on. Here is how it's done: Create The Administrator’s User Group and Directories o First create a Linux group for administrators: [root@bigboy tmp]# /usr/sbin/groupadd sysadmin o Then create a Linux directory to house all the administrator directories: [root@bigboy tmp]# mkdir /home/sysadmin [root@bigboy tmp]# chgrp sysadmin /home/sysadmin [root@bigboy tmp]# chmod 0770 /home/sysadmin .255. This means that the software will deny all inbound connections that attempt to connect with your PC. The Windows XP Built In Firewall You may also need to disable the firewall feature of Windows XP by doing the following: o o o o o Bring up Control Panel Go through the Network and Internet Connections and then Network Connections menus. This can be done by clicking on the firewall tab and editing the settings for your home network that will most likely have a 192. you may want to experiment with the firewall software settings to optimize your security with the need to maintain a valid relationship with the SAMBA server How To Create A Samba PDC Administrator User To do both SWAT and user administration with Samba you'll need to create an Administrator account on the Samba PDC Linux box. The NetBIOS traffic that Samba uses to communicate with the PCs on the network will therefore be considered as hostile traffic.linuxhomenetworking. Make this network a trusted network.162 www.0 type entry.168.255. The easiest way around this is to configure Zone Alarm to consider your home network as a trusted network too.x/255. Once you get SAMBA to work.

smb -n administrator o As this user may not need a real Linux login. Usually default login scripts. Tells RedHat NOT to create a default group with the same name as the user.smb to the users new home directory. Adduser’s Command Switches useradd command switch -g group Description Sets the group to which the user should be added. especially if you’re using SWAT. This provides an added level of security. Forces linux to create the directory specified with the -d switch Home directory for the new user Tells adduser to copy the contents of the directory /etc/skel.smb -n .Chapter 15 : Windows. The table below explains what each of the adduser command switches used. we won’t assign a real Linux password. create a Linux user with the adduser command: [root@bigboy tmp]# /usr/sbin/adduser -d \ /home/sysadmin/administrator \ -g sysdmin -m -k /etc/skel. Linux And Samba 163 Create The Administrator User Under Linux o For each administrator user. In this case the administrator user has been made a member of the sysadmin group. (Redundant in this case) -m -d dir_path -k /etc/skel.

[root@bigboy tmp]# /usr/bin/smbpasswd -a administrator password The -a adds the user administrator to the /etc/smbpasswd file.1. Use a generic password then have users change it immediately from their workstation the usual way. This is done with the smbpasswd command. # Samba config file created using SWAT # from 192. Note: If you want user "administrator" to be able to log into the Linux box as a regular user via Telnet or SSH. Samba domain logins use the smbpasswd password.168. then you'll have to use the Linux passwd command to give this user a Linux (not a Samba domain) password.164 www.101) # Date: 2002/11/10 19:54:45 # Global parameters [global] ## ## The name I want to give my DOMAIN ## workgroup = HOMENET . You’ll need to restart Samba for this to take effect.1. Make The Administrator One Of The Samba Admin Users Edit /etc/samba/smb. How to Configure a Samba PDC Create A Samba PDC By far the easiest way to configure a Samba PDC is by using SWAT.linuxhomenetworking.101 (192. Log into SWAT and click on the “globals” section and make sure the key highlighted parameters below are set correctly. [global] admin users = @sysadmin This can also be set via SWAT in the expanded “global settings” section.conf file and add the sysadmin group to the list of Samba system administrator users.com Create An Administrator Domain Password The Linux Administrator now needs a Samba password to log into the Windows domain.168.

cmd ## ## My user’s Linux login directory will always appear ## to be Windows drive H: ## logon drive = h: ## ## Activate domain type logins and make ## Linux box be the master Windows server ## in all domain type functions ## domain logons = Yes os level = 99 preferred master = True domain master = True local master = True dns proxy = No .Chapter 15 : Windows. Ie administer the PDC and do activities on the local PC like software installation.cmd in the Linux user’s home directory ## will be run whenever the user logs in.log max log size = 0 ## ## The command Samba uses to add new printers ## directory /var/log/samba ## addprinter command = /usr/bin/addprinter ## ## ## ## ## ## ## ## ## Only domain users in the sysadmin group can act as universal administrators. Linux And Samba 165 ## ## The name of my Linux Box ## server string = BigBoy ## ## Make sure passwords are always encrypted ## encrypt passwords = Yes ## ## Samba will log errors via syslog to ## directory /var/log/samba ## log file = /var/log/samba/%m. but they wont be PDC administrators to do things like adding new PCs to the domain domain admin group = @sysadmin ## ## The script logon. (Usually blank) ## logon script = logon. You can also have local administrator accounts on PCs to do software installation.

Pay careful attention to the "$" at the end and replace machine_name with the name of the Windows client machine.166 www. Create Your PC Machine Trusts PDCs will only accept user logins from trusted PCs that have been placed in its PC client database. Manual Creation Of Machine Trust Accounts (NT Only) When manually creating a machine trust account you need to manually create the corresponding Unix account in /etc/passwd and /etc/smbpasswd files. either manually or automatically. Here you will use the drop down menu to edit the netlogon and profiles shares [netlogon] ## ## Store all Samba PDC overhead data in the directory ## /home/netlogon (or whatever you desire) ## path = /home/netlogon write list = administrator guest ok = Yes [profiles] ## ## Store user profiles in this directory ## path = /home/ntprofile read only = No create mask = 0600 directory mask = 0700 guest ok = Yes browseable = No Click on the “Status” button at the top of the screen and restart Samba to make your settings take effect. Samba can create these “Machine Trusts” in two ways.linuxhomenetworking.com ## ## Only users in the sysadmin group can use SWAT ## to modify Samba and ## admin users = @sysadmin printer admin = @sysadmin printing = lprng Next you will have to use SWAT to click on the “shares” button. [root@bigboy nickname" -s [root@bigboy [root@bigboy tmp]# /usr/sbin/useradd -g 100 -d /dev/null -c "machine /bin/false machine_name$ tmp]# passwd -l machine_name$ tmp]# smbpasswd -a -m machine_name .

but suffice it to say that the directory must be created on the Linux box for Samba to operate correctly. This information is stored in the netlogon directory. Check "Log onto Windows NT Domain". This method is also referred to as making a machine account "on the fly". This can be done by editing /etc/samba/smb.. and enter the domain name. How to configure the netlogon directory is beyond the scope of this chapter.. These include things like suppressing the splash screen. [root@bigboy tmp]# mkdir /home/netlogon [root@bigboy tmp]# chmod 0755 /home/netlogon You’ll then have to log into each PC client and do the following steps depending on their operating system. Linux And Samba 167 This is the only way to configure machine trusts using Windows NT. the PDC will send your new client PC a list of universal “look and feel” related features that may have been previously set by the Administrator. [global] # <.conf to automatically add the required users. Windows 95/98/ME Windows 9x machines do not implement full domain membership and therefore don't require machine trust accounts • • • • • • Navigate to the Network section of the Control Panel (Start ->Settings->Control Panel>Network) Select the Configuration tab Highlight "Client for Microsoft Networks" Click the Properties button. Dynamic Creation Of Machine Trust Accounts The second (and recommended) way of creating machine trust accounts is simply to allow the Samba server to create them as needed when the client joins the domain.. Click all the OK buttons and reboot! .Chapter 15 : Windows.. defining your wall paper and setting the way dates are formatted.> add user script = /usr/sbin/useradd -d /dev/null -g 100 -s /bin/false -M %u This is probably easier to do if you use SWAT in the “Global” menu Make Your PC Clients Aware Of Your Samba PDC When you log into the domain.remainder of parameters.

Log in using any account in the /etc/smbpasswd file with your domain as the domain name. In our case that would be user "administrator" with the corresponding smbpasswd password.com Windows NT Create a manual SAMBA machine trust account as explained above. then go through the following steps: • Press Windows-key Break-key simultaneously to get the System Properties dialogue box . • • • • Windows 2000 Create a dynamic SAMBA machine trust account as explained above. (See this note before proceeding. • • • Windows XP Create a dynamic SAMBA machine trust account as explained above. Log in using any account in the /etc/smbpasswd file with your domain as the domain name. This should be your Samba administrator. do not check the box "Create a Computer Account in the Domain. Reboot.linuxhomenetworking.) You should then get a confirmation that you’ve been added with a "Welcome to <DOMAIN>" message. then go through the following steps: • • • • Navigate to the Network section of the Control Panel (Start ->Settings->Control Panel>Network ) Select the “identification” tab Click the "change" button Enter the domain name and computer name. Reboot. Click "OK" You should then get a confirmation that you’ve been added with a "Welcome to <DOMAIN>" message. the existing machine trust account is used to join the machine to the domain." In this case.168 www. then go through the following steps: • • • • • • Press Windows-key Break-key simultaneously to get the System Properties dialogue box Click on the 'Network Indentification' tab on the top Click the "Properties" button Click on the “Member of Domain” button Also enter your domain name and computer name and then click "OK" You will now be prompted for a user account and password with rights to join a machine to the domain.

Samba will automatically give each user logged into the domain an H: drive that really maps to the /home/username directory on the Linux box. Linux And Samba 169 • • • • • Click on the 'Computer Name' tab on the top Click on the 'Change' button Click on the “Member of Domain” button Also enter your domain name and computer name and then click "OK" You will now be prompted for a user account and password with rights to join a machine to the domain. Use a generic password then have users change it immediately from their workstation the usual way. Passwords won’t be necessary unless you want the users to log in to the Samba server via Telnet or SSH.Chapter 15 : Windows. Reboot. Log in using any account in the /etc/smbpasswd file with your domain as the domain name. Map The Linux Users To An smbpassword Next you need to create Samba domain login passwords for all users [root@bigboy tmp]# /usr/bin/smbpasswd -a username password The -a adds the user to the /etc/smbpasswd file. In our case that would be user "administrator" with the corresponding smbpasswd password. Mapping Using “My Computer” If the auto-mapping doesn't work then do the following: • • • • Let the user log into the domain Right click on the "My Computer" icon on the desktop Click on "Map Network Drive" Select a drive letter . This should be your Samba administrator. Map A Drive Share By default. • • How To Add Users To Your Samba Domain Add The Users In Linux First go through the process of adding users in Linux just like you would normally do.

The domain admin group parameter specifies users who will have domain admin rights. but this is not currently supported in Samba.bat • Add the following contents to mount the user's share as drive P: (for 'private'). This will allow them to do such things as add software and configure network settings. In Windows.bat • The next page will show you how to add regular users to your new SAMBA domain Domain Groups And Samba Samba supports domain groups which will allow users who are members of the group to be able to have Administrator rights on each PC in the domain. then you can do the following and possibly make it into a script.com • • Browse to the HOMENET domain. to make the change permanent Mapping From The Command Line If you find the "My Computer" method too time consuming for dozens of users or if the PC doesn't have the feature available. Domain Groups also have the ability to join machines to the domain. The argument is a space-separated list of user names or group names (group names must have an @ sign prefixed). then the user’s home directory. For example: domain admin group = <USER1> <USER2> @<GROUP> . (You can get this package from http://speakeasy. This requires the 'todos' program to be installed.linuxhomenetworking. We will add the contents of this file to all administrator's logon scripts.170 www.net ) [root@bigboy tmp]# todos /home/samba/netlogon/administrator.bat • Linux and Windows format text files slightly differently. Click on the check box "Reconnect at Logon". you’ll have to convert the file to the Windows format. • Create a master logon batch file for administrator users. As the file resides on a Linux box.rpmfind. REM administrator net use P: \\bigboy\administrator • Make the file world readable: [root@bigboy tmp]# chmod +r /home/samba/netlogon/administrator. but will be interpreted bay a Windows machine. [root@bigboy tmp]# vi /home/netlogon/administrator. then the Samba server.

[root@bigboy root]# .Chapter 15 : Windows. Linux And Samba 171 How To Delete Users From Your Samba Domain Delete The Users In Linux First go through the process of deleting users in Linux just like you would normally do. Here we are deleting the user zmeekins and all zmeekin’s files from the Linux server: [root@bigboy tmp]# userdel -r zmeekins Delete The Users Using smbpasswd Next. use the smbpasswd command with the "-x" switch [root@bigboy tmp]# smbpasswd -x zmeekins Deleted user zmeekins.

linuxhomenetworking.172 www.com .

directories and printers via the Samba server. The way to get a GUI on the console is outlined in the runlevels chapter.173 Chapter 16 Sharing Resources With Samba =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 16 Sharing Resources With Samba Adding A Printer To A Samba PDC Creating Group Shares in SAMBA Windows Drive Sharing With Your SAMBA Server © Peter Harrison. We’ll assume the printer is locally attached to the parallel port.linuxhomenetworking. www. This may be OK for a small home network but may be impractical for a huge corporate network. Here’s how to do it all. you may want to allow users to share resources such as floppy drives. Here’s how to connect your printer directly to your PDC and make it available to all your windows workstations. Here are the menus to use: o o o o Click on the RedHat icon in the bottom left hand corner of the screen Click on System Settings Click on Printing Click on New . N Adding A Printer To A Samba PDC Sharing printers amongst all your PCs is one of the advantages of creating a home network. Adding The Printer To Linux By far the easiest way to add a printer in Linux is to use the GUI from the VGA console. This makes your Samba PDC a print server too! The method explained here requires the Windows printer driver to be loaded on every client machine.com =========================================== ow that you have Samba up and running.

but may not be visible on your network because Samba hasn't been restarted since creating the printer. If this isn't the case.174 www.linuxhomenetworking. restart Samba and go to the next section. then it has been auto configured by Samba. o o o . Click on the “Status” tab at the top of the screen and restart smbd and nmbd to restart Samba. edit/create the printer Click on the “Commit Changes” button to create an updated /etc/samba/smb.conf file. (My printer is an Epson Stylus C60. I called the printer queue EpsonC60) Click the local printer button Click "forward" You'll get the "Configure a Local Printer" menu Select /dev/lp0 as I assume the printer is on the parallel port (not USB) You'll get the "Select Print Driver" menu Scroll to the printer Double click on the name Select the driver Click "forward" You'll get the "Finish and Create the New Print Queue" menu Click finished Click "Apply" Do a test print to make sure all is OK o o o o o Make Samba Aware Of The Printer The easiest way to do this is using the Samba SWAT web interface. If this is the case.com o You'll now get the "Add a New Print Queue" menu Click "forward" You'll get the "Set the Print Queue name and Type" menu Give the printer an easy to remember name. Once you are in SWAT: o o o Select the "Printers" button Find your printer in the drag down menu If the printer name has a [*] beside it.

click OK".Chapter 16: Sharing Resources With Samba 175 Configure The Printer Driver On The Workstations o Download the Windows printer driver from the manufacturer and install it. you pre installed the driver Click the "OK" button The "Add Printer Wizard" will appear Select the manufacturer of your printer Select the printer model Click the "OK" button The "Add Printer Wizard" will prompt you whether you want to use this new printer as the default printer. Fortunately. Click next so you can browse for your printer You should be on the "Browse for Printer" menu Double Click on the name of your Linux Samba Box You should see the new printer Click on the printer name Click the "Next" button You may get a message stating "The server on which the printer resides does not have the correct printer driver installed. Select "Yes" or "No" depending on your preference Click the "Next" button The "Completing the Add Printer Wizard" menu will appear Click the "Finish" button o o o o o o o o . Go to the Add printer menu Click the "Next" button Select the "Network Printer" button to get the "Local or Network Printer" menu Click the "Next" button You should be on the "Locate Your Printer" menu Don't enter a name. If you want to install the driver on your local computer.

parents working in a home office environment may need a place where they can share. .com o The new printer should now show up on the Windows Printers menu in "Control Panel" Send a test print. Click on the shares button then enter the name of the share you want to create. Click on the “Status” tab at the top of the screen and restart smbd and nmbd to restart Samba.linuxhomenetworking. Make sure the path maps to “/home/parent-files” and make the valid users be @parents. where parents is the name of the Linux user group. Here’s how it’s done. o Creating Group Shares in SAMBA On occasion.conf file. create the share in Samba using SWAT. you might want to change the chown statement to make them owner [root@bigboy tmp]# mkdir /home/parent-files [root@bigboy tmp]# chown parents /home/parent-files [root@bigboy tmp]# chmod 0770 /home/parent-files o Next we add the group members to the new group. Create The Directory And User Group o Create a new Linux group parents: [root@bigboy tmp]# /usr/sbin/groupadd parents o Create a new directory for the group's files. distribute or collaboratively work on documents. For instance. Click on the “Commit Changes” button to create a new /etc/samba/smb. let's add user "father" to the group. Click on the “Create Share” button.176 www. If one user is designated as the leader. For example. subgroups of a family need a share that is fully accessible by all members of the group. let’s say “onlyparents”. [root@bigboy tmp]# /usr/sbin/usermod -G parents father Configure The Share In SWAT o o o o o Finally.

to make the change permanent Windows Drive Sharing With Your SAMBA Server You can also access a CD. Windows Setup The Windows client box should first be setup as a member of a Samba domain or workgroup. Windows 98/ME • • • • Double click 'My Computer' Right click on the ZIP drive and choose 'Sharing' Set the Share Name as 'zip' with the appropriate access control Restart windows Windows 2000 • • • • Double click 'My Computer' Right click on the ZIP drive and choose 'Sharing' Set the Share Name as 'zip' and the appropriate access control Logout and login again as normal using your current login .Chapter 16: Sharing Resources With Samba 177 Your /etc/samba/smb. ZIP. floppy or hard drive installed on a Windows Client from the Samba server. then the Samba server. The next step is to make the ZIP drive shared. DVD. then the share named only-parents Click on the check box "Reconnect at Logon". In this section we’ll attempt to share a ZIP drive.conf file should have an entry like this at the end: # Parents Shared Area [only-parents] path = /home/parent-files valid users = @parents Map The Directory Using “My Computer” o o o o o o Let the user log into the domain from a remote PC Right click on the "My Computer" icon on the desktop Click on "Map Network Drive" Select a drive letter Browse to the HOMENET domain.

168.com Windows XP • • • • Double click 'My Computer' Right click on the ZIP drive and choose 'Sharing and Properties' Set the Share Name as 'zip' and the appropriate access control Logout and login again as normal using your current login Test Your Windows Client Configuration Use the smbclient command to test your share.1] Server=[Windows 2000 LAN Manager] Sharename Type Comment --------.1 bcast=127.255.0 added interface ip=127.255. though it is less secure: [root@bigboy tmp]# smbclient -L WinClient -U username%password Create A ZIP Drive Mount Point On Your Samba Server You’ll need to create the mount point on the Linux server in order to mount and access the ZIP floppy.255 nmask=255.0.168.1.------IPC$ IPC Remote IPC D$ Disk Default share print$ Disk Printer Drivers SharedDocs Disk zip Disk Printer2 Printer Acrobat PDFWriter ADMIN$ Disk Remote Admin C$ Disk Default share Server Comment --------.168.1.1.253 ) Password: Domain=[HOMENET] OS=[Windows 5.255.255 nmask=255. You should substitute "WinClient" with the name of your widows client PC and "username" with a valid workgroup/domain username that normally has access to the Windows client.100 bcast=192.0 Got a positive name query response from 192.0.1.168.0.178 www.---. You should get output like this when using the username's corresponding password: [root@bigboy tmp]# smbclient -L WinClient -U username added interface ip=192.0.253 ( 192. Here’s how to do it.------Workgroup Master --------.255. .------Note: You could have got the same result using the following command.linuxhomenetworking.

password=password //winclient/zip /mnt/zip Using The smbmount Command Method Some versions of Linux support the smbmount command to mount the remote drive.Chapter 16: Sharing Resources With Samba 179 Prompted For Password Method [root@bigboy tmp]# mkdir /mnt/zip [root@bigboy tmp]# mount -t smbfs -o username=username //winclient/zip /mnt/zip Not Prompted For Password Method [root@bigboy tmp]# mkdir /mnt/zip [root@bigboy tmp]# mount -t smbfs -o username=username.) SMB connection failed . Incompatible versions will give errors like this: [root@bigboy tmp]# smbmount //winclient/zip /mnt/zip -o username=username Password: 27875: session setup failed: ERRDOS .ERRnoaccess (Access denied.

linuxhomenetworking.180 www.com .

com is converted to an IP address.com =========================================== You can make your Linux box into your home network's DNS nameserver. www. the Domain Name System (DNS) is the way in which a URL or domain like www. here’s how. the daemon that responds to DNS queries from remote machines. What Is DNS? As explained on the introduction to networking concepts chapter. What Is BIND? BIND is an acronym for the "Berkeley Internet Name Domain" project which maintains the DNS related software suite that runs under Linux.181 Chapter 17 Configuring DNS =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 17 Configuring DNS What Is DNS? What Is BIND? When To Use A DNS Caching Nameserver When To Use A Regular DNS Server When To Use Dynamic DNS How To Download and Install The BIND Packages How To Get BIND Started The /etc/resolv.linuxhomenetworking. .linuxhomenetworking.conf File Configuring A Caching Nameserver Configuring A Regular Nameserver How To Migrate Your Website In-House DHCP Considerations For DNS © Peter Harrison. The most well known program in BIND is "named".

It comes standard with the RedHat installation CDs. If your home PCs get their IP addresses using DHCP. If you need a refresher. This chapter assumes that you are using “static” Internet IP addresses.1-9.2.linuxhomenetworking.182 www. In this case a separate DNS server is unnecessary. Setting up a caching DNS server is fairly straightforward and will work whether or not your ISP provides you with a static or dynamic Internet IP address. then a regular DNS server would be the way to go. the chapter on RPMs covers how to do this in detail. then you will have to configure your DHCP server to make it aware of the IP address of your new DNS server. then a regular DNS server is what you require. As of this writing the latest version of the BIND suite for RedHat 8. When To Use Dynamic DNS Your DSL ISP will assign IP addresses to your home either with an unchanging.my-site. When To Use A Regular DNS Server If you host your own website at home with full control of all the web domains and your ISP provides you with a “fixed” or “static” IP address. “fixed” or “static” IP address or via a changing “DHCP” method. Caching DNS servers then store (or cache).0 was version 9. Off the shelf router/firewall appliances used in most home networks will usually act as both the caching DNS and DHCP server. Note: Regular nameservers are also caching nameservers by default.rpm How To Get BIND Started • You can use the chkconfig command to get BIND configured to start at boot: . If your router/firewall is getting its Internet IP address using DHCP then you must consider dynamic DNS. How To Download and Install The BIND Packages Most RedHat Linux software products are available in the RPM format. [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh bind-9.com When To Use A DNS Caching Nameserver DNS caching servers should be used by the machines on your network to provide DNS information that it has learned from the authoritative DNS servers of the Internet.2. A caching DNS nameserver is only used as a reference. If you want to advertise your website www. the most frequently requested information to reduce the lookup overhead of subsequent queries.1-9.i386. Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard. regular nameservers are used as the authoritative source of information.com to the rest of the world. Once you have set up your caching DNS server you will then have to configure each of your home network PCs to use it as their DNS server.

1. The /etc/resolv. If there is more than one nameserver.d/named restart • Remember to restart the BIND process every time you make a change to the conf file for the changes to take effect on the running process.102 . Here is a list of keywords: Keyword Nameserver • Value IP address of your DNS nameserver.d/named start [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.168.168.1.com.org which should be searched for short hand references to other servers.168. 192.com search my-site. domain my-site. Domain • Search • Here is a sample configuration in which: • The client server’s main domain is my-site.my-site. It generally has two columns.com net my-site. This is a handy time saving feature to have so that you can refer to servers in the same domain by only their servername without having to specify the domain.1.Chapter 17: Configuring DNS 183 [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 35 named on • To start/stop/restart BIND after booting [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. DNS on your client will append the server name to each domain in this list and do an nslookup on each to get the remote servers’ IP address. • Two nameservers.d/named stop [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.100 nameserver 192.net and my-site. There should be only one entry per “nameserver” keyword.org nameserver 192. but it also is a member of domains my-site.100 and 192. then the entry would just be my-site.168.com.com If you refer to another server just by its name without the domain added on.1. The domains in this list must separated by spaces. The local domain name to be used by default. the first contains a keyword and the second contains the desired value(s) separated by commas. If the server is bigboy.conf File This file is used by DNS clients (servers not running BIND) to determine both the location of their DNS server and the domains to which they belong.102 provide DNS name resolution. you’ll need to have multiple “nameserver” lines.net my-site.

255.0.0.253.158. There are usually two zone areas in this file: Forward zone file definitions which list files to map domains to IP addresses Reverse zone file definitions which list files to map IP addresses to domains In this example the forward zone for www. the subnet that has been assigned to you by your ISP is 97.184 www.zone and.168. though not explicitly stated.zone should be located in the default directory of /var/named.conf which is used to tell BIND where to find the configuration files for each domain you own.1 The next step is to make all the other machines on your network point to the caching DNS server as their primary DNS server.24 with a subnet mask of 255. Configuring A Regular Nameserver For the purposes of this tutorial.com is being set up by placing the following entries at the bottom of the /etc/named.com" { type master.1 New Entry # nameserver 192.1 Old Entry nameserver 192.168. zone "my-site.conf file. The only file you have to edit is /etc/resolv.248 (/29).linuxhomenetworking. o .1.255. the file my-site.conf o The main DNS configuration is kept in the file /etc/named. Configuring named.1 or: nameserver 127.0.conf in which you’ll have to comment out the reference to your previous DNS server (most likely your router) with a "#" or make it point to the server itself using the universal localhost IP address of 127. The zone file is named my-site.0.my-site. notify no.1.com Configuring A Caching Nameserver The RedHat default installation of BIND is configured to convert your Linux box into a caching nameserver.

}. NS. file "my-other-site.conf file to reference other web domains you host. It is the most counter-intuitive of them all. .Chapter 17: Configuring DNS 185 allow-query { any. The SOA Record The very first record is the Start of Authority (SOA) record which contains general administrative and control information about the domain. SOA. Note: the reverse order of the IP address in the zone section is important. A and CNAME) which govern different areas of BIND. By default. }.zone". file "my-site.in-addr.97". MX.253. o The reverse zone definition below is optional for a home / SOHO DSL based web site. the rest of the records are relatively straight forward. Configuring The Zone Files o o o In all zone files. You can also insert additional entries in the /etc/named. zone "my-other-site.158. the SOA format spans several. your zone files are located in the directory /var/named. Each zone file contains a variety of records (eg. Here is an example for my-other-site.zone".arpa" { type master. allow-query { any. }. I’ll explain of them below and then follow it all up with an example. It just makes you able to do an nslookup query on the 97.158. notify no. It is especially difficult to do this with your DSL ISP if you have less than 256 static IP addresses (also known as a "Class C" block of addresses). }. }.158. Though you would normally think a record would be a single line.x IP address and get back the true name of the server assigned that IP address. file "253. notify no.com using a zone file named myother-site.zone. zone "253. you can place a comment at the end of any line by inserting a semi-colon “.97.com" { type master.” character then typing in the text of your comment. This is rarely done for home based sites.

Slaves aren't really used in home / SOHO environments. 3 4 5 Name @ IN SOA Nameserver Email • • • • • • 6 2 1 “(“ Serial • • • 3 1 Refresh • Description Signifies that the SOA record is about to begin Fully qualified name of your primary nameserver. The email address must also be followed by a ". A serial number for the current configuration. 2." The email address of the nameserver administrator.186 www. The amount of time external caching DNS servers should keep your DNS information before flushing the data from the cache. The slave's retry interval to connect the master in the event of a connection failure. 4 1 Retry • 5 1 Expire • 6 1 Minimum TTL • • 2 “)“ • . The regular "@" in the e-mail address must be replaced with a ". Signifies that we’re all finished with the variables." Signifies that we’re about to define some performance related variables. Total amount of time a slave will retry to contact the master before expiring the data it contains. Slaves aren't really used in home / SOHO environments. Tells the slave DNS server how often it should check the master DNS server. Usually in the date format YYYYMMDD with single digit incremented number tagged to the end. Must be followed by a "." instead.linuxhomenetworking.com SOA Record Format Line # 1 Column # 1. Slaves aren't really used in home / SOHO environments. As of BIND version 9 this value is overridden by the $TTL command at the very top of the configuration file.

com o Note: If you don't put a ". MX. followed by a ".mysite. and you will find your mail server only accepting mail for the domain my-site.1 Provides additional alternate "alias" names for servers listed in the "A" records." after the domain in the MX record for my-site. A and CNAME Record Formats Record Description First Column Second Column Third Column IP address or CNAME of the nameserver Mail server priority Fourth Column NS Lists the name of the nameserver for the domain Lists the mail servers for your domain such as mysite. NS. the NS. A or CNAME record. . A And CNAME Records Unlike the SOA record. but if you forget to put the ".com at the end.my-site.0." "MX" CNAME of mail server or the mailserver's FQDN** followed by a ". BIND will attach the my-site.0.com.my-site. So an "A" record with "www" will be assumed to refer to www.com Blank "NS" N/A MX Domain. Server name "A" IP address of server CNAME "alias" or "nickname" for server "CNAME" "A" record name for server N/A **The Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) is the full DNS name of the server such as mail.com. NS. There must always be an entry for localhost 127. MX. A and CNAME records each occupy a single line and the records each have a very similar layout.Chapter 17: Configuring DNS 187 NS.com. MX. This may be OK in most cases." at the end of a host name in a SOA.com. BIND will automatically tack on the domain name." N/A A Maps an IP address to each server in your domain.

158.com. expire.253. then you’d have an "A" record entry for each like the example below. The MX record for my-site.my-site. . ( 200211152 . but in the home / SOHO environment it is not necessary to differentiate.com. You MUST increment it after editing the file or else BIND will not apply the changes you made when you restart "named". So here we have an example of the nameserver. refresh.188 www. Zone file for my-site. seconds 3600 ) .158. minimum. seconds 3600 . seconds 3600 .com.com Sample Forward Zone File Here is a working example of the zone file for my-site. In corporate environments there may be a separate nameserver for this purpose.26 www Notice that in this example: o Server www. www mail ns o A A A 97. seconds .com.0.my-site. $TTL 3D @ IN SOA www. So remote DNS caching servers will store learned DNS information from your zone for 3 days before flushing it out of their caches.158. Primary nameservers are more commonly called “ns1” and secondary nameservers “ns2”.1 97. The full zone file .253. retry.0.125 o o o The serial number is extremely important.253.158.253.com. . Primary Mail Exchanger A A CNAME 127.my-site.com "mail" is actually a CNAME or "alias" for the web server "www". .linuxhomenetworking.134 97. If they were all different machines. NS www . . hostmaster.com points to the server named mail.com . . serial# 3600 . but the overriding $TTL value is 3 days. Inet Address of nameserver my-site. localhost www mail MX 10 mail . mail server and web server being the same machine.26 97.my-site.com is nameserver for my-site. The minimum TTL is set to 3600 seconds.

Unfortunately ISP’s won’t usually delegate this ability for anyone with less than a “Class C” block of 256 IP addresses.my-site. dhcp-36.168. Most home DSL sites wouldn’t qualify. NS .my-site. seconds expire. . $TTL 3D @ IN SOA ( www.com. seconds minimum. You may also want to create a reverse zone file for the public NAT IP addresses for your home network.32 to 192.my-site. dhcp-33.168.my-site. . . 100 103 102 105 32 33 34 35 36 PTR PTR PTR PTR PTR PTR PTR PTR PTR bigboy.com.253.my-site.168. . Nameserver Address Note: I have included entries for addresses 192.com. What do the PCs on your home network need to see? They need to see DNS references to the real IP address of the webserver.1.my-site.168.100. www .zone .158. This is because NAT won’t work properly if a PC on your home network attempts to connect to the external 97.com.1.com.my-site.253. SMTP mail relay wouldn’t work for PCs that get their IP addresses via DHCP if these lines weren’t included.158. .com.1.1.my-site. .my-site. Zone file for 192. . seconds retry.my-site.26 NAT IP address of your webserver. Filename: 192-168-1. 192. Here is a sample reverse zone file for our network. dhcp-35. This is very important if you are running a mail server on your network as sendmail typically will only relay mail from hosts whose IP addresses resolve correctly in DNS.x .com. dhcp-34. .com. reggae. dhcp-32.com.Chapter 17: Configuring DNS 189 Sample Reverse Zone File Now we need to make sure that we can do an nslookup query on all our home network’s PCs and get their correct IP addresses.36 which are the addresses our DHCP server issues.com.my-site. smallfry. ochorios. 200303301 8H 2H 4W 1D ) hostmaster. serial number refresh. What You Need To Know About NAT And DNS The above examples assume that the queries will be coming from the Internet with the zone files returning information related to the external 97. seconds .com.26 address of the webserver. .

0.conf file I use for my home network. Here’s a summary of how it’s done: o Place your zone statements in the /etc/named. allow-update { none.168. Note: You must place your “localhost”. This means it’s possible to use one set of zone files for queries from the Internet and another set for queries from your home network.linuxhomenetworking. }. allow-update { none.conf entry would be inserted in the “external” section.158. . }. // ACL statement acl "trusted-subnet" { 192.X network which Internet users would see. The first section will be called “internal” and will list the zone files to be used by your internal network. You could also have a file called my-site-home.conf file in one of two “views” sections.in-addr. This /etc/named.127.in-addr.253.zone file is fairly easy." IN { type hint. file "localhost. This is done by first defining access control lists (ACLs) and then referring to these lists within each view section with the match-clients statement.zone file and replace all references to 97." zone statements in the “internal” views section.168. BIND has a way around this called “views”. The creation of the my-site-home.1.X with references to 192. "trusted-subnet". zone "0.1. The second view called “external” will list the zone files to used for Internet users. All the statements below were inserted after the “options” and “controls” sections in the file. zone "localhost" IN { type master. The views feature allows you to force BIND to use pre-defined zone files for queries from certain subnets.ca".local".0 network. }.arpa" IN { type master. zone ". “localnets” which refers to all the networks to which the DNS server is directly connected.zone for lookups related to the 97. “any” which is self explanatory.zone".0.190 www.17/24.168.253. “0. localhost. Remember to increment your serial numbers! Here is a sample configuration snippet for the /etc/named. }. This entry would be inserted in the “internal” section. you could have a reference to a zone file called my-site.com Don’t worry. file "named. }. Just copy it form the my-site. file "named.158.zone for lookups by home users on the 192. }.arpa” and ". }.127.X o You must also tell the DNS server which addresses you feel are “internal” and “external”. view "internal" { // What the home network will see match-clients { localnets. There are some built-in ACLs: “localhost” which refers to the DNS server itself. For example.

}. notify no.0 /24). allow-query { any.com" { type master. So in this case the local network (192. zone "my-other-site. allow-query { any. }. }.zone". file "192-168-1. . }. this is purely an example. Remember.1. zone "my-other-site.17. the other trusted network (192. notify no. zone "my-site. I then inserted a reference to the “trusted-subnet” in the match-clients statement in the “internal” view. allow-update { none.zone". }.168. }. allow-query { any.168. The home network we have been using doesn’t need to have the ACL statement at all as the built in ACLs “localnets” and “localhost” are sufficient. file "my-other-site. }.com" { type master. }.0 /24 called “trusted-subnet” to help clarify the use of ACLs in more complex environments.com" { type master.zone". view "external" { // What the Internet will see match-clients { any.168.arpa" IN { type master. Our network won’t need the “trustedsubnet” section in the match-clients line either.192. zone "my-site.17.Chapter 17: Configuring DNS 191 zone "1.168. Note: In the above example I included an ACL for network 192. allow-query { any.zone". recursion no.zone". }. file "my-site-home. }. }. }. notify no. notify no.0) and localhost will get DNS data from the zone files in the “internal” view.com" { type master.in-addr. }. file "my-other-site-home. file "my-site. Once the ACL was defined.

158.local my-site. If your firewall is a Linux box.ca named.1 -rw-r--r-. you may want to consider taking a look on the iptables chapter on how to do the NAT and allow DNS traffic trough to your nameserver.192 www.1 -rw-r--r-.1 -rw-r--r-.linuxhomenetworking.1 [root@bigboy o tmp]# cd /var/named named]# ll named named 195 Jul 3 named named 2769 Jul 3 named named 433 Jul 3 root root 763 Oct 2 named]# chown named * named]# chgrp named * named]# ll named named named named named named named named named]# 195 2769 433 763 Jul Jul Jul Oct 3 3 3 2 2001 2001 2001 16:23 localhost. namely 97.1 -rw-r--r-.ca named.1 -rw-r--r-.26.100. You'll have to employ NAT in order for Internet users to be able to gain access to the server via the Public IP address we chose.253. Configure Your Firewall The sample network we're using assumes that the BIND nameserver and Apache web server software run on the same machine protected by a router/firewall.1 [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy total 6 -rw-r--r-.zone named.1 -rw-r--r-. .168.d/named restart Make Sure Your /etc/hosts File Is Correctly Updated The chapter covering Linux networking topics explains how to do this. The actual IP address of the server is 192. Some programs such as sendmail require a correctly configured /etc/hosts file even though DNS is correctly configured.com Loading Your New Configuration Files o Make sure your file permissions and ownership are OK in /var/named [root@bigboy [root@bigboy total 6 -rw-r--r-.zone 2001 2001 2001 16:23 localhost.zone The configuration files above will not be loaded until you issue the following command to restart the named process that controls DNS (Make sure to increment your configuration file serial number before doing this): [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.local my-site.1. which is a private IP address.zone named.

26 in this case ).my-site.com.com.Chapter 17: Configuring DNS 193 Fix Your Domain Registration Remember to edit your domain registration for "my-site. you'll have to create a new nameserver record entry for the IP address 97. you can then revert to the old configuration.com". (This screen will prompt you for both the server's IP address and name) Then you'll have to assign ns.com • Test mail to users @my-site-test.158. As the TTL is usually set to 3 days.my-site-test. • Test your applications using server. create a second NAT entry on your firewall and then create the second nameserver record entry with the new IP address. Once. At the very least it should include the following steps: • There is no magic bullet which will allow you to tell all the caching DNS servers in the world to flush their caches of your zone file entries. you've logged in with the registrar's username and password. then you could either: o o Create a second nameserver record entry with the same IP address.com Restart all the relevant applications. the registrar will require at least two registered nameservers per domain.253. • Ask your existing web hosting provider to add a DNS entry for your new server in the my-site. . Once the propagation is complete.com to handle your domain. If you only have one. but different name.com or www. Now your server will be a part of both my-site. and different name.my-site. Also set the TTL on this domain to 1 minute.com in the DNS zone file to a very low value. Give your web server a second IP address using an IP alias.com and not my-site-test. say 1 minute. Your best alternative will be to request your existing service provider to set the TTL on my-site. or whatever it is. Domain registrars such as Verisign and RegisterFree usually provide a web interface to help you manage your domain. It normally takes about 3-4 days for your updated DNS information to be propagated to all 13 of the world’s root (“super duper”) nameservers. convert all the server configuration files to reference my-site. ( 97. it will take at least 3-5 days for all remote DNS servers to recognize the change. knowing it will rapidly recover within minutes rather than days. You'll have to do the following two steps: o First.my-site-test. How To Migrate Your Website In-House It is important to have a detailed migration plan if you currently use an external company to host your website and wish to move the site to a server at home or in your office.158. it will take only 1 minute to see the results of the final DNS configuration switch to your new server. for example www. • Set up your server in house using a different domain.253.com or whatever your nameserver is called. If anything goes wrong.com domain. You’ll therefore have to wait about this amount of time before you’ll start noticing people hitting your new website site.26 to map to ns. (This screen will prompt you for the server name only) o Sometimes.com • Once testing is completed.com and my-site-test. so that at least one of the nameservers is your new nameserver.my-site.my-site.com • Test web traffic to www.

• As both TTLs were set to 1 minute previously.com • Coordinate with your web hosting provider to simultaneously update you domain registration’s DNS records to point to your new DNS server. DHCP Considerations For DNS If you have a DHCP server on your network.194 www. If your Linux box is the DHCP server.linuxhomenetworking. you'll be able to see results of the migration within minutes. • Once complete. Remember. if you have concerns that your service provider won’t co-operate then you could explain to them that you want to test their failover capabilities to a duplicate server that you host in-house. you don't have to host DNS or mail in-house. . this could be left in the hands of your service provider. You can migrate these services in-house later as your confidence in hosting becomes greater. You can then decide whether the change will be permanent once you have failed over back and forth a few times. Finally. you can set the TTL back to 3 days to help reduce the volume of DNS query traffic hitting your DNS server. you'll need to make it assign the IP address of the Linux box as the DNS server it tells the DHCP clients to use. then you may need to refer to the DHCP server chapter.

Chapter 17: Configuring DNS 195 .

linuxhomenetworking.com .196 www.

linuxhomenetworking. Dynamic DNS: Used when you get a changing “dynamic” Internet IP addresses via DHCP from your ISP. If you want to host a website at home you have two DNS options: Static DNS: This is used when your ISP provides you with unchanging “fixed” or “static” Internet IP addresses. . You can consider static DNS as the “traditional” or “regular” form of DNS. www.com is converted to an IP address.com domain.linuxhomenetworking.com =========================================== What Is DNS? As explained on the introduction to networking chapter. Your DNS server acts as the authoritative source of information for your my-site. You will have to use the services of a third party DNS provider to provide DNS information for your my-site.com domain.197 Chapter 18 Dynamic DNS =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 18 Dynamic DNS What Is DNS? What Is Dynamic DNS? Dynamic DNS And NAT Router/Firewalls Dynamic DNS Prerequisites Installing And Using ez-ipupdate Installing And Using DDclient Testing Your Dynamic DNS © Peter Harrison. DNS is the way in which a URL or domain like www.

the software can only report the true IP address of the Linux box's NIC interface. • register your domain name and read your DDNS provider's instructions on how to use their name servers. The web masters then register their domains with companies such as Verisign and RegisterFree and tells these registrars to direct queries to www. The reported value is therefore invalid. specifically HTTP.mysite. Some DDNS providers use more intelligent clients such as DDclient which can be configured to let the DDNS provider record the public IP address from which the data stream is originating. NAT can fool the operation of some DDNS client software.198 www.my-site.com What Is Dynamic DNS? In many home networking environments. If the Linux box is being protected behind a NAT router / firewall then the NIC will report in its data stream to the DDNS provider a private IP address which no one can reach directly via the Internet. or else it will not work • be prepared for slower response times for your home based site than if you were using a static IP and a regular DNS service. This chapter describes how to configure the most popular Linux based DDNS software ez-ipupdate and DDclient in the following two configurations: • on a Linux box directly connected to the Internet • on a Linux box when protected by a NAT router / firewall Remember that unlike DSL. . most cable modem providers may not allow you to host sites at home. Once this is done. you'll have to also configure your router / firewall to do port forwarding to make all HTTP traffic destined for the IP address of the router / firewall to be exclusively NAT-ed and forwarded to a single server on your home network. Before considering using a dynamic DNS solution for hosting a website at home with dynamic IPs: • you must make sure your DSL provider will allow inbound connections. DDNS works by having webmasters register their DDNS sites on the DDNS provider's servers.com to the servers of the DDNS provider. In these cases.com in which the IP address is dynamically assigned. most home router / firewalls will use Network Address translation (NAT) to map a single public DHCP obtained IP addresses to the many private IP addresses within your network.org offers a service to overcome this limitation. The webserver itself then has a DDNS client program running that updates the DDNS providers name servers with the most current DHCP IP address of the site. Dynamic DNS (DDNS) allows you to host a website such as www.linuxhomenetworking. dynDDS. Dynamic DNS And NAT Router/Firewalls As discussed in the introduction to networking chapter. in order to conserve the limited number of IP addresses available for internet purposes. the DSL IP address is provided by DHCP and therefore changes from time to time. An example of port forwarding with a Cisco PIX firewall is given in both the Cisco PIX firewall chapter and Net-Filter chapters.

net will default to a domain such as machine-name.com or www. DNS queries for my-site.com or www. you'll need DDclient in this case.org you'll have to go with their paid service to get a customized domain name. This chapter focuses on the services of miniDNS and DynDNS.registerfree. o o Update Your DNS Registration If you have your own domain. you'll have to do a little extra work.verisign.com which would be more intuitive to use. For example miniDNS.verisign. The cost is about US$20 per year.com.com. .registerfree.Chapter 18: Dynamic DNS 199 Dynamic DNS Prerequisites Sign Up With A DDNS Provider First you'll have to register with a DDNS provider. You'll have to register your domain with a DNS registrar such as www.minidns.net. Most DDNS providers assume you are going to create a sub domain of their main domain. [root@bigboy]tmp]# gunzip zip-tar-filename [root@bigboy]tmp]# tar –xvf tar-filename [root@bigboy]tmp]# cd /tmp/filename Follow the install instructions for doing the “make” or program compilation. Installing And Using ez-ipupdate Download the tar/gzip file to your server’s /tmp directory from the ez-ipupdate site listed in the Bibliography.my-site. The ez-ipupdate installation will put the executable file in /usr/local/bin and all the files in the /tmp/filename directory will become extraneous.com and update the nameserver entries for your domain to point to the name servers of your DDNS provider. If you want to create your own domain such as my-site. They call it Custom DNS and it doesn't support ez-ipupdate.com. First you add your domain such as my-site. Use the following commands to extract the contents into a new subdirectory. Then you must add a host record. With dynDNS.org. you'll have to return to www. The miniDNS registration for your own domain requires you to use the "add DNS Record" link on the registration page to create your own domain. You can give your machine's name or you can name the machine "www" to create a combined domainsubdomain of www.com will eventually query RegisterFree or Verisign which will then refer the query to your DDNS providers name servers which will have the most current IP address of your site because of the DDNS client software you are running at your home site. some of which are listed on the Bibliography.

Before installing DDclient.gz [root@bigboy tmp]# tar -xvf ddclient.tar ddclient-3.200 www.2/ ddclient-3.tar.linuxhomenetworking. Remember. The developer of DDclient has recognized the limitations of using ez-ipupdate with NAT.com interface=eth0 Note: The service-type line is specific to your dynamic DNS provider which will often provide a customized /etc/ez-ipupdate. Installing And Using DDclient Another highly used solution is DDclient.2/COPYRIGHT ddclient-3. DDclient has a simple "web" update mode which tells your DDNS provider to use the source IP address of the data stream used to update your DDNS record. [root@bigboy tmp]# gunzip ddclient.2/COPYING … .conf in which you must specify: o o o Your registration username and password The host name you have selected for your Linux box The NIC interface which is connected to your DSL line. Check the Bibliography for the DDclient URL. DDclient claims to offers support for a wide variety of routers from different manufacturers.6. If your Linux server is protected behind a firewall using NAT then the IP address of the NIC won't match that of the public IP address of the firewall and DDNS won't work properly.6. ez-ipupdate And NAT The ez-ipupdate software runs as a daemon in memory continuously checking the IP address of your NIC.conf file for you to use. It then communicates this information to your dynamic DNS provider. some routers such as the netgear line may provide automatic DDNS service and you may not have to download the software. read the README file to give you an idea of what to do. the DDclient script can also log in and parse out the external IP address of the router. In most Home / SOHO environments this will be the same as that of the firewalls external NAT IP address.conf File ez-ipupdate uses a configuration file named /etc/ez-ipupdate.6. Here is an example of the steps used to install it. Here is a sample: service-type=justlinux user=registration-username:registration-password host=servername.my-site. In cases where "web" mode doesn't work.com The /etc/ez-ipupdate. you’ll have to use a client like DDclient which doesn’t have this limitation.

168.d/init.conf in which you must specify: o o o Your registration username and password The host name you have selected for your Linux box.org.d_ddclient.0. [root@bigboy ddclient-3. if=wlan0 address is 192.2]# In this case.mx.d_init.top-level.dyndns.Chapter 18: Dynamic DNS 201 … … [root@bigboy tmp]# cd dd* [root@bigboy ddclient-3. Here is a sample using interface eth0: ## dyndns. if=lo address is 127.1. Here is an example.your-other-domain.conf File DDclient uses a configuration file named /etc/ddclient.2]# cp ddclient /usr/sbin/ The /etc/ddclient.backupmx) ## use=if.6.253. web=dyndns address is 97.6.redhat /etc/rc.top-level # Your domains here Before updating the file you can use DDclient with the "-query" option to tell you which is the best mode to use. if=eth0 # via interfaces login=your-login # default login password=your-password # default password custom=yes \ server=members.0. \ protocol=dyndns2 \ your-domain.org custom addresses ## ## (supports variables: wildcard.158.d/ddclient [root@bigboy ddclient-3.1 root root 869 Jan 3 2002 COPYRIGHT … … … [root@bigboy ddclient-3.6. if=eth0 # via interfaces .26 [root@bigboy ddclient-3. This is referenced on the line labeled “server”.6.1 use=if.2]# ddclient -daemon=0 -query use=if.2]# ll -rw-r--r-.2]# cp sample-etc_rc. the simple web mode provides an acceptable value for your external IP address. The NIC interface which is connected to your DSL line.1 root root 18007 Jan 3 2002 COPYING -rw-r--r-.conf file to use "web" #use=if.6.6.2]# /sbin/chkconfig --add ddclient [root@bigboy ddclient-3.100 use=web. You can then configure your /etc/ddclient.

.com Server: ns1. You can test to make sure everything is OK by forcing NS lookup to query the nameservers directly.0.51.0.my-site.214#53 > www.0.0. you will get an error message like this: [root@bigboy tmp]# nslookup www.my-site.com Address: 12.linuxhomenetworking.com use=web # via web Testing Your Dynamic DNS You can test your dynamic DNS by: • Looking at the status page of your DNS provider and making sure the IP address that matches your "www" site is the same as your router / firewall's public IP address.minidns.net Default server: ns1.my-site. If you failed to add your host record.1#53 ** server can't find www. Test it by asking a friend to access your web server by pointing their browser to the external IP address of your router / firewall.com: NXDOMAIN Note: This error could also be due to the fact that your domain hasn't propagated fully throughout the Internet.1 Address: 127.64. • Using the nslookup www.64.my-site.com Server: 127. The example below queries the miniDNS name server: [root@bigboy tmp]# nslookup > server ns1.214#53 Name: www.235.net Address: 202.202 www.minidns.51.96 > Testing Port Forwarding Remember to read the configuration manual of your router / firewall to activate port forwarding.194.net Address: 202.minidns.com command from your Linux command prompt and see whether you are getting a valid response.my-site.

the RedHat 8.203 Chapter 19 The Apache Web Server =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 19 The Apache Web Server Download and Install The Apache Package How To Get Apache Started Configuring DNS For Apache General Configuration Steps Configuration – Multiple Sites And IP Addresses Using Data Compression On Web Pages Apache Running On A Server Behind A Firewall File Permissions And Apache How To Protect Web Page Directories With Passwords Issues When Upgrading To Apache 2.0. • For example. The Apache online documentation gets a little complicated.com =========================================== This is page outlines how to create multiple websites using a single IP address for a basic home configuration. www.0 © Peter Harrison. Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard. It is best to use the latest version of Apache.0 RPM as of this writing was: httpd-2.linuxhomenetworking.i386. Download and Install The Apache Package Most RedHat Linux software products are available in the RPM format.40-8. If you need a refresher.rpm . the chapter on RPMs covers how to do this in detail.

you should get a response of plain old process ID numbers: [root@bigboy tmp]# pgrep httpd Configuring DNS For Apache Remember that you will never receive the correct traffic unless you have configured DNS for your domain to make your new Linux box web server the target of the DNS domain's www entry. General Configuration Steps The configuration file used by Apache is /etc/httpd/conf/httpd. See either the Static DNS or Dynamic DNS pages on how to do this.linuxhomenetworking.d directory to start/stop/restart Apache after booting [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.40-8.d/httpd start [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.d/httpd stop [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.i386.rpm By default.conf. Apache expects its HTML files to be located in the /var/www/html directory How To Get Apache Started • Use the chkconfig configure Apache to start at boot: [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 35 httpd on • Use the httpd init script in the /etc/init.0.com • Install the package using the rpm command [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh httpd-2.204 www. Examples of this will follow. .d/httpd restart • You can test whether the Apache process is running with the following command.

You must specify the IP address for which each <VirtualHost> section applies. When you use wild cards.253. Here is the format: NameVirtualHost 97. then it uses the configuration for that server. If it is.158. If it finds one.253. then it will look at each <VirtualHost> section with a matching IP address and try to find one where the ServerName or ServerAlias matches the requested hostname. Here is the format: <VirtualHost 97. You can also list secondary domain names which will serve the same content as the primary ServerName using the ServerAlias directive. The NameVirtualHost directive in the /etc/httpd/conf/httpd.253.158. A Note On Virtual Hosting And SSL It is common for system administrators to replace the IP address in the <VirtualHost> and NameVirtualHost directives with the “*” (all IP addresses) wildcard character. Apache interprets it as an overlap of name based and IP based <VirtualHost> directives and will give errors like this because it can’t make up its mind about which method to use: .26> Directives for site #2 </VirtualHost> Within each <VirtualHost> section you then specify the primary website domain name for that IP address with the ServerName directive. then wild cards won’t work.Chapter 19: The Apache Webserver 205 Named Virtual Hosting You can make your web server host more than one site per IP address by using Apache's "named virtual hosting" feature.26> Directives for site #1 </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost 97.26 The <VirtualHost> sections in the file then tell Apache where it should look for the web pages used on each web site." IP Based Virtual Hosting The other virtual hosting option is to have one IP address per website which is also known as IP based virtual hosting. As explained on the apache website: "When a request arrives. The Apache SSL module demands at least one explicit <VirtualHost> directive for IP based virtual hosting. The directory where the index page for that site is located is defined with the DocumentRoot directive. which is used frequently in credit card and shopping cart web pages. In this case you will not have a NameVirtualHost directive for the IP address. the server will first check if it is using an IP address that matches the NameVirtualHost. If no matching virtual host is found.conf file is used to tell Apache the IP addresses which will participate in this feature. and you must only have a single <VirtualHost> section per IP address.158. then the first listed virtual host that matches the IP address will be used. This makes configuration easier. If you installed Apache with support for secure HTTPS / SSL.

The only exception would be the very first <VirtualHost> directive which defines the web pages to be displayed when matches to the other <VirtualHost> directives cannot be found. Use Wild Cards Sparingly The other choice is not to use virtual hosting statements with wild cards.conf file: Include conf. If you think this is a server error.206 www.d/php.conf file you'll need to edit. This can be done by not loading all the modules from the /etc/httpd/conf.conf You can therefore do a listing of all the files in this directory and specifically load all except ssl. In this scenario: .com Starting httpd: [Sat Oct 12 21:21:49 2002] [error] VirtualHost _default_:443 -. By default. In this case we load only the php and perl modules.d/perl. Configuration – Multiple Sites And IP Addresses What follows are snippets of the section of the /etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf Include conf. please contact the webmaster You have two options to overcome this problem. all the modules in this directory are loaded with the following directive in the /etc/httpd/conf/httpd. o o Continue using wildcards and disable SSL.d/*.mixing * ports and non-* ports with a NameVirtualHost address is not supported.linuxhomenetworking. proceeding with undefined results If you try to load any webpage on your web server you’ll also notice an error like this: Bad request! Your browser (or proxy) sent a request that this server could not understand. Run Apache with more careful use of wildcards Disabling SSL – (Not Recommended) If you wish to host a basic home SOHO website in which secure connections for credit card payments are unnecessary then you have the option of disabling SSL altogether.d directory.conf You will then have to restart Apache for the changes to take effect. Include conf.

• Traffic going to www.253.253.com to map to an IP address 97. • Named virtual hosting will be required for 97.com and www.com.default-site. The last section of this configuration snippet has some additional statements to ensure read-only access to your web pages with the exception of web based forms using POSTs (pages with “submit” buttons).158.253.158.test-site.158.com will get content from directory site4. A NameVirtualHost directive for 97.158.253.my-site.26 as in this case we have a single IP address serving different content for a variety of domains.default-site. Web Hosting Scenario Summary Domain www.html in this directory.26 Site1 Name Based 97.conf file is listed below.253.my-other-site.26 on this web server. • Traffic to www.Chapter 19: The Apache Webserver 207 • The systems administrator for the server has previously created DNS entries for www.253.158.my-other-site. www.253. • There is no ServerName directive for www.26 # # Match a webpage directory with each website # <VirtualHost *> DocumentRoot /var/www/html/site1 .158. The statements listed would normally be found at the very bottom of the file where virtual hosting statements normally reside.com www. • Traffic to www.com and so traffic going to this domain • All other domains pointing to this server that don’t have a matching ServerName directive will get web pages from the directory defined in the very first <VirtualHost> section.27 Site3 Site1 Name Based IP Based IP address 97. Remember to restart Apache every time you update the conf file for the changes to take effect on the running process.my-cool-site.my-cool-site. www. ServerName localhost NameVirtualHost 97.158.com.253. In this case is directory site1.253.26 is therefore required.com must get content from subdirectory site2.my-other-site.test-site. my-site.my-site.default-site.com.my-cool-site.com All other domains www. my-site. Site www.com. Hitting these URLs will cause Apache to display the contents of file index.test-site.com my-site.com 97.27.26 97. The domain www.com www.158. www.com must get content from sub-directory site3.com www.158.com falls in this category.com.26 Directory Site2 Type of Virtual Hosting Name Based A sample snippet or a working httpd.default-site.my-site.com was also configured to point to alias IP address 97.

208

www.linuxhomenetworking.com

</VirtualHost> <VirtualHost 97.158.253.26> DocumentRoot /var/www/html/site2 ServerName www.my-site.com ServerAlias my-site.com, www.my-cool-site.com </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost 97.158.253.26> DocumentRoot /var/www/html/site3 ServerName www.test-site.com </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost 97.158.253.27> DocumentRoot /var/www/html/site4 ServerName www.my-other-site.com </VirtualHost>

# # Make sure the directories specified above # have restricted access to read-only. # <Directory "/var/www/html/*"> Order allow,deny Allow from all AllowOverride FileInfo AuthConfig Limit Options MultiViews Indexes SymLinksIfOwnerMatch IncludesNoExec <Limit GET POST OPTIONS> Order allow,deny Allow from all </Limit> <LimitExcept GET POST OPTIONS> Order deny,allow Deny from all </LimitExcept> </Directory>

A Note On Virtual Hosting And DNS
You will have to configure your DNS server to point to the correct IP address used for each of the websites you host. The chapter on static DNS shows you how to configure multiple domains such as my-site.com and my-other-site.com on your DNS server.

Using Data Compression On Web Pages
Apache also has the ability to dynamically compress static web pages into gzip format and then send the result to the remote web surfers’ web browser. Most current web browsers support this format and will transparently uncompress the data and present it on the screen. This can significantly reduce bandwidth charges if you are paying for internet access by the megabyte.

Chapter 19: The Apache Webserver

209

First you need to load Apache version 2’s deflate module in your httpd.conf file and then use Location directives to specify what type of files to compress. After making these modifications and restarting Apache you will be able to verify from your /var/log/httpd/access_log file that the sizes of the transmitted HTML pages has shrunk. Here is a comparison of the file sizes in the Apache logs and the document directory, 78,350 bytes shrunk to 15,190 bytes, almost 80% compression. Log File

67.119.25.115 - - [15/Feb/2003:23:06:51 -0800] "GET /dns-static.htm HTTP/1.1" 200 15190 "http://www.siliconvalleyccie.com/sendmail.htm" "Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.5; Windows NT 4.0; AT&T CSM6.0; YComp 5.0.2.6)" Corresponding Directory Listing [root@ bigboy tmp]# ll /web-dir/dns-static.htm -rw-r--r-1 user group 78350 Feb 15 00:53 /home/www/ccie/dns-static.htm [root@bigboy tmp]#

Compression Configuration Example
You can insert these statements just before your virtual hosting section of your httpd.conf file to activate the compression of static pages. Remember to restart Apache when you do.

LoadModule deflate_module modules/mod_deflate.so <Location /> # Insert filter SetOutputFilter DEFLATE # Netscape 4.x has some problems... BrowserMatch ^Mozilla/4 gzip-only-text/html # Netscape 4.06-4.08 have some more problems BrowserMatch ^Mozilla/4\.0[678] no-gzip # MSIE masquerades as Netscape, but it is fine BrowserMatch \bMSIE !no-gzip !gzip-only-text/html # Don't compress images SetEnvIfNoCase Request_URI \ \.(?:gif|jpe?g|png)$ no-gzip dont-vary

# Make sure proxies don't deliver the wrong content Header append Vary User-Agent env=!dont-vary

210

www.linuxhomenetworking.com

</Location>

Apache Running On A Server Behind A Firewall
If your webserver is behind a firewall, and you are logged on a machine behind the firewall as well, then you may find problems when trying to access www.mysite.com of www.my-other-site.com. The reason for this is that due to NAT (Network Address translation), firewalls frequently won't allow access from their protected network to IP addresses that they masquerade on the outside. For example, in this case, Linux web server bigboy has an internal IP address of 192.168.1.100, but the firewall presents it to the world with an external IP address of 97.158.253.26 via NAT/masquerading. If you are on the inside, 192.168.1.X network, you may find it impossible to hit URLs that resolve in DNS to 97.158.253.26. The solution to this can also be solved with virtual hosting. You can configure Apache to serve the correct content when accessing www.mysite.com or www.my-other-site.com from the outside, and also when accessing the specific IP address 192.168.1.100 from the inside. Fortunately Apache allows you to specify multiple IP addresses in the <VirtualHost> statements to help you overcome this problem. Here is an example:

NameVirtualHost 192.168.1.100 NameVirtualHost 97.158.253.26 <VirtualHost 192.168.1.100 97.158.253.26> DocumentRoot /www/server1 ServerName www.my-site.com ServerAlias bigboy, www.my-site-192-168-1-100.com </VirtualHost>

File Permissions And Apache
Remember that if you get a "permissions" error in your web browser after trying to browse your newly configured website, then you need to ensure that you allow "others" to have read access to the directory all the way from the root directory "/" to the target sub-directory. The appendix has a short script that you can use to recursively set the file permissions in a directory to match those expected by Apache. You may also have to use the "Directory" directive to make Apache serve the pages once the file permissions have been correctly set. If you have your files in the default /var/www/html directory then this second step becomes unnecessary.

How To Protect Web Page Directories With Passwords
You can password protect content in both the main and sub-directories of your DocumentRoot fairly easily. I know of cases where persons will allow normal access to their regular web pages, but require passwords for directories / pages that show MRTG or Webalizer data. In this example we'll show how to password protect the /var/www/html directory.

Chapter 19: The Apache Webserver

211

• Apache has a password utility called "htpasswd" which can create "username password" combinations independent of your system login password for web page access. You have to specify the location of the password file, and if it doesn't yet exist, you'll have to include a "-c" or "create" switch on the command line. I recommend placing the file in your /etc/httpd/conf directory, away from the DocumentRoot tree where web users could possibly view it. Here is an example for a first user named "peter" and a second named "paul": [root@bigboy tmp]# htpasswd -c /etc/httpd/conf/.htpasswd peter New password: Re-type new password: Adding password for user peter [root@bigboy tmp]# [root@bigboy tmp]# htpasswd /etc/httpd/conf/.htpasswd paul New password: Re-type new password: Adding password for user paul [root@bigboy tmp]# • Make the .htpasswd file readable by all users. [root@bigboy tmp]# chmod 644 /etc/httpd/conf/.htpasswd • Create a .htaccess file in the directory to which you want password control with the following entries. Remember this will password protect this directory and all its sub directories. AuthUserFile /etc/httpd/conf/.htpasswd AuthGroupFile /dev/null AuthName EnterPassword AuthType Basic require user peter • • The AuthUserFile tells Apache to use the “.htpasswd” file The "require user" tells Apache that only user "peter" in the “.htpasswd” file should have access. If you wanted all “.htpasswd” users to have access then you'd replace this line with require valid-user "AuthType Basic" instructs Apache to accept basic unencrypted passwords from the remote users web browser.

• Set the correct file protections on your new .htaccess file in the directory /var/www/html. [root@bigboy tmp]# chmod 644 /var/www/html/.htaccess • Make sure your /etc/httpd/conf/http.conf file has an AllowOverride statement in a <Directory> directive for any directory in the tree above /var/www/html. In the example below, we want all directories below /var/www/ to require password authorization.

212

www.linuxhomenetworking.com

<Directory /var/www/html/*> AllowOverride AuthConfig </Directory> • You must also ensure that you have a <VirtualHost> directive that defines access to /var/www/html or another directory higher up in the tree. <VirtualHost *> ServerName 97.158.253.26 DocumentRoot /var/www/html </VirtualHost> • Restart Apache. Try accessing the web site and you'll be prompted for a password.

Issues When Upgrading To Apache 2.0
Incompatible /etc/httpd/conf/http.conf files
Your old configuration files will be incompatible when upgrading from Apache version 1.3 to Apache 2.X. The new version 2.X default configuration file is stored in /etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf.rpmnew. For the simple virtual hosting example above, it would be easiest to: Save the old httpd.conf file with another name, httpd.conf-version-1.x for example. Copy the ServerName, NameVirtualHost, and VirtualHost sections from the old file and place them in the new file httpd.conf.rpmnew Copy the httpd.conf.rpmnew file an name it httpd.conf Restart Apache

o

o o

213

Chapter 20

Monitoring Server Performance
===========================================

In This Chapter Chapter 20
Monitoring Server Performance
SNMP MRTG Webalizer © Peter Harrison, www.linuxhomenetworking.com =========================================== Monitoring your system’s web performance can be done quite easily with a number of graphical tools available for Linux. These include MRTG for raw network traffic which is based on SNMP and Webalizer that monitors web site hits.

SNMP
What is SNMP?
Most routers and firewalls keep their operational statistics in Management Information Blocks (MIBs). Each statistic has an Object Identifier (OID) and can be remotely retrieved from the MIB via the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). However, as a security measure, you need to know the SNMP password or "community string" to do so. There are a number of types of community strings, the most commonly used ones are the "Read Only" community string that only provides access for viewing statistics and system parameters. In many cases the "Read Only" community string or password is set to "public". There is also a "Read Write" community string for not only viewing statistics and system parameters but also for updating the parameters too.

SNMP on a Linux Server
By default, RedHat Linux has the NetSNMP package installed to provide SNMP services. NetSNMP uses a configuration file /etc/snmp/snmpd.conf in which the community strings may be set. The version of the configuration file that comes with Net-SNMP is quite complicated. I suggest

. [root@bigboy snmp]# .old [root@bigboy snmp]# vi snmpd.linuxhomenetworking. .0 = STRING: Linux bigboy 2.conf snmpd. Here is an example of how to do that.0 = Timeticks: (425) 0:00:04..3 = INTEGER: 3 IF-MIB::ifDescr. ..18-14 #1 Wed Sep 4 11:57:57 EDT 2002 i586 SNMPv2-MIB::sysObjectID.1 = STRING: lo IF-MIB::ifDescr.10 SNMPv2-MIB::sysUpTime. [root@bigboy snmp]# snmpwalk -v 1 -c craz33guy localhost interface IF-MIB::ifNumber. • Save the old configuration file [root@bigboy snmp]# cd /etc/snmp/ [root@bigboy snmp]# mv snmpd.com archiving it and using a much simpler version with only a single line containing the keyword "rocommunity" followed by the community string..4.3 = STRING: eth0 ..0 = STRING: root@localhost SNMPv2-MIB::sysName.conf. . [root@bigboy root]# /etc/init.1 = INTEGER: 1 IF-MIB::ifIndex.2 = STRING: wlan0 IF-MIB::ifDescr.conf • Enter the following line in the new configuration file to set the Read Only community string to "craz33guy" rocommunity craz33guy • Configure Linux to start SNMP services on each reboot with the chkconfig command: [root@bigboy root]# chkconfig --level 345 snmpd on [root@bigboy root]# • You can then start SNMP to load the current configuration file.0 = OID: NET-SNMP-MIB::netSnmpAgentOIDs..25 SNMPv2-MIB::sysContact.d/snmpd start Starting snmpd: [ OK ] [root@bigboy root]# • Test whether SNMP can read the "system" and "interface" information MIB [root@bigboy snmp]# snmpwalk -v 1 -c craz33guy localhost system SNMPv2-MIB::sysDescr.214 www.... ...2 = INTEGER: 2 IF-MIB::ifIndex.0 = INTEGER: 3 IF-MIB::ifIndex..0 = STRING: bigboy .

9. This is available from the RedHat website or your installation CDs.23-14. You can poll any SNMP aware network device with SNMP enabled.rpm o You can install the package like this: [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh mrtg-2. If you need a refresher. [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh apache-1.d/httpd restart . The latest version of the RPM for RedHat 8.0 is: mrtg-2. You can easily create graphs of traffic flow statistics through your home network's firewall / router or even your Linux box's NIC cards using MRTG.23 .Chapter 20: Monitoring Server Performance 215 Note: In this case we were polling localhost.9.d/httpd start [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. All you need is the IP address and SNMP read only string and you’ll be able to get similar results.11.rpm o You will also need to have a webserver package installed for MRTG to work. The product is available from the MRTG website and also on your distribution CDs. Install apache using the following command.i386.X.3. we can configure a SNMP statistics gathering software package such as MRTG to create online graphs of your traffic flows. Now that we know SNMP is working correctly on your Linux server.d/httpd stop [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. the chapter on RPMs covers how to do this in detail.3. but you’ll need to configure Apache to start at boot using the chkconfig command: [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 35 httpd on o Here’s how to start/stop/restart Apache after booting: [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. The RedHat RPM version seems to work with Apache 1. MRTG What is MRTG? MRTG (Multi Router Traffic Grapher) is a public domain package for producing graphs of various types of router statistics via a web page.17-8. The most current version as of this writing was apache 1.i386. Download and Install The MRTG Packages Most RedHat Linux software products are available in the RPM format.i386. Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard.17-8.rpm o MRTG runs automatically upon startup.

com By default Apache expects the HTML files for your website to be located in /var/www/html.0 --> 3 --snpo: confcache craz33guy@localhost: Ip 127.1. [root@bigboy mrtg]# mkdir /var/www/html/mrtg/stats .0. [root@bigboy tmp]# cfgmaker --output=/etc/mrtg/localhost.linuxhomenetworking.100 --> 2 --snpo: confcache craz33guy@localhost: Type 24 --> 1 --snpo: confcache craz33guy@localhost: Type 6 --> 2 --snpo: confcache craz33guy@localhost: Type 6 --> 3 (duplicate) --snpo: confcache craz33guy@localhost: Eth --> 1 --snpo: confcache craz33guy@localhost: Eth 00-06-25-09-6a-b5 --> 2 --snpo: confcache craz33guy@localhost: Eth 00-08-c7-10-74-a8 --> 3 --base: Get Interface Info --base: Walking ifIndex --base: Walking ifType --base: Walking ifSpeed --base: Walking ifAdminStatus --base: Walking ifOperStatus --base: Writing /etc/mrtg/localhost. Configuring MRTG By default. All data files will be placed in the directory /var/www/html/mrtg/stats.png” image files into it. MRTG will place its HTML files in /var/www/html/mrtg. In this example we'll use MRTG’s cfgmaker command to create a configuration file named localhost.0. but this is beyond the scope of this book.216 www.cfg \ -ifref=ip --global "workdir: /var/www/html/mrtg/stats" \ craz33guy@localhost o --base: Get Device Info on craz33guy@localhost: --base: Vendor Id: --base: Populating confcache --snpo: confcache craz33guy@localhost: Descr lo --> 1 --snpo: confcache craz33guy@localhost: Descr wlan0 --> 2 --snpo: confcache craz33guy@localhost: Descr eth0 --> 3 --snpo: confcache craz33guy@localhost: Ip 0. Here are the steps you need to go through to create new configuration files. We’ll be discussing the default configuration.1 --> 1 --snpo: confcache craz33guy@localhost: Ip 192.cfg [root@bigboy tmp]# o Next create the /var/www/html/mrtg/stats directory and copy all of MRTG’s standard “.0. When the MRTG RPM is installed it creates a directory called /etc/mrtg in which all future configuration files are stored. There are ways to specify other OIDs such as CPU and memory usage.cfg for the server "bigboy" using a read only community string of craz33guy. MRTG will map the inbound and outbound data throughput rates on the device it is polling.168.0.

cfg 0-59/5 * * * * root /usr/bin/mrtg /etc/mrtg/localhost.100. Once this is done.png /var/www/html/mrtg/stats [root@bigboy mrtg]# o Edit /etc/mrtg/localhost.cfg configuration file. the first time it is run.0.cfg and comment out the one pointing to mrtg.100 Rateup WARNING: /usr/bin/rateup The backup log file for localhost_192. You'll get an error the two times as MRTG tries to rename old data files. [root@bigboy mrtg]# mrtg /etc/mrtg/localhost.cfg etc RedHat Version 8.html /etc/mrtg/localhost.cfg Rateup WARNING: /usr/bin/rateup Can't remove localhost_192.168.cfg Can't locate package $VERSION for @MRTG_lib::ISA at /usr/bin/indexmaker line 49 .cfg o Run MRTG using /etc/mrtg/localhost. and naturally. MRTG has no data files to move.1.cfg.cfg device2.cfg” files in your /etc/mrtg directory.1 When the MRTG RPM is installed it places an entry in the /etc/crontab file to make MRTG run every 5 minutes using the default /etc/mrtg/mrtg.100.1.0.168.1.cfg [root@bigboy mrtg]# o You'll then want to use MRTG’s indexmaker command to create a combined index page to see all the graphs defined in all the various “.Chapter 20: Monitoring Server Performance 217 [root@bigboy mrtg]# cp /var/www/html/mrtg/*.0 and Indexmaker RedHat version 8 gives an error like this when running indexmaker.old updating log file [root@bigboy mrtg]# mrtg /etc/mrtg/localhost.168.old updating log file Rateup WARNING: /usr/bin/rateup Can't rename localhost_192. The format of the command is: indexmaker --output=filename device1. you can point your browser to http://ip-address/mrtg/ to get a graphical listing of all the monitored interfaces.168.100.168.168.1.old updating log file [root@bigboy mrtg]# mrtg /etc/mrtg/localhost.1. This would most likely include the loopback interface L0: with the IP address of 127.cfg and remove the sections related to interfaces you don't need to monitor. [root@bigboy mrtg]# indexmaker --output=index.1. Note: The indexmaker command creates a very generic index page which is very similar to the MRTG home page. you will find your devices at the very bottom. don’t be fooled.cfg Rateup WARNING: /usr/bin/rateup could not read the primary log file for localhost_192. # 0-59/5 * * * * root /usr/bin/mrtg /etc/mrtg/mrtg.cfg as your argument three times. Add a new line referring to /etc/mrtg/localhost.100.100 was invalid as well Rateup WARNING: /usr/bin/rateup Can't remove localhost_192.log to localhost_192.

Webalizer What Is Webalizer? Webalizer is a web server log file analysis tool that comes installed by default on RedHat Linux. The information provided includes a list of your web site’s most popular pages sorted by “hits” along with traffic graphs showing the times of day when your site is most popular. Webalizer reads your Apache log files and creates a set of web pages that allow you to view websurfer statistics for your site. monthly and yearly statistics for your interfaces./lib/mrtg2/MRTG_lib. Each night.my-site.daily/00webalizer script file and adding the –Q (Quiet) switch to the webalizer command like this: .mrtg.. You can then add links to all the html files in the /var/www/html/mrtg/stats directory.db You can make the software run in quite mode by editing the /etc/cron.com/usage The Webalizer Configuration File Webalizer stores its configuration in the file /etc/webalizer.. The MRTG website www.linuxhomenetworking.org has links to other sites that show you how to monitor other sub-systems on a variety of devices and operating systems. This can be adjusted with the OutputDir directive in the file. Using MRTG To Monitor Other Subsystems MRTG will generate HTML pages with daily. so if you have a default Apache installation you’ll be able to view your data by visiting http://www.218 www. Error: Unable to open DNS cache file /var/lib/webalizer/dns_cache.com main::BEGIN() called at /usr/bin/. How To View Your Webalizer Statistics By default webalizer places its index page in the directory /var/www/html/usage./lib/mrtg2/MRTG_lib. but you may want to adjust the directory in which Webalizer places your graphic statistics.} called at /usr/bin/.pm line 49 [root@bigboy mrtg]# You have a couple choices here: • • Run a version of indexmaker from an older version of RedHat Create your own custom index page to replace the default one in /var/www/html/mrtg.conf.pm line 49 eval {. Make Webalizer run in Quiet Mode Webalizer has a tendency to create this message in your logs which according to the Webalizer site’s documentation is non-critical. The default settings should be sufficient for your web server.. weekly.. By default MRTG provides only network interface statistics.

Webalizer will function with few annoyances.Chapter 20: Monitoring Server Performance 219 #! /bin/bash # update access statistics for the web site if [ -s /var/log/httpd/access_log ] . . however be aware that running in quiet mode could hide deeper problems that could occur in future. then /usr/bin/webalizer -Q fi exit 0 Once you’ve done this.

linuxhomenetworking.220 www.com .

If the mail isn't destined for the mailbox of a local user. It covers Sendmail which is responsible for relaying your mail to a remote user’s mailbox and also POP mail which is used to retrieve the mail from the mail box to your local PC via a mail client such as outlook Express. Windows users can use an email client such as "Outlook" or "Outlook Express" to download the mail to their local PC via POP.linuxhomenetworking. Configuring Sendmail An Overview Of How Sendmail Works Sendmail is the most popular Linux program for processing mail. If the mail is destined for a local user then sendmail will place the message in that person’s mailbox so that they can retrieve it using one of the methods above.221 Chapter 21 Configuring Linux Mail Servers =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 21 Configuring Linux Mail Servers Configuring Sendmail Configuring Your POP Mail Server © Peter Harrison. www. One of The process is different when sending mail via the mail server: o o . then sendmail will attempt to relay it to the appropriate destination mail server via the Simple Mail Transport Protocol or SMTP.com =========================================== This chapter will help to show you how to set up a mail server for your home network. Windows users also have the option of either keeping or deleting the mail on the mail server after it has been downloaded. Once the mail arrives on the mail server it can be read in a number of ways: o o Linux users logged into the mail server can read their mail directly using a text based client such as "mail" or a GUI client such as Evolution.

com the main advantages of mail relaying is that when a PC user "A" sends mail to another user "B" on the Internet. If you need a refresher.rpm o You can use the chkconfig command to get Sendmail configured to start at boot: [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 35 sendmail on o To start/stop/restart sendmail after booting [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.d/sendmail restart o Remember to restart the sendmail process every time you make a change to the configuration files for the changes to take effect on the running process. See either the Static DNS or Dynamic DNS pages on how to do this. the PC of user "A" can delegate the SMTP processing to the mail server.i386.rpm [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh sendmail-devel-8. Simple sendmail security is outlined on this page.222 www. Configuring DNS Remember that you will never receive mail unless you have configured DNS for your domain to make your new Linux box mail server the target of the DNS domain's MX record.d/sendmail start [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.linuxhomenetworking. o It is best to use the latest version of sendmail as older versions have had a number of security holes.rpm [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh sendmail-8.i386. Note:If mail relaying is not configured properly then your mail server could end up relaying SPAM.i386. you should get a response of plain old process ID numbers: [root@bigboy tmp]# pgrep sendmail . the chapter on RPMs covers how to do this in detail.d/sendmail stop [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.5-7 .12. Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard. As of this writing the latest version of the sendmail suite was version 8.5-7 .5-7 . Install all the packages in this order: [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh sendmail-cf-8.12.12. You can also test whether the sendmail process is running with the pgrep command. Installing And Starting Sendmail Most RedHat Linux software products are available in the RPM format.12.5-7.

#!/bin/bash cd /etc/mail make m4 /etc/mail/sendmail.Chapter 21: Configuring Linux Mail 223 Restart Sendmail After Editing Your Configuration Files In this chapter we’ll see that Sendmail uses a variety of configuration files which require different treatments in order for their commands to take effect. This little script encapsulates all the required post configuration steps. This may not be a good idea in a production system.cf /etc/mail/sendmail.3# RH Ver 8.mc > /etc/sendmail.cf m4 /etc/mail/sendmail.m4: No such file or directory [root@bigboy mail]# .12.cf file is out of date: sendmail 8.mc:8: m4: Cannot open /usr/share/sendmailcf/m4/cf.mc > /etc/mail/sendmail.d/sendmail restart Use this command to make the script executable.5 supports version 10. The line in the script that restarts sendmail is only needed if you have made changes to the /etc/mail/sendmail. Both the newaliases and m4 commands depend on the sendmail-cf RPM package. but it has been included so that you don’t forget.cf newaliases /etc/init. .cf file is version 0 No local mailer defined QueueDirectory (Q) option must be set [root@bigboy mail]# Errors With The m4 Command [root@bigboy mail]# m4 /etc/mail/sendmail. This must be installed. Delete the appropriate "m4" line depending on your version of RedHat.mc > /etc/mail/sendmail.0+ Errors With The Newaliases Command [root@bigboy mail]# newaliases Warning: .mc file. chmod 700 filename You’ll need to run the script each time you change any of the sendmail configuration files described in the sections to follow. you'll get errors like this when running the script: # RH Ver 7. if not.

0 QueueDirectory (Q) option must be set [FAILED] Starting sm-client: [ OK ] [root@bigboy mail]# The /var/log/maillog File Sendmail throws all its status messages in the /var/log/maillog file. As mail must be sent to a target IP address even when there is no NIC in the box. It is often viewed as an intimidating file with its series of structured "directive" statements that get the job done. Sendmail therefore uses the loopback address to send mail to users on the local box.0. and not a client. Why Sendmail Only Listens On The Loopback Interface By Default All Linux systems have a virtual loopback interface that only lives in memory with an IP address 127. We can verify that sendmail is running by first using the pgrep command which will return the sendmail process ID number once sendmail is running.224 www. Fortunately in most cases you won't have to edit this file very often. Open two telnet.d/sendmail restart Shutting down sendmail: [ OK ] Shutting down sm-client: [FAILED] Starting sendmail: 554 5.mc File Most of sendmail's configuration parameters are set in this file with the exception of mailing list and mail relay security features.0. Work in one of them and monitor the sendmail status output in the other using the command [root@bigboy tmp]# tail -f /var/log/maillog The /etc/mail/sendmail.1.0.linuxhomenetworking. The two most basic steps in configuring a Sendmail server are to modify this file to enable Sendmail to listen on the NIC interface and to make Sendmail to accept mail from valid web domains. Sendmail needs to be also configured to listen for messages on the NIC interface. then the return value will be blank.0 No local mailer defined 554 5. It is always good to monitor this file whenever you are doing changes.com Errors When Restarting sendmail [root@bigboy mail]# /etc/init. To become a server. .0. If it isn't running. SSH or console windows.

cf for versions up to 7.1.mc is a more user friendly configuration file and really is much easier to fool around with without getting burned. The sendmail.Addr=127.Chapter 21: Configuring Linux Mail 225 [root@bigboy tmp]# pgrep sendmail 22131 [root@bigboy tmp]# We can also see the interfaces on which Sendmail is listening with the “netstat” command.0. /etc/sendmail. Sendmail listens on TCP port 25. the laptop and users on computers that do dnl not have 24x7 DNS do need this. Family=inet6') dnl We strongly recommend to comment this one out if you want to protect dnl yourself from spam.0:* LISTEN [root@bigboy tmp]# Edit /etc/mail/sendmail. it reads the file sendmail. so we use "netstat" and "grep" for "25" to see a default configuration listening only on IP address 127.cf for its configuration.cf file is located in different directories dependent on the version of RedHat you use. Comment this out if you want dnl to accept email over the network.1 dnl and not on any other network devices.0. See the italicized lines in the example below.0. However.0. and /etc/mail/sendmail. dnl This changes sendmail to only listen on the loopback device 127. The chapter on DNS shows how to create your own internal domain just for this purpose.cf File Once finished editing the file. In our sample network. dnl DAEMON_OPTIONS(`Port=smtp.3. Name=MTA-v6.0.0. Name=MTA') dnl NOTE: binding both IPv4 and IPv6 daemon to the same port requires dnl a kernel patch dnl DAEMON_OPTIONS(`port=smtp. bigboy the mail server will not accept email relayed from any of the other PCs on your network if they are not in DNS.1 (loopback).0. we have to regenerate a new sendmail. sendmail. [root@bigboy tmp]# netstat -an | grep :25 | grep tcp tcp 0 0 127. Regenerate The sendmail. Note: When sendmail starts.0 and higher.mc file with "dnl" statements.Addr=::1.cf file and restart sendmail.cf for versions 8.mc To Make Sendmail Listen On NICs Too To correct this you'll have to comment out the daemon_options line in the /etc/mail/sendmail. dnl FEATURE(`accept_unresolvable_domains')dnl dnl FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX')dnl You need to be careful with the accept_unresolvable_names feature. It is also good practice to take precautions against SPAM by not accepting mail from domains that don't exist by commenting out the "accept_unresolvable_domains" feature too.0. .0.1:25 0.0.

3 [root@bigboy tmp]# m4 /etc/mail/sendmail.com Redhat versions up to 7.0:25 0. Here is a sample: dnl ***** Customised section 1 start ***** dnl dnl FEATURE(delay_checks)dnl FEATURE(masquerade_envelope)dnl FEATURE(allmasquerade)dnl FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)dnl dnl dnl dnl ***** Customised section 1 end ***** .0) [root@bigboy tmp]# netstat -an | grep :25 | grep tcp tcp 0 0 0.0.mc File The sendmail.0+ [root@bigboy tmp]# m4 /etc/mail/sendmail.linuxhomenetworking. Sometimes sendmail will archive this file when you do a version upgrade. and the second section is at the very bottom.0.mc file can seem jumbled.mc > /etc/sendmail.cf Redhat versions 8. To make it less cluttered I usually create two easily identifiable sections in it with all the custom commands I've ever added.0.0. The first section is near the top where the FEATURE statements usually are.d/sendmail restart Shutting down sendmail: [ OK ] Starting sendmail: [ OK ] [root@bigboy tmp]# Now Make Sure Sendmail Is Listening On All Interfaces Sendmail should start listening on all interfaces (0.0.0:* LISTEN [root@bigboy tmp]# A General Guide To Using The sendmail.cf Restart sendmail to load the new configuration [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.mc > /etc/mail/sendmail.0. Having easily identifiable modifications in this file will make post upgrade reconfiguration much easier.226 www.

100 localhost.com.com" domain and would ignore the security features of the access and relay-domains files we'll describe below. [root@bigboy tmp]# sendmail -v example@another-site. The server would therefore be open to relay all mail from any ".my-site.0.com.com (Wrong!!!) Sendmail would assume the server's name was my-site and that the domain was all of ". 220 ltmail.. example@another-site. Sender Ok >>> RCPT To:<example@another-site. If bigboy had an entry like this: 192.my-site.Chapter 21: Configuring Linux Mail 227 The /etc/hosts File It is very important to have a correctly configured /etc/hosts file.com bigboy mail www Here the IP address is followed by the hostname..106]." all by itself on the last line.localdomain 250-mx.120. Sat.localdomain> 250 <root@localhost.com test text test text . If you fail to put the IP address of your NIC in the /etc/hosts file altogether.mysite.com>.com".168. via esmtp.localdomain localhost bigboy.. Connecting to mail.1 192.another-site. Use the sendmail program to send a sample email to someone in verbose mode.. Enter some text after issuing the command and end your message with a single ".domain (bigboy. Sendmail uses this file to determine: o o The system name The domains it is responsible for relaying Sendmail looks for the IP address of your NIC in /etc/hosts and then assumes the first name after it is the fully qualified domain name of the server such as bigboy...168.com) followed by the hostname and all the DNS CNAMEs assigned to the server's IP address.com. then you run the risk of having all your mail appear to come from localhost.com.221. Recipient Ok >>> DATA .another-site.com> 250 <example@another-site.com.0. Symptoms Of A Bad /etc/hosts File As discussed above. pleased to meet you 250 HELP >>> MAIL From:<root@localhost.my-site.100 my-site..my-site..localdomain>.another-site.com LiteMail v3. a poorly configured /etc/hosts file can make mail sent from your server to the outside world appear as if it came from users at localhost.com Hello [67.localdomain and not bigboy. Here is a brief example: 127.localdomain and not bigboy.1.1. 05 Oct 2002 06:48:44 -0400 >>> EHLO localhost.02(BFLITEMAIL4A).

com and not destined for this mail server will be forwarded. (The newalias command will be explained later): [root@bigboy tmp]# sendmail -v root WARNING: local host name (bigboy) is not qualified. my-super-duper-site.com. for example a script based on the PERL module Mail::Audit.localdomain on PC1 and is rejected. the rejected email will be returned to localhost. 250 Message accepted for delivery example@another-site." on a line by itself >>> .localdomain. in this example "root". Sent (Message accepted for delivery) Closing connection to mail. or creating a new alias database file.228 www./qfg9GHK3iQ002500: savemail panic Note: You may also get this error if you are using a SPAM prevention program. You will probably get an error like this in /var/log/maillog if this happens: Oct 16 10:20:04 bigboy sendmail[2500]: g9GHK3iQ002500: SYSERR(root): savemail: cannot save rejected email anywhere Oct 16 10:20:04 bigboy sendmail[2500]: g9GHK3iQ002500: Losing . >>> QUIT [root@bigboy tmp]# Localhost. fix $j in config file [root@bigboy tmp]# newaliases WARNING: local host name (bigboy) is not qualified. In this case. all mail sent from my-super-duper-site.localdomain is the domain that all computers use to refer to themselves. sleeping for retry The /etc/mail/relay-domains File The /etc/mail/relay-domains file is used to determine domains from which it will relay mail.com 354 Enter mail.. If mail sent from computer PC1 to PC2 appears to come from a user at localhost. this file does not exist in a standard RedHat install. PC2 will see that the mail originated from localhost. it is therefore an illegal internet domain. Another set of tell tale errors caused by the same problem can be generated when trying to send mail to a user . By default.com.linuxhomenetworking. The contents of the relay-domains file should be limited to those domains that can be trusted not to originate spam. An error in the script could cause this type of message too.another-site. fix $j in config file [root@bigboy tmp]# With the accompanying error in /var/log/maillog log file that looks like this: Oct 16 10:23:58 bigboy sendmail[2582]: My unqualified host name (bigboy) unknown. end with "..localdomain and will think that the rejected email should be sent to a user on PC2 that may not exist.com .

you may find your server being used to relay mail for SPAM email sites.2.0.db. The first lists IP addresses and domains from which the mail is coming or going.1 192.Chapter 21: Configuring Linux Mail 229 One disadvantage of this file is that it can only control mail based on the source domain which can be spoofed by SPAM email servers.2 my-site.0. such as restricting relaying by IP address or network range and is more commonly used. Remember that a server will only be considered a part of my-site.localdomain localhost 127.X network and everyone passing email through the mail server from servers belonging to my-site. REJECT.16 192. then relay access is fully determined by the /etc/mail/access file.1.168. only SPAM flowing through you. Keywords include RELAY. we allow relaying for only the server itself (127. .1.17 192. (In Outlook Express you set this using: Tools Menu -> Accounts -> Properties -> Servers) If you don't take the precaution of using this feature. The /etc/mail/access file has more capabilities. Sendmail has to be restarted after editing this file for the changes to take effect. The /etc/mail/access file has two columns.168. That is to say. the mail server will only relay mail for those PCs on your network that have their email clients configured to use the mail server as their "outgoing SMTP mail server". The /etc/mail/access File You can make sure that only trusted PCs on your network have the ability to relay mail via your mail server by using the /etc/mail/access file.168. Sendmail will REJECT all other attempted relayed mail that doesn't match any of the entries in the /etc/mail/access file.1.168.com RELAY RELAY RELAY RELAY RELAY RELAY RELAY You'll then have to convert this text file into a Sendmail readable database file named /etc/mail/access. In the sample file below.com. everyone on your 192.X network.1. localhost). OK (not ACCEPT) and DISCARD. The second lists the type of action to be taken when mail from these sources / destinations is received.168. Sendmail assumes it could be either and tries to match both. my experience has been that control on a per email address basis is much more intuitive via the /etc/mail/virtusertable file. Despite this. two client PCs on your home 192. Configuring the /etc/mail/access file will not stop SPAM coming to you.com if its IP address can be found in a DNS reverse zone file: localhost.0. If you delete /etc/mail/relay-domains. There is no third column to state whether the IP address or domain is the source or destination of the mail.0. Here are the commands to do that: [root@bigboy tmp]# cd /etc/mail [root@bigboy mail]# make Remember that the relay security features of this file may not work if you don't have a correctly configured /etc/hosts file.

it needs a way of determining whether it is responsible for the mail it receives. For example. remember to modify the MX record of the "my-other-site. MX 10 mail. Here is an example (Remember each ".my-site. if this mail server was to accept mail for the domains my-site.com and the host server. It checks these methods in this order: The /etc/mail/virtusertable file This file has two columns.230 www. it assumes the recipient is a local user. o o o If the mailing list member doesn't have an "@" in the name.com. The first column has the mailing list name (sometimes called a virtual mailbox) and the second column has the members of the mailing list separated by commas.linuxhomenetworking. Primary Mail Exchanger for my-other-site.my-site." is important): my-other-site.com" DNS zonefile point to my-site. It uses the /etc/mail/local-host-names file to do this. o o The first lists the destination to which the original sender intended to send the mail. The true destination in the eyes of the mail server could be a local Linux user. It will then search the first column of the aliases file to see if the recipient isn't on yet another mailing list. The second column lists the single true destination.com Which User Should Really Receive The Mail? Sendmail uses two different methods to determine who the ultimate mail recipient will be.com The /etc/mail/local-host-names File When sendmail receives mail. If it doesn't find a duplicate.com In this case. It could be viewed as a mailing list file.com. a mailing list entry in the /etc/aliases file or the email address of someone on some other mail server to which the mail should be automatically forwarded. . This file has a list of hostnames and domains for which sendmail will accept responsibility. . The /etc/aliases file This file has two columns too. then sendmail assumes the recipient is on the local box.com then the file would look like this: my-site.com my-other-site.com and my-other-site.com.

db. "daemon"..com sales@my-site.com receive a "bounce back" message stating "User unknown" webmaster@my-other-site. and members of the mailing lists in the second column..com will go to local user "marc". It contains a list of virtual mail boxes (or mailing lists) in the first column. "named". In this case "root" is actually an alias for a mailing list consisting of user "marc" and webmaster@my-site. The /etc/mail/virtusertable file This file contains a set of simple instructions on what to do with received mail.com will go to the sales department at my-othersite. then it goes through the process all over again to determine each individual in the mailing list and when it is all finished.com @my-site. mail sent to: o o o o webmaster@my-other-site. "lp". "sales" at my-site. "apache". you can see that mail sent to users "bin".com finance@my-site. they will all get a copy of the email message. The first column lists the target email address and the second column lists the local user’s mail box or remote email address to which the email should be forwarded.com will go to local user (or mailing list) "webmasters".com paul@my-site. etc by system processes will all be sent to user (or mailing list) "root". # Basic system aliases -. mailer-daemon: postmaster postmaster: root # General redirections for pseudo accounts.com webmasters marc sales@my-other-site. In the example below.com paul paul error:nouser User unknown After editing this file you'll have to convert it into a sendmail readable database file named /etc/mail/virtusertable.com. you may want to delete the comment and change user "marc" to another user. Note: The default /etc/aliases file installed with RedHat has the last line of this sample commented out with a "#".Chapter 21: Configuring Linux Mail 231 o If the recipient is a mailing list.these MUST be present. . "paul" and "finance" at my-site.com @my-other-site. "shutdown".com. all other mail to my-other-site. In the example below.com goes to local user (or mailing list) "paul" all other users at my-site. Here are the commands to do that: [root@bigboy tmp]# cd /etc/mail [root@bigboy mail]# make The /etc/aliases File This file is really a list of email aliases for local users.

"paul" and "mary". mail sent to "root" actually goes to user account "marc" and webmaster@my-site. After editing this file you'll have to convert it into a sendmail readable database file named /etc/aliases. # Directors of my SOHO company directors: peter.db. then consider using a mailing list manager like majordomo.webmaster@my-site. Despite this. "brother" and "sister" # My family family: grandma. The advantage of using mailing list files is that the admin-list file can be a file that trusted users can edit. Here is the command to do that: [root@bigboy tmp]# newaliases Simple Mailing Lists Using Aliases In the simple mailing list example above.mary Mail sent to "family@my-site. there are some problems with mail reflectors.brother.com" goes to users "grandma".paul. Mail to "directors@my-site. Here are a few more list examples for your /etc/aliases file.sister Mail sent to admin-list gets sent to all the users listed in the file /usr/home/admin/admin-list.232 www.com bin: daemon: lp: shutdown: mail: apache: named: system: manager: abuse: root root root root root root root root root root # trap decode to catch security attacks decode: root # Person who should get root's mail root: marc. One is that bounce messages from failed attempts to broadcast goes to all users.com Notice that there are no spaces between the mailing list entries for “root”.com. user “root” is only needed update the aliases file. If either of these are a problem for you. .linuxhomenetworking. This is important as you will get errors if you add spaces.com" goes to users "peter". Another is that all subscriptions and unsubscriptions have to be done manually by the mailing list administrator.

we made bigboy the mailserver for the domain my-site. try making root have an alias for a user with a fully qualified domain name.com. if not.mc configuration file and adding some masquerading commands and directives. it will have no "to:" in the email header.mc that all outgoing mail originating on bigboy should appear to be coming from my-site. This can be solved by editing your sendmail.com. it will appear to come from mail. Set up masquerading to modify the domain name of all traffic originating from and passing trough your mail server. such as Outlook Express. You now have to tell bigboy in the sendmail configuration file sendmail. This isn't terrible. you'll have to convert it into a sendmail readable database file named /etc/aliases.com and not user@bigboy. to set your email address to user@mysite.com. you may find yourself dumping legitimate mail. but you may not want your website site to be remembered with the word "mail" in front of it. Here is the command to do that: [root@bigboy tmp]# newaliases An Important Note About The /etc/aliases File By default your system uses sendmail to mail system messages to local user "root". This explained later in this chapter in the POP Mail section.my-site. To get around this. no matter which server originated the email.Chapter 21: Configuring Linux Mail 233 # My mailing list file admin-list: ":include:/home/mailings/admin-list" After editing this file. this will force sendmail to insert the correct fields in the header.com then you have two choices: o o Configure your email client.mysite.com. These are explained below: . When sendmail sends email to a local user. Here is an example: # Person who should get root's mail root: webmaster@my-site. based on our settings in the /etc/hosts file. Configuring masquerading In the DNS configuration. In other words you may want your mail server to handle all email by assigning a consistent return address to all outgoing mail.com Sendmail Masquerading Explained If you want your mail to appear to come from user@mysite. If you then use a mail client like Outlook Express with a SPAM mail filtering rule to reject mail with no to: in the header.db.

com. it is detrimental to email delivery to fake the envelope.com and my-othersite. then only servers named mysite. user "root" will not be masqueraded.com. as Spammers often do.')dnl MASQUERADE_AS(my-site. the other recipient will see a cc: to an address he knows instead of one on localhost. The email envelope contains the "to:" and "from:" used by mailservers for protocol negotiation. If you cc: yourself on an outgoing mail.234 www.localdomain. This is achieved with the: . Use this with caution.com would be masqueraded too.')dnl MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(`my-site. only when you are sure you have the authority to do this. Feature "masquerade_entire_domain" makes sendmail masquerade servers named *my-site.com by rewriting the email header. Other Masquerading Notes By default. In other words. It is the envelope's "from:" which is used when email rejection messages are sent between mail servers. Feature "allmasquerade" will make sendmail rewrite both recipient addresses and sender addresses relative to the local machine.linuxhomenetworking. and *my-other-site. even if the mail is sent from a user on the mail server to another user on the same mail server. • • • • Testing Masquerading The best way of testing masquerading from the Linux command line is to use the "mail -v username" command.com. The MASQUERADE_DOMAIN directive will make mail relayed via bigboy from all machines in the my-other-site. say the "to:" and "from:" should be.com would be masqueraded. The "to:" and "from:" in the header is what is used when you use Outlook Express to do a "reply" or "reply all".mysite. Feature "masquerade_envelope" will rewrite the email envelope just as "MASQUERADE_AS" rewrote the header. Feature "always_add_domain" will always masquerade email addresses. You should also tail the /var/log/maillog file to verify that the masquerading is operating correctly and check the envelope and header of test email received by test email accounts.com. If this wasn't selected. such as Outlook Express.com FEATURE(always_add_domain)dnl FEATURE(`masquerade_entire_domain')dnl FEATURE(`masquerade_envelope')dnl FEATURE(`allmasquerade')dnl MASQUERADE_AS(`my-site. I have noticed that "sendmail -v username" ignores masquerading altogether. mail from sales. It is easy to fake the header.com domain appear to come from the MASQUERADE_AS domain of my-site.com.com as my-site.com)dnl • • The MASQUERADE_AS directive will make all mail originating on bigboy appear to come from a server within the domain my-site. The email header is what email clients.

which specifies the subjects and email addresses to accept.accept. You'll also have to make your Linux box a POP mail server.reject that specifies those that you should reject. using a mail client such as Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express.forward” file and place an entry in /etc/smrsh Mail-filter will first reject all email based on the “reject” file and will then accept all mail found in the “accept” file. Sendmail then looks for the filename in the directory /etc/smrsh and executes it. This is fairly simple to do as sendmail always checks the “. You can comment this out if you like with a "dnl" at the beginning of the line and recompiling / restarting sendmail A Simple PERL Script To Help Stop SPAM It is possible to limit the amount of unsolicited commercial email (UCE or SPAM) SPAM you receive by writing a small script to intercept your mail before it is written to your mailbox.pl that effectively filters out SPAM email for my home system. mail-filter.cpan. Place an executable version of the script in your home directory and modify the script’s $FILEPATH variable point to your home directory Update the two configuration files: mail-filter.forward” file in your home directory for the name of this script. If you want to retrieve this mail from your Linux box's user account. There are a few steps required to make the script work: o o o Install PERL and the PERL modules listed above. PERL doesn’t come with modules that are able to check email headers and envelopes so you will have to download them from CPAN (www.Chapter 21: Configuring Linux Mail 235 EXPOSED_USER(`root')dnl command in /etc/mail/sendmail. . I have included a simple script with instructions on how to install the PERL modules in the Appendix. Each user on your Linux box will get mail sent to their account's mail folder.com" domain. The most important modules are: o o o o MailTools IO-Stringy MIME-tools Mail-Audit I have written a script called mail-filter.mc. o Update your “. It will then deny everything else. Configuring Your POP Mail Server Sendmail will just handle mail sent to your "my-site.org). By default. then you have a few more steps.

POP Mail is deactivated by default.d]# vi ipop3 # default: off # description: The POP3 service allows remote users # to access their mail \ # using an POP3 client such as Netscape Communicator.d/xinetd stop [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.236 www. If you need a refresher. the chapter on RPMs covers how to do this in detail.d like this: [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard. You can install the RPM with this command: [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh imap-2001a-15. Follow the steps below and set the "disable" parameter to "no". Therefore to get POP mail configured to start at boot you have to use the chkconfig command to make sure xinetd starts up on booting.i386. so you’ll have to edit this file to start the program. o The IMAP/POP mail suite comes standard with the RedHat installation CDs. \ # or fetchmail.d/xinetd restart Remember to restart the POP mail process every time you make a change to the configuration files for the changes to take effect on the running process Configuring Your POP Mail Server The starting and stopping of POP Mail is controlled by xinetd via the /etc/xinetd.rpm o POP mail is started by xinetd. mutt. The disable feature must be set to "no" to accept connections. [root@bigboy tmp]# cd /etc/xinetd. service pop3 { socket_type = stream wait = no user = root server = /usr/sbin/ipop3d log_on_success += HOST DURATION log_on_failure += HOST disable = no } .linuxhomenetworking.d [root@bigboy xinetd. [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 35 xinetd on o To start/stop/restart POP mail after booting you can use the xinetd init script located in the directory /etc/init.d/ipop3 file.com Installing Your POP Mail Server Most RedHat Linux software products are available in the RPM format.d/xinetd start [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. Make sure the contents look like this.

by default. you’ll have to edit the /etc/xinetd. both users will get sent to the Linux user account "john". How to handle overlapping email addresses.com pointing to account "john2".com and john2@my-other-site. SMTP Set your SMTP mail server to be the IP address / domain name of your Linux mail server. Create Linux accounts "john1" and "john2". If the users insist on overlapping names then you may need to modify your virtusertable file. Create the user accounts "john1" and "john2". Use your Linux user username and password when prompted. The POP configuration in Outlook Express for each user should POP using "john1" and "john2" respectively.Chapter 21: Configuring Linux Mail 237 You will then have to restart xinetd for these changes to take effect using the startup script in the /etc/init. Here’s how: POP Mail Set your POP mail server to be the IP address of your Linux mail server. o .com). Have a virtusertable entries for john@mysite. For example: john1@my-site.d/ipop3 file.com) and John Brown (john@my-other-site. to disable POP Mail once again.d directory. You can now configure your email client such as Outlook Express to use your use your new POP / SMTP Mail Server quite easily. Naturally. How To Configure Your Windows Mail Programs All your POP email accounts are really only regular Linux user accounts in which Sendmail has deposited mail.com pointing to account "john1" and john@my-other-site. eg. John Smith (john@my-site.com. You have two choices: o Make the user part of the email address is different. If you have a user overlap. set “disable” to “yes” and restart xinetd.

238 www.com .linuxhomenetworking.

www. Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard.239 Chapter 22 Configuring The DHCP Server =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 22 Configuring The DHCP Server Download and Install The DHCP Package The /etc/dhcp. You can choose to disable the DHCP server feature on your home router and set up a Linux box as the DHCP server. the RPM chapter covers how to do this in detail.com =========================================== ormally if you have a cable modem or DSL you get your home PC's IP address dynamically assigned from your service provider.conf File Upgrading Your DHCP Server How to get DHCP started Modify Your Routes for DHCP on Linux Server Configuring Linux clients to use DHCP Error Found When Upgrading From Redhat 7. If you need a refresher. N Download and Install The DHCP Package Most RedHat Linux software products are available in the RPM format. The configuration of a Linux DHCP client that gets its IP address from a DHCP server is covered in the Linux Networking Topics chapter. .0 © Peter Harrison.3 To 8. This chapter only covers the configuration of a DHCP server that provides IP addresses.linuxhomenetworking. If you install a home cable/DSL router between your modem and home network your PC will most likely get its IP address at boot time from the home router instead.

1.conf in the following directory which you can always use as a guide.201 192.0+ subnet 192.168. # Don't forward DHCP requests from this # NIC interface to any other NIC # interfaces option ip-forwarding off.conf. there must be a "subnet" section for each interface on your Linux box.168.0pl1-9.240 www.i386. /usr/share/doc/dhcp-<version-number>/dhcpd.1.conf File When DHCP starts it reads the file /etc/dhcp. Normally you can find a sample copy of dhcpd. . # Set the default gateway to be used by # the PC clients option routers 192. the RedHat 8.0 { # The range of IP addresses the server # will issue to DHCP enabled PC clients # booting up on the network range 192.220.i386.rpm The /etc/dhcp.168.conf file: Most importantly.0 netmask 255.1.0 RPM as of this writing was: dhcp-3.rpm • Install the package using the following command: [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh dhcp-3.conf.255.255.0pl1-9.1.linuxhomenetworking. ddns-update-style interim # Redhat Version 8.168.com • For example.sample Here is a quick explanation of the dhcp. It uses the commands here to configure your network. max-lease-time 86400.1. # Set the amount of time in seconds that # a client may keep the IP address default-lease-time 86400.

} # # List an unused interface here # subnet 192.255.0 { } # You can also assign specific IP addresses based on the clients' # ethernet MAC address as follows (Host's name is "smallfry": host smallfry { hardware ethernet 08:00:2b:4c:59:23. in Redhat Version 8.1. Check the dhcp-options man page after you do your install. For example.168. } There many more options statements you can use to configure DHCP.0. # If you specify a WINS server for your Windows clients.168.1.100. These include telling the DHCP clients where to go for services such as finger and IRC.222.168.0 (dhcpd version 3.100.0 netmask 255. option subnet-mask 255.255.1.168.Chapter 22: Configuring The DHCP Server 241 # Set the broadcast address and subnet mask # to be used by the DHCP clients option broadcast-address 192.255. # Set the NTP server to be used by the # DHCP clients option nntp-server 192.168.100.255.255.conf file: option netbios-name-servers 192. # you need to include the following option in the dhcpd.1.168. The command to do this follows: [root@bigboy tmp]# man dhcp-options Upgrading Your DHCP Server Always refer to this sample file after doing an upgrade as new required commands may have been added.0b2pl11) you will need to add the line at the very top of the config file or else you will get errors:: ddns-update-style interim .2.1. # Set the DNS server to be used by the # DHCP clients option domain-name-servers 192. fixed-address 192.

Modify Your Routes for DHCP on Linux Server When a DHCP configured PC boots.255.com How to get DHCP started • Before you start the DHCP server for the first time.255.d/dhcpd start [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. You will have to add a route for this address on your Linux DHCP server so that it knows the interface on which to send the reply. you should get a response of plain old process ID numbers: [root@bigboy tmp]# pgrep dhcpd • Finally. Temporary solution o Add the route to 255. Use the command "touch /var/lib/dhcp/dhcpd.d/dhcpd script to start/stop/restart DHCP after booting [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. it will fail unless there is an existing dhcpd. It does this by sending a standardized DHCP broadcast request packet to the DHCP server with a source IP address of 255. [root@bigboy tmp]# touch /var/lib/dhcp/dhcpd.255. always remember to set your PC to get its IP address via DHCP.linuxhomenetworking.242 www.leases file.255 from the command line. it will request its IP address from the DHCP server.d/dhcpd restart • Remember to restart the DHCP process every time you make a change to the conf file for the changes to take effect on the running process.leases • Use the chkconfig command to get DHCP configured to start at boot: [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 35 dhcpd on • Use the /etc/init. .d/dhcpd stop [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. Note: More information on adding Linux routes and routing may be found in the Linux Networking chapter. (In both examples below. You also can test whether the DHCP process is running with the following command.255.leases" to create the file if it does not exist.255. we’re assuming that DHCP requests will be coming in on interface eth0).

Chapter 22: Configuring The DHCP Server 243 [root@bigboy tmp]# route add -host 255.org/products/DHCP ** You must add a ddns-update-style statement to /etc/dhcpd. . try: route add -host dhcp dev eth0 Permanent Solution o Edit /etc/sysconfig/static-routes.255 o If this doesn't work properly try adding the following entry to your /etc/hosts file: 255.isc.255.conf.255.255 dhcp Then.255.3 To 8. which is read on booting.255.255 dev eth0 o If the message 255. try: eth0 host dhcp Configuring Linux clients to use DHCP Remember to have your Linux based clients configured to have DHCP obtained IP addresses Error Found When Upgrading From Redhat 7.255. For info.0 This dhcpd startup error is caused by not having the following line at the very top of your /etc/dhcpd.0pl1 Copyright 1995-2001 Internet Software Consortium.255. All rights reserved.255.255: Unknown host appears then try adding the following entry to your /etc/hosts file: 255.255.255.conf file: ddns-update-style interim Sample error: Starting dhcpd: Internet Software Consortium DHCP Server V3. please visit http://www.255. and add the following line: eth0 host 255.255 dhcp Then.

org and install that before requesting help. If you did get this software from ftp. please get the latest from ftp." Please read the dhcpd.com To get the same behaviour as in 3.linuxhomenetworking. Please do not under any circumstances send requests for help directly to the authors of this software .isc. [FAILED] .isc.isc.org. add a line that says "ddns-update-style ad-hoc. please read it before requesting help. ** If you did not get this software from ftp. please read the section on the README about submitting bug reports and requests for help.244 www.please send them to the appropriate mailing list as described in the README file.org mailing list.conf manual page for more information. If you intend to request help from the dhcp-server@isc.org and have not yet read the README.0b2pl11 and previous versions. exiting.

this makes the correlation of system events on different systems much easier. It is good practice to have at least one server on your network be the local time server for all your other devices.html What is NTP? Network Time Protocol (NTP) is a protocol used to help synchronize your system clock with an accurate time source.linuxhomenetworking.com =========================================== You can keep accurate time under Linux by synchronizing your system clock with a Network Time Protocol (NTP) Server. . There are a number of "Stratum 1" (NTP sites using an atomic clock for timing) and "Stratum 2" (NTP sites with slightly less accurate time sources) sites that allow the general public to synchronize with them.245 Chapter 23 The NTP Server =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 23 The NTP Server What is NTP? Download and Install The NTP Package The /etc/ntp.eecis. A list of available servers may be found at: http://www. www.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.udel.conf File How To Get NTP Started Determining If NTP Is Synchronized Properly Configuring Cisco Devices To Use An NTP Server Firewalls and NTP © Peter Harrison.

0 notrust nomodify notrap .0 mask 255.0 is: ntp-4.1.1.1-1.gov • Then we restrict the type of access you allow these servers.255.255.246 www.rpm • Install the package using the following command: [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh ntp-4. restrict otherntp. Here is a sample of a home configuration using a pair of sample Internet based NTP servers: • First we specify the servers we’re interested in: server server otherntp.255. You can use them to practice with your new NTP server.conf File This is the main configuration file for Linux NTP in which you place the IP addresses of the stratum 1 and stratum 2 servers you want to use. Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard.org ntp.server.rpm The /etc/ntp.research.org restrict ntp. the chapter on RPMs covers how to do this in detail.255.research.255. In this example we’re not allowing them to modify or query our Linux NTP server.255 nomodify notrap noquery The mask statement 255. • The latest version of the RPM for RedHat 8.255 nomodify notrap noquery mask 255.gov # A stratum 1 server at server. If you need a refresher.1-1.255.com There are a number of freely available NTP client programs for Windows.gov mask 255.i386.168. • Now list the NTP clients on our home network which should be querying our server for the time (notice that the noquery has been removed): restrict 192. Download and Install The NTP Package Most RedHat Linux software products are available in the RPM format.server.255.linuxhomenetworking.255 is really a subnet mask limiting access to the single IP address of the remote NTP servers.org # A stratum 2 server at research.255.1.i386.

1 • Last.conf [root@bigboy tmp]# ntpdate otherntp.10 offset -0.research.d/ntpd start [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.0.10 offset 15.20.gov 24 Mar 18:16:36 ntpdate[10254]: step time server 200. you need to make sure the default restrict statement is removed.d/ntpd stop [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. you should get a response of plain old process ID numbers: [root@bigboy tmp]# pgrep ntpd .100.gov 24 Mar 18:16:43 ntpdate[10255]: adjust time server 200. comment it out like this: #restrict default ignore • Save the file • Do the following commands twice for each new server added to /etc/ntp.research.100. • We also want to make sure that localhost (The universal IP address used to refer to a Linux server itself) has full access without any restricting keywords: restrict 127.0.20.266188 sec [root@bigboy tmp]# ntpdate otherntp. It will override all other restrict statements and you’ll find your NTP server will only be communicating properly with itself.Chapter 23: The NTP Server 247 In this case the mask statement has been expanded to include all 255 possible IP addresses on our local network. If the line is there.d/ntpd restart Remember to restart the NTP process every time you make a change to the conf file for the changes to take effect on the running process • You can test whether the NTP process is running with the following command. but most importantly.000267 sec How To Get NTP Started • To get NTP configured to start at boot: [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 35 ntpd on • To start/stop/restart NTP after booting: [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.

ben.usno.206 19.GPS. ciscorouter> enable password: ********* ciscorouter# config t ciscorouter(config)# ntp update-calendar ciscorouter(config)# ntp server 192.979 0.000 4000.0.392 -mailer1. 1 u 426 1024 377 107. remote refid st t when poll reach delay offset jitter ============================================================================== LOCAL(0) LOCAL(0) 10 l 64 7 0.go ntp0.strath harris.000 0.589 28.681 -18.00 snvl-smtp1.000 0.edu 2 u 454 1024 347 54.com Determining If NTP Is Synchronized Properly • Use the following command to see the servers with which you are synchronized: [root@bigboy tmp]# ntpq -p Sample output: remote refid st t when poll reach delay offset jitter ============================================================================== -jj.642 *clock.aol-ca.edu ntp1.000 0.0.anl.net .externa 0.201.wisc.anl.mcs. A firewall blocking access to your Stratum 1 and 2 NTP servers Configuring Cisco Devices To Use An NTP Server Cisco IOS Here are the commands you would use to make your router synchronize with NTP servers with IP addresses 192.274 -5.000 0.00 nist1.cs.cs.mcs.wis ben.1.0. 2 u 972 1024 377 38.conf file not being commented out.umb.333 +taylor.000 4000.000 4000. An explanation of the commands used follows.008 ntp-cup.conectiv.025 1.navy.wisc.000 0.0.0.168.0 16 u 64 0 0.edu gandalf.go 2 u 818 1024 125 41.572 milo.549 1.trim 0.379 0.cc.534 ntp1.000 4000.028 -dr-zaius.0 16 u .047 -ntp0.via.100 .00 • A telltale sign that you haven’t got proper synchronization is when all the remote servers have jitters of 4000 with delay and reach values of zero.strat 3 u 507 1024 377 115.424 -3.edu 2 u 502 1024 357 55.0 16 u 64 0 0.wisc.tr 0.1.098 3.100 and 192.00 This could be caused by: o o The restrict default ignore statement in the /etc/ntp.0.264 1.018 2.0.168.linuxhomenetworking.cs.sigmaso 3 u 95 1024 377 31.1024 0 0.cs.127 3.0 16 u 64 0 0.000 0.248 www.psc.993 -15.168.0.cs.1.cis.c 0.

168. A sample Linux iptables firewall script snippet is in the Appendix.168.1. You'll have to allow UDP traffic on source/destination port 123 between your server and the Stratum 1/2 server with which you are synchronizing.168.100 ciscoswitch# exit o o o ntp server: Forms a server association with another system. An explanation of the commands used follows.1.201. CAT OS Here are the commands you would use to make your router synchronize with NTP servers with IP addresses 192. ciscoswitch> enable password: ********* ciscoswitch# set ntp client enable ciscoswitch# ntp server 192. set ntp client enable: Activate the NTP client Firewalls and NTP NTP servers communicate with one another using UDP with a destination port of 123.100 and 192.1.100 ciscoswitch# ntp server 192.Chapter 23: The NTP Server 249 ciscorouter(config)# ntp server 192.1. ntp update-calendar: Configures the system to update its hardware clock from the software clock at periodic intervals. the source port isn't a high port (ie. .168.201 ciscorouter(config)# exit ciscorouter# wr mem o o ntp server: Forms a server association with another system. Unlike most UDP protocols. greater than 1023).168.1. but 123 also.

250 www.linuxhomenetworking.com .

www.251 Chapter 24 Configuring Cisco PIX Firewalls =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 24 Configuring Cisco PIX Firewalls Network Address Translation (NAT) Accessing the PIX command line Sample PIX Configuration: DSL .DHCP How To Get Static IPs For DSL Cheaply Sample PIX configuration: DSL . This chapter covers how to configure it and in addition.com =========================================== Sometimes you may have a Cisco PIX 501 firewall protecting your DSL based home network. . there is a sample configuration in the appendix. specifically how to configure it. The introduction to networking page explains the concept in more detail in addition to other fundamental topics.Static IPs © Peter Harrison.linuxhomenetworking. We will return to the NAT discussion. later on this page. but first a very basic introduction on how to configure and use the PIX. Network Address Translation (NAT) Network address translation is a method used to help conserve the limited number of IP addresses available for internet purposes.

0. # wr term Building configuration.168. pixfw> enable Password: ******** pixfw# o Use the "write terminal" command to see the current configuration. Connected to pixfw.localdomain localhost 192.168. # 127.. . User Access Verification Password: Type help or '?' for a list of available commands. Here you list all the IP addresses of important devices that you may want to access with a corresponding nickname.1 localhost.0.1. Via Telnet o One easy way to get access to any device on your network is using the /etc/hosts file.1.. Once you’ve set up all your PIX with an IP address you’ll be able to access it via Telnet.linuxhomenetworking.. Here is a sample in which the PIX firewall "pixfw" has the IP address 192. There is no password in a fresh out of the box PIX and simply hitting the "Enter" key will be enough.com o Once connected to the network you can access the PIX via telnet [root@bigboy tmp]# telnet pixfw Trying 192. or various programs # that require network functionality will fail.168.1.1: # Do not remove the following line.1.1 pixfw 192.my-site.1.100 bigboy mail. you should get a similar prompt too.. Escape character is '^]'.com Accessing the PIX command line Via The Console Port Your Cisco PIX will come with a console cable that will allow you to configure your PIX using terminal emulation software such as Hyperterm.168.252 www. If you are directly connected to the console. You will want to change your "password" and "enable password" right after completing your initial configuration. o You'll be prompted for a password and will need another password to get into the privileged "enable" mode.

..2(2) nameif ethernet0 outside security0 nameif ethernet1 inside security100 enable password dsjf5sdfgsjrgjwk encrypted passwd sdffg8324dgrggjd encrypted hostname pixfw fixup protocol ftp 21 .DHCP Configuring PPPoE o DHCP and DSL require you to get a pppoe password and username from your ISP. authentication type to a profile. Cryptochecksum: 3af43873 d35d6f06 51f8c999 180c2342 [OK] pixfw# Sample PIX Configuration: DSL .. by issuing the "configure terminal" command from enable mode prompt.Chapter 24 : Configuring Cisco PIX Firewalls 253 : Saved : PIX Version 6. in this case "ISP". ... o ALL PIX configuration commands need to be done in configuration mode. password. The configuration steps are relatively straight forward. you can permanently save your changes by using the "write memory" command: pixfw# wr mem Building configuration. ask customer service for the URL. The VPDN group statements just assign a username. Most ISPs have a homepage where you can register to get the username and password.. pixfw# conf t pixfw(config)# "Enter commands here" pixfw(config)# exit pixfw# o One of the first things you should do is change the default paswords for the PIX. You should substitute this username and password for "dsl-username" and "dsl-password" below. pixfw# conf t pixfw(config)# enable password "enable password here" pixfw(config)# passwd "console password here" pixfw(config)# exit pixfw# o When you've finished configuring. (Remember to be in config mode) ip address outside pppoe setroute .

Due to competition they'll even throw in a DSL modem and even a router for free.255.DHCP has assigned an address of 97.1 255.168.255.2 or greater for this to work.255 How To Get Static IPs For DSL Cheaply Many ISP DSL providers offer cheap DHCP (dynamic IP) service.0. then you can reduce your installation costs by: • Ordering DHCP DSL first with the free modem and/or router • Upgrade to static IPs a week later.255. .1.12. This service frequently isn't available for users with static IPs which the ISPs frequently feel are businesses.168.1.1 You must be using PIX IOS version 6.0 0.158.100 www netmask 255. They probably won't ask about the modem and/or router. As the PIX will be acting as your default gateway to the internet.0 0 0 Dynamic DNS Port Forwarding Entries Here we allow all incoming www traffic (on TCP port 80) destined for the firewall's interface to be forwarded to the web server at 192.com ip address inside 192.168.linuxhomenetworking. the IP address of the PIX is 192.outside) tcp interface www 192.0.1.0.255.253.12 then the traffic passing through the firewall. you may be able to hit your website using PCs behind your firewall using the firewall's outside interface's IP address as the destination.168. eg: http://firewall-outside-ip-address access-list inbound permit icmp any any access-list inbound permit tcp any any eq www access-group inbound in interface outside static (inside. you will have to set the default gateway on all your servers to be 192. Once configured.100 on port 80 (www). If DSL . and it becomes bundled in free.1.168. will appear to be coming from address 97.0 vpdn group ISP request dialout pppoe vpdn group ISP localname dsl-username vpdn group ISP ppp authentication pap vpdn username dsl-username password dsl-password In this example.1. global (outside) 1 interface nat (inside) 1 0.1.0.253. If you really want static IP addresses and are willing to pay the higher monthly fee.158.254 www. NAT Configuration Here we allow any traffic coming in on the inside (private/protected) interface to be NAT-ted to the IP address of the outside (Public/unprotected) interface of the firewall. from your protected PCs.

248 ip address inside 192.1.1.253.158.1 Outgoing Connections NAT Configuration Here we allow connections originating coming from servers connected to the inside (private/protected) interface with an IP address in the range 192.1. Only www and DNS (Port 53) traffic is allowed to access it via an access control list applied to the outside interface.158.26 eq www access-list inbound permit tcp any host 97. the default gateway is 97.Chapter 24 : Configuring Cisco PIX Firewalls 255 Sample PIX configuration: DSL .30 If you are converting from dynamic to static IP addresses. access-list inbound permit tcp any host 97.0.158.255 to be NAT-ted to the IP address of the outside (Public/unprotected) interface of the firewall which is 97. You'll have to ask a friend t check it out. namely 97.253. the IP address of the PIX is 192.25.255.253.253.168.158.253.255.253.0 255.255.0.25 255.255. Once configured.0 97.1.30 In this example.255.253.100.168.158.0.24 with a mask of 255.168. In this example internet subnet that has been assigned is 97. The IP address selected for the PIX is 97.1 255.1.26.25 : global (outside) 1 interface nat (inside) 1 192.0 0.158.1.168.Static IPs PPOE authentication is only required for DSL DHCP.158.255 0 0 . you won't be able to hit your website from PCs behind your firewall using the public IP address assigned to your web server as the destination.255.26 192.253.168. you do not need the vpdn PIX command statements for static IPs ip address outside 97.0 0 0 Incoming Connections NAT Configuration Here we allow the firewall to handle traffic to a second IP address. As the PIX will be acting as your default gateway to the internet.168.158.255.168.158.168. you will have to set the default gateway on all your servers to be 192.253.0. Once you go for static IPs.outside) 97.253.255.26 eq 53 access-group inbound in interface outside static (inside. the vpdn statements won’t be required.253. we then allow all incoming traffic to be forwarded to the protected web server which has an IP address of 192.158.100 netmask 255.1.248 (/29).1.0 to 192.1.0 route outside 0.255.255.26 eq 53 access-list inbound permit udp any host 97.158.

com Here are some additional TCP ports you may be interested in: Protocol FTP SMTP Mail POP3 Mail HTTPS / SSL Port 20. 21 25 110 443 .linuxhomenetworking.256 www.

www.linuxhomenetworking. This page should be suitable for the following Cisco routers: With Built In DSL Modems • 800 series • 1700 / 2600 / 3600 series with the ADSL WIC installed With External DSL Modems • 1700 / 2600 / 3600 series . The examples in this chapter also show how to configure NAT so you can also have a home / SOHO based website.257 Chapter 25 Configuring Cisco DSL Routers =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 25 Configuring Cisco DSL Routers An Introduction to Network Address Translation (NAT) Introduction to accessing the router command line Sample Configurations Other NAT Topics © Peter Harrison.com =========================================== This is a simple guide on how to set up your Cisco DSL router for DHCP using PPPoE.

Introduction to accessing the router command line Via The Console Port Your Cisco router will come with a console cable that will allow you to configure your PIX using terminal emulation software such as Hyperterm. o You'll be prompted for a password and will need another password to get into the privileged "enable" mode.my-site. or various programs # that require network functionality will fail. # 127.1 ciscorouter 192. Connected to ciscorouter.1: # Do not remove the following line. Here is a sample in which the router "ciscorouter" has the IP address 192.1.1. There is no password in a fresh out of the box Cisco router and simply hitting the "Enter" key will be enough.linuxhomenetworking.com o Once connected to the network you can access the router via telnet [root@bigboy tmp]# telnet ciscorouter Trying 192.0.168. specifically how to configure it.168. but first a very basic introduction on how to configure and use Cisco DSL routers.1.168. Via Telnet o One easy way to get access to any device on your network is using the /etc/hosts file..localdomain localhost 192. you should get a similar prompt too. The introduction to networking page explains the concept in more detail in addition to other fundamental topics. Escape character is '^]'. later in this chapter. ciscorouter> enable Password: ******** .1.1 localhost. User Access Verification Password: Type help or '?' for a list of available commands. If you are directly connected to the console..168.1.100 bigboy mail. Once you’ve set up all your router with an IP address you’ll be able to access it via Telnet.0. We will return to the NAT discussion. Here you list all the IP addresses of important devices that you may want to access with a corresponding nickname.com An Introduction to Network Address Translation (NAT) Network address translation is a method used to help conserve the limited number of IP addresses available for internet purposes.258 www.

.... .Chapter 25: Configuring Cisco DSL Routers 259 ciscorouter# o Use the "show running" command to see the current configuration. ciscorouter# conf t ciscorouter(config)# "Enter commands here" ciscorouter(config)# exit ciscorouter# o One of the first things you should do is change the default paswords for the router.. You will want to change your "password" and "enable password" right after completing your initial configuration.... ciscorouter# conf t ciscorouter(config)# enable secret ciscorouter(config)# line con 0 ciscorouter(config-line)# password ciscorouter(config-line)# line vty ciscorouter(config-line)# password ciscorouter(config-line)# ^z ciscorouter# o "enable password here" "console password here" 0 4 "telnet password here" When you've finished configuring.1 no service pad service timestamps debug uptime service timestamps log datetime localtime service password-encryption ! hostname ciscorouter ! no logging console no logging monitor logging trap debugging . ciscorouter# show run Building configuration.. o ALL router configuration commands need to be done in configuration mode. Cryptochecksum: 3af43873 d35d6f06 51f8c999 180c2342 [OK] ciscorouter# .. you can permanently save your changes by using the "write memory" command: ciscorouter# wr mem Building configuration. ! version 12.. by issuing the "configure terminal" command from enable mode prompt.

1) uses NAT !--.this interface: !--. Here is a sample configuration for a Cisco home router. If this is so.can setup a session with the ISP ! vpdn-group pppoe request-dialin protocol pppoe !--.linuxhomenetworking.2) is the inside "private" interface ! interface FastEthernet0 ip address 192.260 www.255.1 255.Configure the router's PPPoE client so that it !--. Do the "show run" command before starting to configure your router to see what commands you'll really need.255.168. Some of the commands listed are part of Cisco's default settings.0 ip nat inside !--. Most ISPs have a homepage where you can register to get the username and password.The "ip nat" statement tells your router that !--. Remember to be in "config" mode to enter these commands and remember to do a "write memory" at the end to permanently save the configuration Cisco DSL Router With Built-in Modem Configuration (DHCP) ! vpdn enable no vpdn logging !--.value not necesarily "1/1" ! interface ATM0 o o o .IP address !--.1. Cisco IOS doesn’t support DHCP DSL and NAT.com Sample Configurations DSL Router With Built-In Modem .Configure the home / SOHO network interface's !--.Your ISP may provide you with a different pvc !--. You should substitute this username and password for PPP "username" and "password" listed below. ask customer service for the URL.Configure the DSL interface !--.DHCP o DHCP and DSL requires you to get a pppoe password and username from your ISP. then putting an Internet accessible web server on your home network would be impossible using the routers mentioned above in this configuration.

2) And whose IP address is in the 192.This is tied to the real ATM DSL interface with the !--"dialer pool" command.The "ip nat" statement tells your router that !--.1 point-to-point pvc 1/1 pppoe-client dial-pool-number 1 !--. The default ethernet MTU !--.Chapter 25: Configuring Cisco DSL Routers 261 no ip address no atm ilmi-keepalive bundle-enable dsl operating-mode auto hold-queue 224 in ! interface ATM0.2) is the outside "public" interface ! interface Dialer1 ip address negotiated ip mtu 1492 ip nat outside encapsulation ppp dialer pool 1 !--!--!--!--!--! ppp ppp ppp ! Here are the commands to configure authentication with with your ISP.this interface: !--.0 network as given in access list 1 .1.168.size has been reduced from 1500 to accommodate !--."dialer" interface !--.1) uses NAT !--.Cisco prefers to run the PPPoE client on a virtual !--. ! !--. This example uses the "CHAP" method.the PPPoE header overhead. Commands for using the "PAP" method are included at the end of this box authentication chap callin chap hostname <username> chap password <password> !--!--!--!--!--- Tells the router to NAT all traffic that passes through it: 1) From the inside to the outside.

0. Some of the commands listed are part of Cisco's default settings.0. This example also shows how to use NAT so you can have a web server / mail server / FTP server etc.Static IP o Here is a sample configuration for a Cisco home router with a built-in modem.0 0.0. Remember to be in "config" mode to enter these commands and remember to do a "write memory" at the end to permanently save the configuration Cisco DSL Router With Built-in Modem Configuration (Static IP) Current Configuration: ! version 12.3) Giving it an outside "public" address that is the !--same as interface Dialer1 gets from the PPPoE !--connection ! ip nat inside source list 1 interface Dialer1 overload ip classless ip route 0.0.1 0. Do the "show run" command before starting to configure your router to see what commands you'll really need.1 service timestamps debug uptime service timestamps log uptime ! hostname ciscorouter ! ip subnet-zero no ip domain-lookup ! bridge irb o o .linuxhomenetworking.262 www.0.0 dialer1 no ip http server ! access-list 1 permit 192.255 If your ISP tells you that you need to do the PAP. type of authentication then you'll have to replace the lines: ppp authentication chap callin ppp chap hostname <username> ppp chap password <password> with only these two: ppp authentication pap callin ppp pap sent-username <username> password <password> o DSL Router With Built-In Modem .0. in your home network.168. and not the CHAP.com !--.

1) From the inside to the outside."BVI" interface !--.25 255.255.users trying to reach 97.1) uses NAT !--.3) Must get an outside "public" address that is the !--.(The BVI number always matches the bridge-group number) !--.Tells the router to NAT all traffic that passes !--.1.1) uses NAT !--.same as interface BVI1 ! ip nat inside source list 1 interface BVI1 overload !--.1 255. !--.The "ip nat" statement tells your router that this !--.Chapter 25: Configuring Cisco DSL Routers 263 !--.2) is the inside "private" interface ! interface Ethernet0 ip address 192.2) is the outside "public" interface ! interface BVI1 ip address 97."bridge-group" command above.1.255.26 port 80 (www) will be . !--.168. With this statement.through it: !--.253.This statement performs the static address !--.248 ip nat outside !--.Cisco prefers to run the PPPoE client on a virtual !--.The "ip nat" statement tells your router that !--.2) And whose IP address is in the 192.158.255.255.interface: !--.0 ip nat inside ! interface ATM0 no ip address no atm ilmi-keepalive pvc 0/35 encapsulation aal5snap ! bundle-enable dsl operating-mode auto bridge-group 1 ! !--.253.translation for the Web server.this interface: !--.158.0 network !--as given in access list 1 !--.This is tied to the real ATM DSL interface with the !--.Configure the home / SOHO network interface's IP address !--.168. !--.

168.(www).Set your default gateway as provided by your ISP ! ip classless ip route 0.1.0.26 80 extendable !--.linuxhomenetworking.0 0.100 port 80 !--. Some of the commands listed are part of Cisco's default settings.1 service timestamps debug uptime service timestamps log uptime ! hostname ciscorouter ! ip subnet-zero no ip domain-lookup ! !--!--!--!--Configure the home / SOHO network interface's IP address The "ip nat" statement tells your router that this interface: 1) uses NAT o o .0.Static IP o Here is a sample configuration for a Cisco home router with an external modem. This example also shows how to use NAT so you can have a web server / mail server / FTP server etc.com !--.1.253.100 80 97.0.168.158.1.0.0 0.255 bridge 1 protocol ieee bridge 1 route ip ! end DSL Router With External Modem . Remember to be in "config" mode to enter these commands and remember to do a "write memory" at the end to permanently save the configuration Cisco Router Connected to DSL via External Modem Configuration (Static IP) Current Configuration: ! version 12. Do the "show run" command before starting to configure your router to see what commands you'll really need.264 www.automatically redirected to 192.253.168. in your home network.30 ! access-list 1 permit 192.0. !--! ip nat inside source static tcp 192.0.158. which in this case is the Web server.0 97.

255.Tells the router to NAT all traffic that passes !--.1.255.is the Web server.253.0 ip nat inside ! interface Ethernet1 ip address 97. !--! ip nat inside source static tcp 192.192.2) And whose IP address is in the 192.0.Chapter 25: Configuring Cisco DSL Routers 265 !--.This statement performs the static address translation !--.1) From the inside to the outside. !--.3) Must get an outside "public" address that is the !--same as interface ethernet1 ! ip nat inside source list 1 interface ethernet1 overload !--.through it: !--.0.1.1 255.158.168.1.0 0. users trying to reach 97.for the Web server. which in this case !--.100 80 97.158.168.25 255.2) is the inside "private" interface ! interface Ethernet0 ip address 192.100 port 80 (www).26 80 extendable !--.0.168.0 network !--as given in access list 1 !--.158.26 !--.0.248 ip nat outside !--.port 80 (www) will be automatically redirected to !--.1.Set your default gateway as provided by your ISP ! ip classless ip route 0.0 97.253.168.1.30 ! access-list 1 permit 192.255 ! end .168. !--.0.158.0 0.255.255.253.0.With this statement.253.

168.100 53 97.168.158.158.253.100 97.1.1.253. to be NAT-ted to 192.100 25 97.253.1. 21 25 110 443 53 Type TCP TCP TCP TCP UDP o So for example. the command for SMTP mail would be: ip nat inside source static tcp 192.26 25 extendable o DNS requires a UDP type NAT statement such as: ip nat inside source static udp 192.25 53 extendable o To have all traffic trying to reach 97.168.253.100. regardless of port.25 How To Verify That NAT Is Working Correctly You can use the show ip nat translation command to determine whether NAT is actually occurring as expected: .com Other NAT Topics Commonly Used TCP And UDP Ports Here are some additional TCP ports you may be interested in for NAT "ip nat inside source static" statements: Protocol FTP SMTP Mail POP3 Mail HTTPS / SSL DNS Port 20.158.266 www.linuxhomenetworking.168.158.26. then you can use the command: ip nat inside source static 192.1.

1.100 -> 97.253. o o o o As you can see.100. 80) [0] .217.. in this case..253.26 to 192.168.6 was communicating with the inside global address of 97. .253. The Inside global address is the IP address of the server presented to the Internet after NAT. The example below shows that translation occurs for port 80 traffic (HTTP / www) from address 97.Chapter 25: Configuring Cisco DSL Routers 267 ciscorouter> enable Password: ******** ciscorouter#show ip nat translation Pro Inside global Inside local global tcp 97.--67. The Outside global the IP address of the remote computer as presented on the Internet.158.26.26. . The Outside local the actual IP address of the remote computer on its local network..34. and more specifically that remote host 67. 5698) -> (97. .1.253.100:80 67.100:80 tcp 97.100 on the home network How To Troubleshoot NAT To troubleshoot NAT after you have logged into the router via Telnet requires you to first activate logging to the telnet terminal with the terminal monitor command and then using the debug ip nat detailed command to visualize the translation process.168.253.158.253.158.133. ciscorouter> enable Password: ******** ciscorouter#term mon ciscorouter#debug ip nat detailed IP NAT detailed debugging is on ciscorouter# 03:29:49: NAT: creating portlist proto 6 globaladdr 97.34.26:80 192.168.26 03:29:49: NAT: Allocated Port for 192.34.6:5698 Outside Cisco uses the following terms for the various IP addresses you’ll find in any NAT translation process.253.217.217.158.1.. NAT seems to be functioning properly for the web server 192.1.26: wanted 80 got 80 03:29:49: NAT: o: tcp (198.26:80 192.1.168..168.6:5698 ciscorouter# Outside local --.158.219..158.1.158. The Inside local address is the actual IP address of the local server on your home network.

268 www.com .linuxhomenetworking.

www. What follows is an introduction to VPN terminology Authentication The process of ensuring that the VPN data received is both unchanged and from the expected source.linuxhomenetworking.com =========================================== We briefly discuss some miscellaneous topics in this chapter that are beyond the scope of this book with the intention that you will be stimulated to consider utilizing some of the technologies discussed to improve your website and / or your SOHO network. VPN relationships are established between trusted sites on the Internet making the public network appear to be virtually the same as a private network to the VPN members. VPN Terminologies A Virtual Private Network (VPN) provides security for transmission of sensitive information over unprotected networks such as the Internet. .269 Appendix I Miscellaneous Topics =========================================== In This Chapter Appendix I Miscellaneous Topics VPN Terminologies Running Linux Without A Monitor Make Your Linux Box Emulate A VT100 Dumb Terminal Syslog Configuration and Cisco Devices Disk Partitioning Explained The OSI Networking Model TCP/IP Packet Format © Peter Harrison.

Here are some examples of what transport mode VPN IP packets will look like. encryption. Provides authentication and anti-replay services.270 www. Transport mode VPNs The original source and destination address of the data being sent over the VPN is unchanged. and anti-replay services. AH and an ESP are often used in combination with each other. (For more information on the IP protocol. Authentication Header (AH) One of two IPSec security protocols. without encryption. IPSec The name given to a number of data communications protocols designed to authenticate and encrypt VPN data to protect it from unauthorized viewing or modification as it is transmitted across a network. This is called Transport Adjacency. As ESP headers don't authenticate the outer IP header like AH headers. please refer to the OSI model page) Transport mode AH packet format Inserted Original Original DATA IP Header AH Header TCP Header Transport mode AH / ESP packet format Inserted Inserted Original Original DATA IP Header AH Header ESP Header TCP Header . Encapsulating Security Protocol (ESP) The other IPSec security protocol. Provides authentication. It does this by adding its own security header to the original IP packet.linuxhomenetworking. It does this by encrypting the data within the packet and then adding its own security header to the original IP packet.com Encryption The process of encoding VPN data to protect it from unauthorized viewing except by the intended recipient who has the decoder key.

Encryption methods IPSec usually uses one of two methods to encrypt data: o o The Data Encryption Standard (DES) using a 56-bit encryption key Triple DES using a 168-bit encryption key. Here are some examples of what tunnel mode VPN IP packets will look like. please refer to the OSI model page) Tunnel mode AH packet format New Inserted Original Original DATA IP Header AH Header IP Header TCP Header Tunnel mode AH / ESP packet format New Inserted Inserted Original Original DATA IP Header AH Header ESP Header IP Header TCP Header Authentication methods IPSec data integrity is usually provided by one of two Hashed Message Authentication Code (HMAC) methods: o o Message Digest 5 (MD5) Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA-1). The original packet is frequently encrypted. header and all in an effort to provide an additional layer of security by not revealing the true identities of the servers communicating with each other. and establishes IPSec keys. negotiates IPSec security associations. . Internet Key Exchange (IKE) IKE provides authentication of the IPSec peers. (For more information on the IP protocol.Appendix I : Miscellaneous Topics 271 Tunnel mode VPNs The original source and destination address of the data being sent over the VPN is changed by encapsulating the original IP packet within another IP packet.

the VPN peers authenticate by sending each other the certificate issued to them by the CA. but encrypted using their private key. As the message could be decrypted using the sender's public key means that the holder of the private key created the message.linuxhomenetworking. This is done using Certification Authorities. A successful exchange requires the receiver to have a copy of the sender's public key and knowing with a high degree of certainty that it really does belong to the sender. It will also contain a copy of the entity's public key. each VPN device must be pre-configured with the certificate generated for them by the CA. Prior to installing a certificate based VPN. and not to someone pretending to be the sender. Certificates are managed and issued by Certification authorities (CAs). company. Each peer then uses the pre-installed CA certificate they have to authenticate with the CA and securely receive the other peer's certificate from the CA using public key cryptography. Anything encrypted with one of the keys can only be decrypted with the other. making it difficult for large scale implementations. This allows you to create a signature when the message is encrypted with a sender's private key. The VPN devices will also be pre-configured with the CA's certificate. department. The receiver verifies the signature by decrypting the message with the sender's public key. authentication is complete. CA overview A digital certificate contains information that identifies a user or device. Once the the certificates received from the CA and the other peer match. such as a name.272 www.com IKE authentication methods There are two main methods of establishing a trusted relationship between two devices that want to create a VPN between themselves: Public key cryptography using RSA encryption RSA overview Each VPN device has its own public and private keys. Shared keys The devices at each end of the VPN use a shared key or password. The disadvantage is that each pair of VPN connections need set of keys. During the key exchange. A CA can either be a trusted public third party. there is no CA to provide an impartial audit trail of VPN connection initiations. Each peer then extracts the public key from the certificate they receive from the CA and then uses it to decrypt the certificate they just received from the other peer. serial number. or IP address. . or a "in-house" private server that you establish within your organization. Unlike the RSA method. such as VeriSign.

(SAs are permanent for when manually established) Shared keys The actual keyword used by the encryption and authentication to protect the data. Unusually. This must also be allowed to pass through unimpeded. In permanent VPNs.Appendix I : Miscellaneous Topics 273 IKE's role in creating Security Associations Once authentication is complete. IKE is then used by the VPN peers to negotiate the security associations (SAs) to be used at each end point. The VPN uses a separate channel through which the encrypted data passes. IKE and ISAKMP IKE uses special ISAKMP IP packets using "protocol 50" to establish an Security Association. This includes: • • • • • Packet encryption methods Packet authentication methods Transport versus tunnel mode AH and or ESP usage SA lifetime before it is renegotiated. SAs are comprised of two factors: Transforms Describes how the data will be transformed by the VPN to provide the desired security. you may have to open up these ports and protocols to the CA as well. This uses UDP packets using port 500. o VPN User Authentication Methods For Temporary Connections The above sections have been slanted towards a permanent connection between purpose built VPN devices. VPN Security And Firewalls o o All security devices in the path of a VPN connection will have to allow "protocol 50" between the two VPN devices to ensure that IKE works properly. Here are some authentication methods used in such . Frequently the device at the other end of the connection is a PC. the source and destination port is 500.

linuxhomenetworking. but also the PIN tied to the FOB plus the FOB's dynamic serial number which is synchronized with the authentication server at the other end of the VPN.274 www. Valid usernames and passwords are configured into the VPN device at the other end of the VPN ACE/SecurID Windows Domain Local user database . In order to login.com Types Of Dial Up VPN Authentication Method IKE-XAUTH secured RADIUS Description Usernames and passwords entered into the VPN remote login software are relayed by the VPN device at the remote end to a trusted RADIUS server. Remote home user authentication relies on the same username / password combination of the Windows Domain Controller that the user would normally use to login when they are at work. password in conjunction with a digital key FOB whose authentication serial number changes every few minutes for a login to occur. If the username / password combination is valid for remote login then the RADIUS server will authorize the VPN device to continue with the IKE interchange. the user not only has to enter the username & password. Software uses a username.

Unfortunately your BIOS may halt the system during the Power On Self Test (POST) if it doesn't detect a keyboard. the COM1 and COM2 ports are controlled by a program called "agetty". o o o Configuration Steps In RedHat Linux. This creates what is also known as a “headless” system.Appendix I : Miscellaneous Topics 275 Running Linux Without A Monitor You can reduce the cost of ownership of your Linux system by not using a VGA monitor. You will also need to make sure that you have activated your COM ports in your BIOS settings. Operating costs may not be important at home. A brief configuration guide for minicom follows the section below. but "agetty" usually isn't activated when you boot up unless its configuration file /etc/inittab is modified. If you're using a modem for connectivity.com at friends’ homes and felt badly about borrowing their monitors. I’ve included this section as I have occasionally hosted the website www. For non-modem connectivity (PC to PC) connect a NULL modem cable to the COM port you want to test. The most common occurrence is when the system is hung. • A modem connected to the COM port • Telnet to login to a terminal server that has one of its ports connected to the Linux box’s COM port Preparing To Go “Headless” o One of the advantages of this method is that you don't need a keyboard either. locking out network access. Port Linux "agetty" Device Name ttyS0 ttyS1 COM1 COM2 . access to the Linux box can be more cheaply provided via the COM port. then you'll need a FULL modem cable and testing will have to be done using a dial up connection. In other versions of Linux. Having access via the COM ports has also helped me in both the home and business situations. Here is a table that lists the physical ports to their equivalent Linux device names. One popular Linux equivalent to Hyperterm is “minicom”.linuxhomenetworking. connect the other end to the client PC running "Hyperterm" or whatever terminal emulation software you are using. and I need to get to it by using: • A notebook PC with a console cable connected to the COM port. but will be in a corporate environment with large numbers of Linux servers racked in data centers. In such cases. This feature can usually be found on the very first screen under the “Halt On” option. Make sure you disable this feature in the BIOS setup of your PC before proceeding. "agetty" may be called just plain "getty".

The "-L" means ignore modem control signals. To do this you'll have to edit the /etc/securetty file which contains the device names of tty lines on which root is allowed to login. Hit "enter" a couple times. for whatever reason.0 (Psyche) Kernel 2. when the system enters runlevels 2. Just add ttyS0 and ttyS1 to the list if you need this access.276 www. and celebrate when you see something like this: Red Hat Linux release 8.linuxhomenetworking. The next step is to restart the "init" process to re-read /etc/inittab [root@bigboy tmp]# init q Now you need to configure the terminal client such “as Hyperterm” to match the speed settings in /etc/inittab. these lines mean: o o o At boot time. user "root" will not be able to log in from a terminal. "agetty" must attach itself to devices ttyS0 and ttyS1 and emulate a VT102 terminal running at 19200 baud. 3 or 5.com The following lines added to /etc/inittab will configure your COM ports for terminal access: # Run COM1 and COM2 gettys in standard runlevels S0:235:respawn:/sbin/agetty -L 19200 ttyS0 vt102 S1:235:respawn:/sbin/agetty -L 19200 ttyS1 vt102 In summary. The respawn means that agetty will restart automatically if.4. . Connect the console / modem cable between the client and your Linux box.18-14 on an i586 bigboy login: Note: By default. this option should be omitted if you are connecting the port to a modem. it dies.

In the case below we disable agetty on COM1 by commenting out the ttyS0 agetty statements in the /etc/inittab file. You can make your Linux box emulate a dumb terminal quite easily. You therefore have to disable the agetty configuration for the port on which you wish to run minicom. Minicom will clash with your agetty configuration explained in the previous section. (This section will focus on the notebook scenario. COM1 will therefore be used for outbound minicom connections to other systems. It is simple to use mainly because it uses a text based GUI.Appendix I : Miscellaneous Topics 277 Make Your Linux Box Emulate A VT100 Dumb Terminal Dumb terminals can be loosely defined as devices that allow you to log in to your system via the COM port. not the use of using Linux to dial a modem. Other systems using minicom can use COM2 to access this system. In other words a “headless” system cannot be used to access another “headless” system using the “headless” COM port.) Configuration Steps The most commonly used Linux terminal emulation program is minicom. Edit /etc/inittab # Run COM1 and COM2 gettys in standard runlevels #S0:235:respawn:/sbin/agetty -L 19200 ttyS0 vt102 S1:235:respawn:/sbin/agetty -L 19200 ttyS1 vt102 Restart init [root@bigboy tmp]# init q o Run minicom in setup mode using the minicom –s command [root@bigboy tmp]# minicom –s o You will get the setup menu . We then need to restart the init process to reload the new /etc/inittab settings. Here are the steps you’ll need to go through to get it working. o o You will first need to go through all the relevant steps listed in the “Preparing to go Headless” section of this chapter to ensure you have the right type of cable and correct BIOS settings. There are a number of reasons to do this: • You run Linux on a notebook and you need to use it to access a hung “headless” Linux server via the COM port • You need to gain access to a modem connected to the COM port.

00. this time without the “-s” [root@bigboy tmp]# minicom o Hit enter and you should get a login prompt Welcome to minicom 2.linuxhomenetworking. Select the “Save setup as dfl” to make this your saved default setting and then “Exit from Minicom” Make sure the other system is correctly configured for headless operation. Device /dev/ttyS0 is COM1 and /dev/ttyS1 is COM2. 16:41:20. then Z. Make the speed match that of the remote “headless” system and make sure the correct serial COM device is chosen.Callout Program : | | E Bps/Par/Bits : 19200 8N1 | | F .Software Flow Control : No | | | | Change which setting? | ------------------------------------------o o o o Select the “Modem and dialing” option and make sure the “Init string” and “Reset string” settings are blank.Lockfile Location : /var/lock | | C Callin Program : | | D . Connect the cables between the systems Re-enter minicom. F-key Macros. The way to get around this is for user “root” to .. then X Non “root” users will get a “permission denied” message if they use minicom as the COM ports are not normally accessible to regular users.278 www. | | Exit | | Exit from Minicom | ---------------------------o Select the serial port setup menu item.0 OPTIONS: History Buffer. Search History Buffer. ------------------------------------------| A Serial Device : /dev/ttyS0 | | B . I18n Compiled on Jun 23 2002.com ------[configuration]------| Filenames and paths | | File transfer protocols | | Serial port setup | | Modem and dialing | | Screen and keyboard | | Save setup as dfl | | Save setup as. Also make sure that flow control is off.Hardware Flow Control : No | | G . Press CTRL-A Z for help on special keys bigboy login: o o To exit minicom you type CTRL-A.

Appendix I : Miscellaneous Topics 279 either give everyone read/write access using the chmod command below. Remember that minicom will reset the privileges to the COM port each time you change the configuration with “minicom –s” so you may find yourself having to run chmod from time to time. [root@bigboy tmp]# chmod o+rw /dev/ttyS0 . or add selected trusted users to your sudo configuration.

linuxhomenetworking. We won't change this facility either.SS (facility.168.1.280 www.100 which we set up in the previous section. Cisco Routers By default Cisco routers send syslog messages to their logging server with a default facility of local7. The value provided must be in the format FF.1. If you have a large data center.100 level all 5 server severity 6 Cisco Local Director Local Directors use the "syslog output" command to set their logging facility and severity.com Syslog Configuration and Cisco Devices Syslog reserves facilities "local0" through "local7" for log messages received from remote servers and network devices. then you may also want to switch off all logging to /var/log/messages as suggested above for the home/SOHO environment.1. switches. Routers. set set set set logging logging logging logging server enable server 192. The following examples will show how to have a different log file for each class of device.100 Catalyst CAT Switches running CATOS By default Cisco switches also send syslog messages to their logging server with a default facility of local7. but we can tell the router to timestamp the messages and make the messages have the source IP address of the loopback interface.168. therefore making routers and switches log to the same file.severity) using the numbering scheme below: . firewalls and load balancers each logging with a different facility can each have their own log files for easy troubleshooting.168. We won't set the facility in this case. In all the network device configuration examples below we are logging to the remote Linux logging server 192. service timestamps log datetime localtime no logging console no logging monitor logging 192.

168.100 .1.7 no syslog console syslog host 192.Appendix I : Miscellaneous Topics 281 Facility local 0 local 1 local 2 local 3 local 4 local 5 local 6 local 7 FF Value 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Severity System unusable Immediate action required Critical condition Error conditions Warning conditions Normal but significant conditions Informational messages Debugging messages SS Value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Here we using facility LOCAL4 and logging debugging messages and above. syslog output 20.

You specify the facility with an intuitive number using the "logging host" command and set the severity with the "logging subsystem" command.1.100 facility 6 set logging subsystem all info-6 logging commands enable .1. Facility Logging Facility Command Value 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 local 0 local 1 local 2 local 3 local 4 local 5 local 6 local 7 This configuration example assumes that the logging server is connected on the side of the "inside" protected interface. We're sending log messages to facility LOCAL3 with a severity level of 5 (Notification) set by the "logging trap" command.168. logging logging logging logging logging logging on standby timestamp trap notifications facility 19 host inside 192.linuxhomenetworking.168. This example shows the CSS11000 logging facility LOCAL 6 and severity level 6 (Informational) logging host 192.282 www.100 Cisco CSS11000 (Arrowpoints) This configuration for this is more straight forward.com Cisco PIX Filewalls PIX firewalls use the following numbering scheme to determine their logging facilities.

debug /var/log/cisco/ciscold # # All LOCAL6 messages (debug and above) go to the CSS file ciscocss # local6.debug /var/log/cisco/ciscoacl local7.debug /var/log/cisco/ciscocss # # All LOCAL7 messages (debug and above) go to the ciscoacl # This includes ACL logs which are logged at severity debug # local7.debug /var/log/cisco/ciscofw # # All LOCAL4 messages (debug and above) go to the Local Director file ciscold # local4.Appendix I : Miscellaneous Topics 283 The Sample Cisco syslog.debug ciscoacl # # LOCAL7 messages (notice and above) go to the ciscoinfo # This excludes ACL logs which are logged at severity debug # local7.notice /var/log/cisco/ciscoinfo local7.conf File # # All LOCAL3 messages (debug and above) go to the firewall file ciscofw # local3.notice ciscoinfo .

Linux partitions handle all files in the subdirectory of your choice. How Linux Links Filesystems And Partitions In Windows. What Is A Filesystem? Filesystems can be considered as being the directory structures on a disk partition that contains all the files. everything appears to be a single set of "folders" or directories. The directory allocation will be: Partition /var/log /var Directory Allocation All files in directory /var/log and all the subdirectories underneath /var/log All files in /var except the contents of directory /var/log and all the subdirectories underneath /var/log . each of which is treated as a separate disk by your operating system. In Linux. a disk with two partitions would most likely find itself with a "C:" drive and a "D:" drive each with a separate set of folders. for example. whereas Linux users would be familiar with the terms "directories" and "sub-directories".com Disk Partitioning Explained Here’s some interesting information on how Linux handles hard drives and their partitions. The choice of which subdirectories belong in which partition is made when you partition the hard drive. If you create a file system called "/var" and another called "/var/log".linuxhomenetworking. In other words.284 www. Partitions cannot be moved or resized without destroying the data on them. What Is A Partition? A partition is a means of dividing your hard disk into multiple sections. Most Windows users would be familiar with the analogous terms "folders" and "subfolders". the partitions hide underneath unseen to the regular user. Linux and Windows. This allows you to be able to boot different operating systems from the same disk.

you may look at the bottom of the table to see the settings I used for the 4GB hard disk I used to first run www. swap Used as a location to place data temporarily if RAM memory becomes full. but also the normal functioning of Linux.linuxhomenetworking. RedHat automatically creates this partition and usually makes it about twice the amount of system RAM. This is a generous guide. especially if you have more than 4GB. there is a high possibility that you will lose all your data.Appendix I : Miscellaneous Topics 285 What Partitions Are Mandatory? The mandatory partitions are: "/". Usually recovery requires reformatting the root file system and doing a Linux reinstall. Recommended Sizes For Disk Partitions Here are some allocation suggestions that may be useful. Most Linux systems then will then become multi-user systems by changing their runlevel and executing the associated startup scripts including those that will mount the remaining file systems. a corrupted root filesystem will make your system unbootable from the hard drive. Also Known As "root" The root filesystem ("/") contains the files necessary for the system to boot up in single user mode with the bare minimum of functionality. . In most cases. If all your files are located in a root filesystem that becomes corrupted. Redhat Linux creates this partition automatically.com The RedHat default partitioning scheme used during the Linux installation should be sufficient for most home / SOHO systems. not only for controlling the boot process. This reduces the need to reformat the "root" partition if it becomes corrupted. It is for this reason that you should consider placing similar files in dedicated partitions. /boot The /boot partition contains the Linux kernel which is the "master control program".

0+ GB 500+ 1.5+ GB 500 4. / Usually called "root" /boot Automatically determined by RedHat 50 (approx) Automatically determined by RedHat 50 (approx) 1.linuxhomenetworking.com Some Recommended Partition Sizes Partition Size Workstation / Home Web Server (MB) Swap 2X Physical Memory 100 Size Mail Server (MB) Purpose of the Partition 2X Physical Memory 100 Used as a location to place data temporarily if RAM memory becomes full Base system program files Configuration files Libraries Device drivers Assigned automatically by RedHat.0+ GB 250+ /usr /var /var/log /var/spool /var/spool/mail /tmp 2. Remember MP3s fill disks quickly. Contains the system kernel files. /home Variable Variable .0+ GB 750+ 500+ 750+ N/A 250+ Third party software Man pages (Help files) Error log files Print queues (Needed only if you plan to do printing) Mail queues Temporary files Multiply the expected number of users by the amount of disk space you want to assign per user.286 www.

you can ask users to delete unnecessary files such as downloaded software and MP3s If it is in the /var partition. These are the settings I used for the hard disk I used to first run this site. o . [root@bigboy root]# df -k Filesystem 1K-blocks /dev/hda3 505636 /dev/hda1 46636 /dev/hda5 505605 /dev/hda7 830104 /dev/hda2 4633108 /dev/hda6 256667 [root@bigboy root]# Used Available Use% Mounted on 90002 389529 19% / 9164 35064 21% /boot 87915 391586 19% /home 17632 770304 3% /tmp 1797504 2600252 41% /usr 169577 73838 70% /var What Can I Do When I Run Out Of Disk Space? o o If it is in the /home partition.Appendix I : Miscellaneous Topics 287 How Much Space Do I Have On My Partitions? You can use the "df" command. then you can consider deleting some of your log files in /var/log. You may want to also consider backing up files and then deleting them. See the logging page for a description of the log files and how you can use the "logrotate" command to help reduce their size.

For example. • Also allows you to select your own numbering scheme for the global network independent of the MAC address which in rare cases could also be duplicated. Correctly re-sequences data packets that arrive in the wrong order.linuxhomenetworking. In the home environment. email text entered into Outlook express being converted into SMTP mail formatted data. The Seven OSI Layers Layer Name Description Application 7 Applicati on Presentat ion • The user interface to the application Telnet FTP Sendmail 6 • Converts data from one presentation format to another. UDP. each building on the lower ones to provide a complete connectivity solution. Each layer generally has "hooks" into the layer immediately above and below it so that the data can flow smoothly through the sub-applications designed to handle each layer. • Also provides the option of having multiple addresses of the same networking protocol being assigned to the same MAC address.288 www. Ensures that unacknowledged data is retransmitted. IP and ARP can be found in the Introduction to Networking chapter.com The OSI Networking Model The Open System Interconnection (OSI) protocol suite acts as a framework for designing network based applications. • Error control and timing of bits speeding down the wire between two directly connected devices. • Handles the routing of data between links that are not physically connected together. Detailed descriptions of TCP. • Used as a means of not tying the address of the server to its MAC address. • Defines the electrical and physical characteristics of the network cabling and interfacing hardware TCP UDP 5 Session 4 Transport 3 Network IP ARP 2 Link Ethernet ARP 1 Physical Ethernet . data is frequently sent using the MAC addresses of the NIC cards of the communicating devices. • Manages the establishment and tearing down of a connection. • Manages continuing requests and responses between the applications at both ends over the various established connections. It consists of layers of sub-applications. Your network address can stay the same if the NIC is replaced.

When the value reaches zero. is the current version used by most devices on the Internet. IP Header TCP/UDP Header DATA Contents Of The IP Header Field IP Version Description The version of IP being used.Appendix I : Miscellaneous Topics 289 TCP/IP Packet Format The TCP/IP packet contains an IP header followed by a TCP or UDP header followed by the TCP/UDP data. Version 4. Defines the type of protocol header to expect at the end of this header. Version 6. For example. The TTL decrement feature is used by routers as an additional precaution to prevent the packet from mistakenly being routed around the Internet in an infinite loop due to a routing error. If this packet is part of a fragmented datagram. Total length of the IP header Total length of the IP packet IHL Total Length DF Bit Indicator to tell whether the data in the packet may be fragmented into smaller packets due to limitations of the communications line Indicator to tell whether this data in this packet is the last one of a stream of fragments. is a newer format which allows for a much more vast range of addresses. This value is decremented by each router through which the packet has passes. Time to live. then this specifies where in the complete datagram the data in this packet should be inserted. The server sending the data usually sets the TTL to a value high enough to reach it's destination without being discarded. MF Bit Fragment Offset TTL Protocol Header checksum Source Address Destination Address Indicates the IP address of the server sending the data Indicates the IP address of the server intended to receive the data . Internet Header Length. the packet is discarded by the router. 6 = TCP. 17 = UDP Used to ensure that the header contents are error free.

In the connection-establishment phase. Specifies the size of the sender's receive window (that is. and the FIN bit used for connection termination. Carries a variety of control information.linuxhomenetworking. .com Contents Of The TCP Header Field Source and Destination Port Sequence Number Description Identifies points at which upper-layer source and destination processes receive TCP services. Contains the sequence number of the next byte of data the sender of the packet expects to receive. Usually specifies the number assigned to the first byte of data in the current message. Specifies the length of the UDP header and data Used to ensure that the header contents are error free. this field also can be used to identify an initial sequence number to be used in an upcoming transmission. the buffer space available for incoming data) Used to ensure that the header contents are error free.290 www. Contains upper-layer information Acknowledgment Number Data Offset Flags Window Checksum Data Contents Of The UDP Header Field Source and Destination Port Length Checksum Description Identifies points at which upper-layer source and destination processes receive TCP services. Length of the TCP header. including the SYN and ACK bits used for connection establishment.

Appendix I : Miscellaneous Topics 291 .

com .linuxhomenetworking.292 www.

.......................................................................................................................................293 Appendix II Codes....................... Scripts and Configurations =========================================== In This Chapter Appendix II................329 Cisco PIX Firewall ............................................320 Sendmail Sample /etc/mail/access File .....................................326 ICMP Codes......................com ..............................................................................DHCP DSL Configuration..................................................................................linuxhomenetworking........mc File ..........................................................................................................................................................................Static DSL Configuration..................................................305 DNS Zone File For my-site..294 Apache File Permissions Script ..............................296 Sendmail SPAM Filter Script ...........................................................................................................................................com =========================================== Here we have samples of all the scripts used in the previous chapters.................................322 Sendmail Sample /etc/aliases File .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................330 © Peter Harrison............................................... ................................................................................................320 Reverse Zone File For A Home Network Using NAT ..........................................................................................................................................................................322 Sendmail Sample /etc/mail/local-host-names File ............................. 293 Codes.............................com ........................303 IPtables FTP Server ............... Scripts and Configurations .............................................................................................327 Cisco PIX Firewall ..........323 Sendmail Sample /etc/mail/sendmail..............319 Forward Zone File For A Home Network Using NAT ....................................................................................................................................................304 IPtables NTP Server..............................................................297 IPtables FTP Client....................... 293 Subnet Calculator Script ..................... www........................................................................................................319 DNS Zone File For my-other-site.........305 IPtables Complex script ..........................................................................................................................................................................324 Sendmail Sample /etc/mail/virtusertable File........................................................................................................................

128" fi .255.192" fi if [ "$netmask" = "/25" ]. then netmask="255. then netmask="255.255.255.com # # # Get the IP address.248" fi if [ "$netmask" = "/28" ].255. then netmask="255.255.252" fi if [ "$netmask" = "/29" ].linuxhomenetworking.294 www.sh IP-address subnet-mask # # (c) SiliconValleyCCIE.com Subnet Calculator Script #/bin/bash # # subnet-calc.255.224" fi if [ "$netmask" = "/26" ].255.255. the subnet mask and broadcast address of # the external interface # IPADDR=$1 netmask=$2 # # Convert "/" notation to dotted decimal # if [ "$natmask" = "/30" ].255. then netmask="255.255” or in # the range /24 to /30 # # Usage: # # subnet-calc.255.sh . then netmask="255.255.255.240" fi if [ "$netmask" = "/27" ].Calculates subnets given an IP address and subnet mask # The subnet mask must begin with “255.255. then netmask="255.

$IPADDR_octet_3. Scripts and Configurations 295 if [ "$netmask" = "/24" ].$[$subnet _base-1+$subnet_size] echo echo echo echo echo echo echo echo "IP Address : "$IPADDR "Network Base Address : "$SUBNET_BASE "Broadcast Address : "$SUBNET_BROADCAST "Subnet Mask "Subnet Size : "$netmask : "$subnet_size IP Addresses ./ 's/\./ 's/\./ 's/\.$IPADDR_octet_3. then netmask="255.$subnet_base SUBNET_BROADCAST=$IPADDR_octet_1.Appendix II : Codes.$IPADDR_octet_2.255.//g'`" # # Get first three octets of the IP address # IPADDR_octet_1="`echo IPADDR_octet_2="`echo IPADDR_octet_3="`echo IPADDR_octet_4="`echo $IPADDR $IPADDR $IPADDR $IPADDR | | | | sed sed sed sed -e -e -e -e 's/\.255./ /g' /g' /g' /g' | | | | awk awk awk awk '{print '{print '{print '{print $1}'`" $2}'`" $3}'`" $4}'`" # # Get the size of the subnet # subnet_size=$[256-$netmask_octet_4] # # Get the last octet of the network address # if [ "$netmask_octet_4" = "0" ].$IPADDR_octet_2. then subnet_base="0" else subnet_base=$[$IPADDR_octet_4/$subnet_size] subnet_base=$[$subnet_base*$subnet_size] fi SUBNET_BASE=$IPADDR_octet_1.0" fi # # Get the last octet of the subnet mask # netmask_octet_4="`echo $netmask | sed -e 's/255.

linuxhomenetworking.. [root@bigboy tmp]# ../fix-www-perms. The script will print out a list of all the files it’s modified to the screen.htm /home/www/webpages/file2. [root@bigboy tmp] Here’s how it’s done: #!/bin/sh # # fix-www-perms.Recursively fixes file permissions in a www directory # so that Apache may serve the pages correctly # # (c) SiliconValleyCCIE.com # for i in `find $1` do if [ -d $i ] . .sh .296 www...htm ... then chmod 755 $i echo $i else chmod 644 $i echo $i fi done . .sh /home/www/webpages/ /home/www/webpages/ /home/www/webpages/file1.com Apache File Permissions Script The first argument of the script is the target directory and must have a trailing "/".

org to download and install a variety of PERL modules beforehand. File mail-filter.pl • Create a . “BCC:” emails are therefore denied. o o o Click on the CPAN home page's "modules” link Click the "All Modules" listing and download and install the MailTools.cpan.Appendix II : Codes. Here is a sample I’ve used at home for some time.pl • Go to directory /etc/smrsh and create a logical link to the mail-filter. If you receive emails as part of mailing lists. The script will match on a partial address too. • Mail-filter. then it denies everything else. • Place mail-filter. [root@bigboy mailuser]# cd /etc/smrsh [root@bigboy smrsh]# ln –s /home/mailuser/ mail-filter. You do not have to have an “@” sign in the configuration files’ entries. put the name of the mailing list in your “accept” file. • The first column has either the word “subject:” or “address:” and the second column has either a subject string (inclusive of spaces) or a single address entry.pl in your $HOME directory (default login directory) • Use the “chmod” command to make it executable [root@bigboy mailuser]# chmod 700 mail-filter. • The script will reject emails in which your email address doesn’t appear in the “TO:”. Each file has two columns.forward file in your home directory with the following text: .pl will log all accepted and denied emails in a file called mail-filter. it then reads the accept file and accepts any matching emails. • The script will match addresses in both the TO: and FROM: of the received email. Here is a summary of its operation: • This script is called mail-filter.pl file there.accept lists all the mail to accept and file mailfilter. Here’s how to install the script: • The script runs using the PERL scripting language which is installed by default on RedHat. Scripts and Configurations 297 Sendmail SPAM Filter Script One of the good things about having a Linux box at home is that you can create your own customized SPAM filter. The CPAN modules page also has a link on how to install the modules.reject lists all the mail to reject. • The script is very tolerant of email addresses. MIME-tools & Mail-Audit modules in that order. Look at this file from time to time as you may find yourself rejecting too much traffic which will require you to modify the configuration files. • You will have to go to www.pl • It uses two configuration files. IO-Stringy. • The script reads the “reject” file and rejects any matching emails.log. “FROM:” or “CC:”.

pl # use Mail::Audit.298 www.pl • You should then be ready to go! The mail-filter.accept File address: my-address@mysite. # # Spam filter variables # .cpan.1/Audit.html # # Need to install the following modules: # # MailTools.html # # PERL modules needed from http://www.com address: cnn subject: Alumni Association The mail-filter.linuxhomenetworking.index. IO-Stringy. MIME-tools & Mail-Audit in this order # # Need to have: # # a logical link to this file in /etc/smrsh # .reject File address: spammer@spammer.com subject: porn The mail-filter Script #!/usr/bin/perl # # # Mail-filter .org/writings/mail-audit.LinuxHomeNetworking.pm # http://simon-cozens.com # # Reference pages # # http://search.cpan.PERL Script # # by Peter Harrison © www.forward file with the following line in it # #/bin/bash # | ~/mail-filter.org/modules/01modules.com #!/bin/bash | ~/mail-filter.org/author/SIMON/Mail-Audit-2.

$ITEM->subject(). $FILEPATH . #################### Don't edit below here ################### $ITEM $FROM $TO $CC $SUBJECT $DATE $INBOX_LOG $ACCEPT_FILE $REJECT_FILE = = = = = = = = Mail::Audit->new. &Mail_Filter. my ($value. "mail-filter. (). $CC. $ITEM->to(). "mail-filter. "$REJECT_FILE"). (). # # Get the bad subjects / address # if ($type =~ /subject/i){ $badsubjects{$value} = "$type". } if ($type =~ /address/i){ $badaddresses{$value} = "$type".accept". exit. study $SUBJECT. sub Mail_Filter { my my my my %badsubjects %badaddresses %goodsubjects %goodaddresses = = = = (). . $SUBJECT). study $TO. $ITEM->from(). Scripts and Configurations 299 $FILEPATH = "/home/mailuser/". $TO. (). "mail-filter. "". chomp($FROM. chomp($DATE = `date '+ %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S'`). study $FROM. } } close (REJECT_FILE).Appendix II : Codes. # # Read in the configuration files # open (REJECT_FILE.log". $ITEM->cc(). while(<REJECT_FILE>){ my $record = $_. = $FILEPATH . study $CC.reject". $type) = &Strip_Record($record). $FILEPATH .

my ($value. } if ($type =~ /address/i){ $goodaddresses{$value} = "$type". "$ACCEPT_FILE"). # # Reject by subject # foreach my $criteria (keys %badsubjects) { next unless $SUBJECT =~ /$criteria/i. } # # Reject email to/from these addresses # foreach my $criteria (keys %badaddresses) { next unless ($TO =~ /$criteria/i) or ($CC =~ /$criteria/i) or ($FROM =~ /$criteria/i). while(<ACCEPT_FILE>){ my $record = $_.com open (ACCEPT_FILE. &Reject_Mail("yes"). # # Get the good subjects / address # if ($type =~ /subject/i){ $goodsubjects{$value} = "$type". } } close (ACCEPT_FILE).linuxhomenetworking. } # # Accept some subject lines # for my $criteria (keys %goodsubjects) { next unless $SUBJECT =~ /$criteria/i.300 www. &Reject_Mail("yes"). &Reject_Mail("no"). $type) = &Strip_Record($record). } # # Accept emails to/from these addresses # for my $criteria (keys %goodaddresses) { .

$fields[1] =~ s/^\s*(. Scripts and Configurations 301 next unless ($TO =~ /$criteria/i) or ($CC =~ /$criteria/i) or ($FROM =~ /$criteria/i). # # Log message receipt to file # if ($ok =~ /yes/i){ print LOG "REJECT $DATE To: $TO From: $FROM Subject: $SUBJECT\n".Appendix II : Codes.$record). ">> $INBOX_LOG"). } # # Reject everything else # &Reject_Mail("yes"). } else{ return ($fields[1]. "address"). return ($person . } sub Strip_Record{ my $record = shift(@_). } elsif ($fields[0] =~ /address/i){ if ($fields[1] =~ /\@/){ my ($person.*?)\s*$/$1/. } } } sub Reject_Mail { my $ok = shift(@_). } ."\@" . $domain) = split(/\@/. # # Return the subjects / addresses # if ($fields[0] =~ /subject/i){ return ($fields[1]. $fields[1]). my @fields = split(/\:/. &Reject_Mail("no"). $ITEM->reject. open (LOG. # # Split out the fields in the record and strip out #leading/trailing white space # chomp $record. "subject"). $domain. "address").

com else{ print LOG "ACCEPT $DATE To: $TO From: $FROM Subject: $SUBJECT\n". $ITEM->accept. exit. } close(LOG).302 www.linuxhomenetworking. } .

Interface eth0 is the internet interface # .RELATED -j ACCEPT #--------------------------------------------------------------# FTP connections from your Linux server # Passive FTP data connection established from your Linux server #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A -m state iptables -A -m state OUTPUT -o eth0 -p tcp --dport 1024:65535 --sport 1024:65535 \ --state NEW -j ACCEPT INPUT -i eth0 -p tcp --sport 1024:65535 --dport 1024:65535 \ --state ESTABLISHED.Interface eth1 is the private network interface modprobe ip_conntrack_ftp #--------------------------------------------------------------# FTP connections from your Linux server # Outbound FTP requests on control connection (port 21) #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A -m state iptables -A -m state OUTPUT-o eth0 -p tcp --sport 1024:65535 --dport 21 \ --state NEW -j ACCEPT INPUT -i eth0 -p tcp --sport 21 --dport 1024:65535 \ --state ESTABLISHED.RELATED -j ACCEPT #=============================================================== #=============================================================== # Select one of the following two #=============================================================== #=============================================================== #--------------------------------------------------------------# FTP connections from your Linux server # Active FTP data connection established back from remote server #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A -m state iptables -A -m state INPUT -i eth0 -p tcp --sport 20 --dport 1024:65535 \ --state NEW -j ACCEPT OUTPUT -o eth0 -p tcp --dport 20 --sport 1024:65535 \ --state ESTABLISHED.Appendix II : Codes.RELATED -j ACCEPT . Scripts and Configurations 303 IPtables FTP Client # .

com IPtables FTP Server # .Interface eth1 is the private network interface modprobe ip_conntrack_ftp #--------------------------------------------------------------# FTP connections to your Linux server # Inbound FTP requests on control connection (port 21) #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A -m state iptables -A -m state INPUT -i eth0 -p tcp --dport 21 --sport 1024:65535 \ --state NEW -j ACCEPT OUTPUT-o eth0 -p tcp --dport 1024:65535 --sport 21 \ --state ESTABLISHED.RELATED -j ACCEPT #=============================================================== #=============================================================== # Select one of the following two #=============================================================== #=============================================================== #--------------------------------------------------------------# FTP connections to your Linux server # Active FTP data connection established back to client from # your server #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A -m state iptables -A -m state OUTPUT -o eth0 -p tcp --sport 20 --dport 1024:65535 \ --state NEW -j ACCEPT INPUT -i eth0 -p tcp --dport 20 --sport 1024:65535 \ --state ESTABLISHED.RELATED -j ACCEPT .linuxhomenetworking.RELATED -j ACCEPT #--------------------------------------------------------------# FTP connections to your Linux server # Passive FTP data connection established to your Linux server # from remote client #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A -m state iptables -A -m state INPUT -i eth0 -p tcp --sport 1024:65535 --dport 1024:65535 \ --state NEW -j ACCEPT OUTPUT -o eth0 -p tcp --dport 1024:65535 --sport 1024:65535 \ --state ESTABLISHED.Interface eth0 is the internet interface # .304 www.

158.1.0/24" firewall with pings WEBSERVER="192.158.Interface eth1 is the private network interface iptables -A OUTPUT -o eth0 -p udp -m multiport --ports 123 \ -j ACCEPT iptables -A INPUT -i eth0 -p udp -m multiport --ports 123 \ -j ACCEPT IPtables Complex script #!/bin/bash # # DNS.253. mail.168.Appendix II : Codes.255" address NOC_SUBNET="180.168.168.25" EXTERNAL_SUBNET_BASE="97.253.7.158.101" forwarding and masquerading INTERNAL_NET="192.1.Interface eth0 is the internet interface # . and web servers running on a firewall used as \ # the Internet NAT gateway for a home network # modprobe ip_conntrack_ftp modprobe iptable_nat #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#= # # The variables in this section are site specific and should be # changed to match your network # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#= EXTERNAL_INT="eth1" INTERNAL_INT="eth0" private network EXTERNAL_IP="97.0" address EXTERNAL_SUBNET_BROADCAST="97.0/24" address space # Internet-connected interface # Interface connected to the # your IP address # ISP network segment base # network segment broadcast # NOC subnet that monitors the # Test webserver for port # Protected internal network . Scripts and Configurations 305 IPtables NTP Server # .253.

306 www.0/8" RESERVED_IP_192_SPACE="192.81.0.0/4" RESERVED_IP_FUTURE="240.linuxhomenetworking.0.0/8" networks RESERVED_IP_MULTICAST="224.0.168.0/16" RESERVED_IP_172_SPACE="172.0/5" use HIGH_PORTS="1024:65535" clients using servers # reserved loopback address range # class C private networks # RFC1918 172 space B private # RFC1918 10 space private # Multicast addresses # IP addresses reserved for future # High TCP/UDP ports used by #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#= # # Define the names of the user defined chains we'll be using # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#= ADDITIONAL_CHAINS="INPUT-external OUTPUT-icmp-external local-tcp-client local-ntp-client valid-tcp-flags valid-source-address LOG-and-drop" OUTPUT-external \ INPUT-icmp-external \ remote-tcp-client \ remote-ntp-server \ established-connection \ valid-destination-address \ #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#= # # Prepare Chains .113" server # address of a remote time # address of a remote time # address of a remote time #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#= # # The variables below should not normally be changed as they # are not site specific # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#= LOOPBACK="127.0.0.6.127" server TIME_SERVER2="65.200.38.0.206" server TIME_SERVER3="207.0.Clear and recreate existing chains prior to # adding rules to the chains # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#= .0/12" networks RESERVED_IP_10_SPACE="10.0.0.16.203.com TIME_SERVER1="192.60.0.

Scripts and Configurations 307 #--------------------------------------------------------------# Delete all entries in the built-in tables.Appendix II : Codes. # We'll recreate them in the next step #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables iptables iptables iptables --delete-chain -t filter --delete-chain -t nat --delete-chain -t mangle --delete-chain #--------------------------------------------------------------# If a packet doesn't match one of the built in chains. do iptables -N $i . then # The policy should be to drop it #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables iptables iptables iptables iptables --policy INPUT DROP --policy OUTPUT DROP --policy FORWARD DROP -t nat --policy POSTROUTING ACCEPT -t nat --policy PREROUTING ACCEPT #--------------------------------------------------------------# The loopback interface should accept all traffic #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT -i lo -j ACCEPT iptables -A OUTPUT -o lo -j ACCEPT #--------------------------------------------------------------# Re-create our user-defined chains #--------------------------------------------------------------for i in $ADDITIONAL_CHAINS. #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables iptables iptables iptables --flush -t filter --flush -t nat --flush -t mangle --flush #--------------------------------------------------------------# Delete all the user defined chains.

initiated from local machine to # remote server #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A local-tcp-client -p tcp --dport $HIGH_PORTS \ --syn -m state --state NEW -j ACCEPT #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# # # TCP Rules .21.com done #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# # # TCP Rules .Port 113 # FTP control .linuxhomenetworking.308 www.Port 21 #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A local-tcp-client -p tcp \ -m multiport --dport 25.Port 22 # AUTH (ident) .22.Port 25 # SSH .Local machine initiating connections to a # remote server # # TCP responses from the remote server are handled # by the established-connection chain # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# iptables -A OUTPUT-external -p tcp --sport $HIGH_PORTS \ -j local-tcp-client #--------------------------------------------------------------# Local client rules for: # # SMTP .113 \ --syn -m state --state NEW -j ACCEPT #--------------------------------------------------------------# Passive FTP data.Remote machines initiating connections to # local server # # TCP responses from the local server are handled # by the established-connection chain # .

Source and Destination port the same (123) #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A OUTPUT-external -p udp -m multiport --ports 123 \ -j local-ntp-client iptables -A INPUT-external -p udp -m multiport --ports 123 \ -j remote-ntp-server iptables -A local-ntp-client -p udp -d $TIME_SERVER1 \ -j ACCEPT iptables -A local-ntp-client -p udp -d $TIME_SERVER2 \ -j ACCEPT iptables -A local-ntp-client -p udp -d $TIME_SERVER3 \ .Port 443 # SMTP .Port 25 # SSH .Appendix II : Codes.Port 110 # DNS .53.Port 21 #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A remote-tcp-client -p tcp -m state --state NEW \ -m multiport --dports 80.25.21. Scripts and Configurations 309 #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# iptables -A INPUT-external -p tcp --sport $HIGH_PORTS \ -j remote-tcp-client #--------------------------------------------------------------# Local server rules for: # # HTTP (www) .22.Port 80 # HTTPS .443.110 \ -j ACCEPT #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# # # UDP Rules # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #--------------------------------------------------------------# NTP time client .Port 22 # POP mail .Port 53 # AUTH (ident) .Port 113 # FTP control .

com -j ACCEPT iptables -A remote-ntp-server -p udp -s $TIME_SERVER1 \ -j ACCEPT iptables -A remote-ntp-server -p udp -s $TIME_SERVER2 \ -j ACCEPT iptables -A remote-ntp-server -p udp -s $TIME_SERVER3 \ -j ACCEPT #--------------------------------------------------------------# DNS server to DNS server queries via UDP #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A OUTPUT-external -p udp -m multiport --ports 53 \ -j ACCEPT iptables -A INPUT-external -p udp -m multiport --ports 53 \ -j ACCEPT #--------------------------------------------------------------# Remote DNS clients querying local DNS server via UDP #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT-external -p udp --sport $HIGH_PORTS --dport 53 \ -j ACCEPT iptables -A OUTPUT-external -p udp --sport 53 --dport $HIGH_PORTS \ -j ACCEPT #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# # # Port forwarding statements # # (FORWARD statements related to ESTABLISHED and RELATED traffic # is covered in the CORE Chains section) # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow port forwarding on port 8080 to port 80 on server $WEBSERVER #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -p tcp -i $EXTERNAL_INT -d $EXTERNAL_IP \ .310 www.linuxhomenetworking.

Start #=# #=# #=# #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# # # Install the User-defined Chains on the built-in # INPUT and OUTPUT chains # .Appendix II : Codes. # Connections on port 80 to the target machine on the private # network must be allowed. the packets are routed via the filter table's FORWARD chain. Scripts and Configurations 311 --dport 8080 --sport 1024:65535 -j DNAT --to $WEBSERVER:80 #--------------------------------------------------------------# After DNAT. #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A FORWARD -p tcp -i $EXTERNAL_INT -o $INTERNAL_INT -d $WEBSERVER \ --dport 80 --sport 1024:65535 -m state --state NEW -j ACCEPT #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# # # Rules in the section below should not normally be changed # for most firewalls. They include not responding to packets with # the following bad characteristics: # # 1) Incorrect TCP flags in the header # 2) Attempts to connect or respond to bogus IP addresses # 3) Attempts to connect or respond to applications not suitable # for use over the Internet # # All the user defined chains are also tied to the built in # INPUT and OUTPUT chains in this section # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #=# #=# #=# CORE Chains .

linuxhomenetworking.com #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #--------------------------------------------------------------# Check TCP packets for invalid state flag combinations #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT -p tcp -j valid-tcp-flags iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -j valid-tcp-flags #--------------------------------------------------------------# Verify valid source and destination addresses for all packets #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables iptables iptables iptables -A -A -A -A INPUT -p ! tcp -j valid-source-address INPUT -p tcp --syn -j valid-source-address INPUT -j valid-destination-address OUTPUT -j valid-destination-address #--------------------------------------------------------------# Already established connections should be allowed #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT -j established-connection iptables -A OUTPUT -j established-connection #--------------------------------------------------------------# Start the protocol specific rules #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT -i $EXTERNAL_INT -d $EXTERNAL_IP -j INPUT-external iptables -A OUTPUT -o $EXTERNAL_INT -s $EXTERNAL_IP -j OUTPUT-external #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow all bidirectional traffic from your firewall to the protected network #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT -j ACCEPT -p all -s $INTERNAL_NET -i $INTERNAL_INT iptables -A OUTPUT -j ACCEPT -p all -d $INTERNAL_NET -o $INTERNAL_INT #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow masquerading # Enable routing by modifying the ip_forward /proc filesystem file #--------------------------------------------------------------- .312 www.

Stop #=# #=# #=# #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# # # Check for incorrect TCP state flags # # # All state bits zeroed . Scripts and Configurations 313 iptables -A POSTROUTING -t nat -o $EXTERNAL_INT -s $INTERNAL_NET \ -d 0/0 -j MASQUERADE echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward #--------------------------------------------------------------# Prior to masquerading.RELATED -j ACCEPT iptables -A FORWARD -t filter -i $EXTERNAL_INT -m state \ --state ESTABLISHED. The default policy will also drop them #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT -j LOG-and-drop iptables -A OUTPUT -j LOG-and-drop #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #=# #=# #=# CORE Chains . the packets are routed via the filter # table's FORWARD chain. established and related connections # Allowed inbound : Established and related connections # # These statements handle both FORWARD-ing for both MASQUERADE # and port forwarding # #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A FORWARD -t filter -i $INTERNAL_INT -m state \ --state NEW.Appendix II : Codes.RELATED -j ACCEPT #--------------------------------------------------------------# Log all other packets.ESTABLISHED. # Allowed outbound: New.

PSH PSH -j LOG-and-drop ACK.linuxhomenetworking.FIN SYN.RST -j LOG-and- #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# # # Source and Destination Address Sanity Checks # # Drop packets from networks covered in RFC 1918 (private nets) # Drop packets from external interface IP # Drop directed broadcast packets # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# iptables iptables iptables iptables iptables iptables iptables iptables iptables iptables iptables -A -A -A -A -A -A -A -A -A -A -A valid-source-address valid-source-address valid-source-address valid-source-address valid-source-address valid-source-address valid-source-address valid-source-address valid-source-address valid-source-address valid-source-address -s -s -s -s -s -s -s -d -s -s -s $RESERVED_IP_10_SPACE -j DROP $RESERVED_IP_172_SPACE -j DROP $RESERVED_IP_192_SPACE -j DROP $RESERVED_IP_MULTICAST -j DROP $RESERVED_IP_FUTURE -j DROP $LOOPBACK -j DROP 0.RST FIN.FIN FIN -j LOG-and-drop ACK.0.2.0/16 -j DROP 192.0.com # FIN set ACK cleared # PSH set ACK cleared # URG set ACK cleared # SYN and FIN set # SYN and RST set # FIN and RST set # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# iptables iptables iptables iptables iptables drop iptables drop iptables drop -A -A -A -A -A valid-tcp-flags valid-tcp-flags valid-tcp-flags valid-tcp-flags valid-tcp-flags -p -p -p -p -p tcp tcp tcp tcp tcp --tcp-flags --tcp-flags --tcp-flags --tcp-flags --tcp-flags ALL NONE -j LOG-and-drop ACK.255.FIN -j LOG-and- -A valid-tcp-flags -p tcp --tcp-flags SYN.254.URG URG -j LOG-and-drop SYN.255 -j DROP 169.0/8 -j DROP 255.RST SYN.RST -j LOG-and-A valid-tcp-flags -p tcp --tcp-flags FIN.0.255.0/24 -j DROP $EXTERNAL_IP -j DROP iptables -A valid-destination-address -d $EXTERNAL_SUBNET_BASE -j DROP iptables -A valid-destination-address -d $EXTERNAL_SUBNET_BROADCAST -j DROP iptables -A valid-destination-address -d $RESERVED_IP_MULTICAST -j DROP .314 www.0.

Parameter problem # .Source quench # .Fragmentation needed # .Time exceeded # .Destination unreachable . Scripts and Configurations 315 #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# # # ICMP # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# iptables -A INPUT-external -p icmp -j INPUT-icmp-external iptables -A OUTPUT-external -p icmp -j OUTPUT-icmp-external #--------------------------------------------------------------# Drop fragmented ICMP packets #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT-icmp-external --fragment -j LOG-and-drop iptables -A OUTPUT-icmp-external --fragment -j LOG-and-drop #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow outbound pings #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A OUTPUT-icmp-external -p icmp --icmp-type echo-request \ -m state --state NEW -j ACCEPT iptables -A INPUT-icmp-external -p icmp --icmp-type echo-reply -j ACCEPT #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow inbound pings from the NOC #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT-icmp-external -p icmp -s $NOC_SUBNET \ --icmp-type echo-request -m state --state NEW \ -j ACCEPT iptables -A OUTPUT-icmp-external -p icmp --icmp-type echo-reply \ -d $NOC_SUBNET -j ACCEPT #--------------------------------------------------------------# Accept the following ICMP Messages # # .Appendix II : Codes.

linuxhomenetworking.RELATED -j ACCEPT iptables -A established-connection -m state --state INVALID \ -j LOG-and-drop #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# # # OS supplied protection # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #--------------------------------------------------------------- .com #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A unreachable iptables -A ACCEPT iptables -A ACCEPT iptables -A ACCEPT iptables -A ACCEPT iptables -A -j ACCEPT iptables -A ACCEPT INPUT-icmp-external -p icmp --icmp-type destination-j ACCEPT INPUT-icmp-external -p icmp --icmp-type parameter-problem -j INPUT-icmp-external -p icmp --icmp-type time-exceeded -j INPUT-icmp-external -p icmp --icmp-type source-quench -j OUTPUT-icmp-external -p icmp --icmp-type source-quench -j OUTPUT-icmp-external -p icmp --icmp-type fragmentation-needed OUTPUT-icmp-external -p icmp --icmp-type parameter-problem -j #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# # # Log and drop chain # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# iptables -A LOG-and-drop -j LOG --log-ip-options --log-tcp-options \ --log-level debug iptables -A LOG-and-drop -j DROP #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# # # Already ESTABLISHED connections accepted # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# iptables -A established-connection -m state \ --state ESTABLISHED.316 www.

Appendix II : Codes. not another. Helps to maintain state # Also protects against IP spoofing #--------------------------------------------------------------echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/rp_filter #--------------------------------------------------------------# Enable logging of packets with malformed IP addresses #--------------------------------------------------------------echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/log_martians #--------------------------------------------------------------# Disable redirects #--------------------------------------------------------------echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/send_redirects #--------------------------------------------------------------# Disable source routed packets #--------------------------------------------------------------echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/accept_source_route #--------------------------------------------------------------# Disable acceptance of ICMP redirects #--------------------------------------------------------------echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/accept_redirects #--------------------------------------------------------------# Turn on protection from Denial of Service (DOS) attacks #--------------------------------------------------------------echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_syncookies #--------------------------------------------------------------# Disable responding to ping broadcasts #--------------------------------------------------------------echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts . Respond to queries out # the same interface. Scripts and Configurations 317 # Disable routing triangulation.

318 www.com exit 0 .linuxhomenetworking.

The full zone file .com .my-othersite. Primary Mail Exchanger A A CNAME 127. NS www . todays date + todays serial # 3600 . seconds 3600 ) .com. Inet Address of name server .com.my-site. localhost www mail MX 10 mail . refresh. seconds 3600 . retry.com .my-other-site. .com.com. seconds . NS www .158. Scripts and Configurations 319 DNS Zone File For my-site. seconds 3600 . . minimum. refresh.com.com . todays date + todays serial # 3600 . Zone file for my-site. serial. minimum. $TTL 3D @ IN SOA www. $TTL 3D @ IN SOA www.1 97. seconds 3600 ) .my-site. retry. hostmaster. . seconds . ( 200211151 . expire.0.Appendix II : Codes.com . expire. . ( 200211152 .253. serial.0. seconds 3600 . Inet Address of name server my-site. seconds 3600 . The full zone file . . hostmaster.26 www DNS Zone File For my-other-site. . Zone file for my-other-site.

There is also an entry for one of the home PCs named smallfry which you can now additionally access as smallfry.my-site-internal.26 Forward Zone File For A Home Network Using NAT Here is an example for a zone file for my-site-internal. seconds 3600 .com my-other-site.1. Primary Mail Exchanger A A 127. .com.100 by one of two aliases depending on the role you wish it to play.1 www mail CNAME CNAME bigboy bigboy Reverse Zone File For A Home Network Using NAT . serial# 3600 . . .linuxhomenetworking. refresh.my-siteinternal. As server bigboy is also a mail and web server we have also added CNAMEs so that you can access 192. retry. expire.102 firewall A 192.253. .com.my-site-internal.my-site. . The full zone file .0.1 bigboy A 192.1.0.my-site-internal. seconds 3600 . $TTL 3D @ IN SOA www.com in which we can also access bigboy as bigboy. Inet Address of name server . seconds . Zone file for my-site-internal.com.1.com.0. minimum.0.com which maps to 192.com .my-site-internal. . . seconds 3600 ) .168.com. you could access it as mail.168.com and for web applications you could access it as www. ( 200211152 .com. localhost A 127. NS www .168.1. localhost www MX 10 mail.100.1 97.168.158.168.320 www.1. For mail. hostmaster.100 smallfry A 192.my-site-internal.

.com.my-site-internal. 100 102 1 PTR PTR PTR bigboy. Inet Address . smallfry. NS www . firewall.168. minimum.Appendix II : Codes. hostmaster. .my-site-internal.my-site-internal.X network using the same principles you used for a public network.com. Scripts and Configurations 321 You can also create a reverse zone file for the home network on the 192.com.com. seconds 1D ) .1. seconds . . ( 200210023 .my-site-internal.1. Zone file for 192. Now you’ll get correct responses for both forward and reverse lookups using the host or nslookup commands. refresh. retry.com.x . expire.168. $TTL 3D @ IN SOA www.my-site-internal. seconds 4W . serial number 8H . seconds 2H .

2 (Berkeley) 3/5/94 Aliases in this file will NOT be expanded in the header from Mail. mailer-daemon: postmaster postmaster: root # General redirections for pseudo accounts.localdomain RELAY localhost RELAY 127.. bin: root daemon: root adm: root lp: root sync: root shutdown: root halt: root . # # by default we allow relaying from localhost. (search for access_db in that file) # The /usr/share/doc/sendmail/README. localhost.0. >>>>>>>>>> >> NOTE >> >>>>>>>>>> The program "newaliases" must be run after this file is updated for any changes to show through to sendmail.linuxhomenetworking.cf is part of the sendmail-doc # package..168 RELAY Sendmail Sample /etc/aliases File # # # # # # # # # # @(#)aliases 8.these MUST be present.com Sendmail Sample /etc/mail/access File # Check the /usr/share/doc/sendmail/README.0.cf file for a description # of the format of this file. # Basic system aliases -. but WILL be visible over networks or from /bin/mail.322 www.1 RELAY # # Relay messages from the local subnet 192.

Appendix II : Codes. Scripts and Configurations 323 mail: news: uucp: operator: games: gopher: ftp: nobody: apache: named: xfs: gdm: mailnull: postgres: squid: rpcuser: root rpc: ingres: system: toor: manager: root dumper: abuse: newsadm: news newsadmin: usenet: ftpadm: ftpadmin: ftp-adm: ftp ftp-admin: root root root root root root root root root root root root root root root root root root root root root news news ftp ftp ftp # trap decode to catch security attacks decode: root # Person who should get root's mail root: t689ndtw@my-site.com mail. # my-site.my-site.com www.com Sendmail Sample /etc/mail/local-host-names File # local-host-names .include all aliases for your machine here.my-site.com .

`1m')dnl define(`confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST'.noexpn.my-other-site.novrfy.pem') .mc File divert(-1) dnl This is the sendmail macro config file. `/etc/mail/statistics')dnl define(`UUCP_MAILER_MAX'.restrictqrun')dnl define(`confAUTH_OPTIONS'.com # my-other-site. `2000000')dnl define(`confUSERDB_SPEC'. `/etc/aliases')dnl dnl define(`STATUS_FILE'.324 www.my-other-site.crt') dnl define(`confSERVER_CERT'.com Sendmail Sample /etc/mail/sendmail.`/usr/share/ssl/certs/sendmail.linuxhomenetworking.com www.m4') VERSIONID(`linux setup for Red Hat Linux')dnl OSTYPE(`linux') dnl dnl Uncomment and edit the following line if your mail needs to be sent out dnl through an external mail server: dnl dnl define(`SMART_HOST'.pem') dnl define(`confSERVER_KEY'.provider') define(`confDEF_USER_ID'.true)dnl define(`confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES'. dnl you need the sendmail-cf rpm installed and then have to generate a dnl new /etc/mail/sendmail.db')dnl define(`confPRIVACY_FLAGS'.cf by running the following command: dnl dnl m4 /etc/mail/sendmail.``8:12'')dnl undefine(`UUCP_RELAY')dnl undefine(`BITNET_RELAY')dnl dnl define(`confAUTO_REBUILD')dnl define(`confTO_CONNECT'.com ns.`/usr/share/ssl/certs') dnl define(`confCACERT'.mc > /etc/mail/sendmail.`smtp.my-other-site. `A')dnl dnl TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`EXTERNAL DIGEST-MD5 CRAM-MD5 LOGIN PLAIN')dnl dnl define(`confAUTH_MECHANISMS'. `authwarnings.`/usr/bin/procmail')dnl define(`ALIAS_FILE'.`/usr/share/ssl/certs/sendmail.com ns.com mail. `EXTERNAL GSSAPI DIGEST-MD5 CRAM-MD5 LOGIN PLAIN')dnl dnl define(`confCACERT_PATH'.cf dnl include(`/usr/share/sendmail-cf/m4/cf. `/etc/mail/userdb.`/usr/share/ssl/certs/ca-bundle.true)dnl define(`PROCMAIL_MAILER_PATH'.my-site.your. If you make changes to this file.

Comment this out if you want dnl to accept email over the network. Name=MTA') dnl NOTE: binding both IPv4 and IPv6 daemon to the same port requires dnl a kernel patch dnl DAEMON_OPTIONS(`port=smtp. dnl FEATURE(`accept_unresolvable_domains')dnl dnl FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX')dnl .db')dnl FEATURE(`blacklist_recipients')dnl dnl dnl dnl ***** Customised section 1 start ***** dnl dnl FEATURE(always_add_domain)dnl FEATURE(`masquerade_entire_domain')dnl FEATURE(`masquerade_envelope')dnl FEATURE(`allmasquerade')dnl FEATURE(delay_checks)dnl dnl FEATURE(genericstable. `0')dnl dnl FEATURE(delay_checks)dnl FEATURE(`no_default_msa'.g. Name=MTA-v6.1 dnl and not on any other network devices. `12')dnl dnl define(`confREFUSE_LA'.`hash -o /etc/mail/mailertable.db')dnl FEATURE(redirect)dnl FEATURE(always_add_domain)dnl FEATURE(use_cw_file)dnl FEATURE(use_ct_file)dnl dnl The '-t' option will retry delivery if e.1. the laptop and users on computers that do dnl not have 24x7 DNS do need this.Addr=127.Appendix II : Codes. Family=inet6') dnl We strongly recommend to comment this one out if you want to protect dnl yourself from spam.`hash -o /etc/mail/virtusertable.0.`procmail -t -Y -a $h -d $u')dnl FEATURE(`access_db'.0. Scripts and Configurations 325 dnl define(`confTO_QUEUEWARN'.`'. `4h')dnl dnl define(`confTO_QUEUERETURN'. dnl DAEMON_OPTIONS(`Port=smtp.0. `18')dnl define(`confTO_IDENT'. `hash -o /etc/mail/genericstable')dnl dnl GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE(`/etc/mail/genericstable')dnl dnl dnl dnl ***** Customised section 1 end ***** dnl dnl dnl EXPOSED_USER(`root')dnl dnl This changes sendmail to only listen on the loopback device 127. FEATURE(local_procmail.`/usr/sbin/smrsh')dnl FEATURE(`mailertable'.db')dnl FEATURE(`virtusertable'. `5d')dnl dnl define(`confQUEUE_LA'.`dnl')dnl FEATURE(`smrsh'.0. the user runs over his quota. However.`hash -T<TMPF> -o /etc/mail/access.Addr=::1.

`goaway')dnl .com.com t689ndtw@my-site.Changes login message define(`confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH'.com MAILER(smtp)dnl MAILER(procmail)dnl dnl Cwlocalhost.')dnl (for everyone else) MASQUERADE_AS(my-site.com paul@my-site.Limits command usage define(`confSMTP_LOGIN_MSG'.linuxhomenetworking.16384)dnl dnl MASQUERADE_AS(`my-site.localdomain dnl dnl dnl ***** Customised section 2 start ***** dnl dnl define(`confPRIVACY_FLAGS'. `$j server ready at $b')dnl .com)dnl (for local machine) dnl dnl dnl ***** Customised section 2 end ***** dnl dnl Sendmail Sample /etc/mail/virtusertable File @my-other-site.com.com @my-site.com paul@my-other-site.326 www.com error:nouser User unknown error:nouser User unknown paul paul paul .')dnl (for local machine) MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(`my-site.

Dynamically adds a host entry in original sender's route tables. ICMP sender (router) has been configured to block access to the desired destination network. . Precedence value defined in sender's original IP header is not allowed (for example. using Flash Override precedence). indicating this network may never have been an available. Dynamically adds a network entry in original sender's routing tables. However. Reply contains IP address of best router to destination. Redirect Codes Redirect Datagram for the Network ICMP sender (router) is not the best way to get to the (or subnet) desired network. Port Unreachable The sending device does not support the port number you are trying to reach Fragmentation Needed and Don't The router needs to fragment the packet to forward it across Fragment was Set a link that supports a smaller maximum transmission unit (MTU ) size. Redirect Datagram for the Host ICMP sender (router) is not the best way to get to the desired host. Perhaps the network is too far away through the known route. Scripts and Configurations 327 ICMP Codes Type 3 Description Destination Unreachable Codes Net Unreachable The sending device knows about the network but believes it is not available at this time. Host Unreachable The sending devices knows about host but doesn't get ARP reply.Appendix II : Codes. application set the Don't Fragment bit. ICMP sender is not available for communications at this time. Destination Network Unknown ICMP sender does not have a route entry for the destination network. indicating the host may never have been available on connected network. indicating the host is not available at this time Protocol Unreachable The protocol defined in IP header cannot be forwarded. Name ICMP sender (router) has been configured to block access to the desired destination host. Source Host Isolated Communication with Destination Network is Administratively Prohibited Communication with Destination Host is Administratively Prohibited Destination Network Unreachable for Type of Service Destination Host Unreachable for Type of Service Communication Administratively Prohibited Host Precedence Violation 5 ICMP sender (router) has been configured to not forward packets from source (the old electronic pink slip). Reply contains IP address of best router to destination. The sender is using a Type of Service (TOS) that is not available through this router for that specific network. The sender is using a Type of Service (TOS) that is not available through this router for that specific host. Source Route Failed ICMP sender can't use the strict or loose source routing path specified in the original packet. Destination Host Unknown ICMP sender does not have a host entry.

Missing a Required Option ICMP sender expected some additional information in the Option field of the original packet. Bad Length Original packet structure had an invalid length. Should redirect application to another host. Redirect Datagram for the Type of ICMP sender (router) does not offer a path to the Service and Host destination host using the TOS requested.com Type 6 11 12 Name Description Redirect Datagram for Type of the ICMP sender (router) does not offer a path to the Service and Network destination network using the TOS requested.linuxhomenetworking. Fragment Reassembly Time ICMP sender (destination host) did not receive all fragment Exceeded parts before the expiration (in seconds of holding time) of the TTL value of the first fragment received. Routers cannot decrement the TTL value to 0 and forward the packet. .328 www. Time Exceeded Codes Time to Live exceeded in Transit ICMP sender (router) indicates that originator's packet arrived with a Time To Live (TTL) of 1. Dynamically adds a network entry in original sender's route tables. Parameter Problem Codes Pointer indicates the error Error is defined in greater detail within the ICMP packet. Alternate Host Address Codes Alternate Address for Host Reply that indicates another host address should be used for the desired service. Dynamically adds a host entry in original sender's route tables.

or else you'll ! never get your default route back ! ip address outside pppoe setroute . Don't forget to put it back. Scripts and Configurations 329 Cisco PIX Firewall .100 www netmask 255. The set route command ! is very important.0 0 0 ! ! Port forwarding setup. Forward all www traffic to 192.168.255.100.1. Cisco suggests you remove it when troubleshooting ! getting your IP address. Substitute "password" ! with the real SNMP string (Optional) ! snmp-server host inside 192.DHCP DSL Configuration ! ! NAT Setup ! global (outside) 1 interface nat (inside) 1 0.0.255.0.1.100 snmp-server community password ! ! DSL setup using a generic group called "ISP".0.168.Appendix II : Codes.outside) tcp interface www 192.0 0.0.1. Internet interface to use the PPPOE protocol ! to get it's IP address and default route.168.255 0 0 ! ! Apply an access list entry to allow www (TCP Port 80)traffic in ! access-group inbound in interface outside access-list inbound permit tcp any any eq www ! ! Enable SNMP queries from 192.100 ! (Linux webserver) ! static (inside.1. ! Substitute your DSL username for "myusername" and your ! password for "*********" ! vpdn group ISP request dialout pppoe vpdn group ISP localname myusername vpdn group ISP ppp authentication pap vpdn username myusername password ********* ! ! Set up the outside.168.

158.253.sfba.com fixup protocol ftp 21 fixup protocol http 80 fixup protocol h323 h225 1720 fixup protocol h323 ras 1718-1719 fixup protocol ils 389 fixup protocol rsh 514 fixup protocol rtsp 554 fixup protocol smtp 25 fixup protocol sqlnet 1521 fixup protocol sip 5060 fixup protocol skinny 2000 names access-list inbound permit icmp any any access-list inbound permit tcp any host 97.255.168.2(2) nameif ethernet0 outside security0 nameif ethernet1 inside security100 enable password sde0sdD0sGz09COjx encrypted passwd sde0sdD0sGz09COjx encrypted hostname aquapix domain-name stcla1.1 255.255.158.Static DSL Configuration : Saved : Written by enable_15 at 22:33:57.253.home.158.253.253.26 access-list inbound permit tcp any host 97.26 access-list inbound permit udp any host 97.com ip address inside 192.1.0 ! ! Setup DHCP autoconfiguration for the outside interface ! dhcpd auto_config outside Cisco PIX Firewall .158.253.26 pager lines 25 logging on logging timestamp logging trap warnings logging history warnings logging facility 22 logging host inside 192.158.601 UTC Sat Nov 23 PIX Version 6.linuxhomenetworking.100 interface ethernet0 10baset interface ethernet1 10full icmp deny any outside 2002 eq eq eq eq eq www 222 domain domain smtp .330 www.26 access-list inbound permit tcp any host 97.26 access-list inbound permit tcp any host 97.168.1.

168.0 ntp server 192.168.248 0 0 static (inside.0.168.0 0.1.255.253.0 0.0 0.96 255.outside) 97.110 1 timeout xlate 0:05:00 timeout conn 1:00:00 half-closed 0:10:00 udp 0:02:00 rpc 0:10:00 h323 0:05:00 sip 0:30:00 sip_media 0:02:00 timeout uauth 0:05:00 absolute aaa-server TACACS+ protocol tacacs+ aaa-server RADIUS protocol radius aaa-server LOCAL protocol local filter java 80 0.253.1.100 /aquapix-confg floodguard enable no sysopt route dnat telnet 192.1 255.158.0 0.0.221.255 0 0 access-group inbound in interface outside route outside 0.outside) 97. Scripts and Configurations 331 mtu outside 1500 mtu inside 1500 ip address outside 97.0 0.255.168.0 inside ssh timeout 15 dhcpd address 192.158.99 netmask 255.0.168.158.0 0.0 0.255.168.0 67.0.168.255.255.168.253.outside) 97.0.0.255.1.1.26 192.168.255.1.1.0 filter activex 80 0.255.255.168.0.0 255.0.248 ip address inside 192.0.255.0 inside snmp-server host inside 192.0 ip audit info action alarm ip audit attack action alarm pdm logging informational 100 pdm history enable arp timeout 14400 global (outside) 1 interface nat (inside) 1 192.255.0.253.1.100 netmask 255.0.28 192.255.255 0 0 static (inside.255.0.20-192.30 inside dhcpd lease 3600 dhcpd ping_timeout 750 dhcpd auto_config outside terminal width 80 Cryptochecksum:3af43873d35d6f0651f8c999180c2342 .255.1.1.0.0 255.1.Appendix II : Codes.0.0 255.255.255 0 0 static (inside.1.0.255.1.27 192.120.0.101 netmask 255.0.168.100 source inside http server enable http 192.168.255.255.0.1.0.168.0 inside telnet timeout 15 ssh 192.0.158.100 no snmp-server location no snmp-server contact snmp-server community simiya2002 snmp-server enable traps tftp-server inside 192.25 255.

332 www.com : end .linuxhomenetworking.

333 Appendix III Bibliography =========================================== In This Chapter Appendix III Bibliography Wireless Linux Cisco Router Configuration Examples Cisco PIX Firewall Configuration Examples Netfilter .linuxhomenetworking. . www.Hosting Your Website at Home Static DNS NTP Server POP Mail Server Samba .iptables Configuration General Home Networking Resource Pages SSH Servers and SSH Clients The Windows SCP client called WinSCP FTP Server and FTP Clients DHCP Server Apache Web Server Software Sendmail Mail Configuration Dynamic DNS .com =========================================== An informal listing of some of the sites I visited to create this manual.Linux as a Windows File Server General Linux Resource Pages Disk Partitioning Network Monitoring My Other Sites © Peter Harrison.

com/personal/Jean_Tourrilhes/Linux/ http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/products_configuration_guide_chapt er09186a00800ca7b1.Configuring IOS IPSec Network Security • Cisco PIX Firewall Configuration Examples Cisco Systems • • http://www.com/en/US/products/hw/routers/ps221/prod_configuration_examples_list.html http://www.htm Configuring Cisco PIX firewalls for DHCP .html http://www.cisco.html http://www.hpl.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/products_configuration_guide_chapt er09186a00800ca7b1.cisco.us The LDP Wireless LAN Resources for Linux The drivers are here.com http://www.cisco.com http://www. RPM versions of the drivers can be found here Cisco Router Configuration Examples Cisco Systems • • • • http://www..unixguru.shtml http://linuxdoc.334 www.html Configuring Cisco 800 series routers Configuring 1700 / 2600 / 3600 series routers Cisco .com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/iaabu/pix/pix_62/config/pixclnt.saragossa.com Wireless Linux A good reference page (Has GUI screens for PCMCIA type cards) • • • • • http://www.nc.com/en/US/products/hw/routers/ps380/prod_configuration_examples_list.Configuring IPSec Network Security Cisco .raleigh.hp.cisco.org/HOWTO/Wireless-HOWTO http://www.net/LinuxG3/ls-wlan.cisco.linux-wlan.org/ http://prism2.cisco.linuxhomenetworking..

com/ SecureCRT homepage (Purchase Required) .chiark.Configuring PIX IPSec Network Security • Cisco PIX error messages • • Configuring Cisco PIX logging parameters Netfilter .org/documentation/tutorials/blueflux/iptables-tutorial.netfilter.org/HOWTO/Networking-Overview-HOWTO.Configuring IPSec Network Security • Cisco .Appendix III : Bibliography 335 Cisco PIX 500 series configuration guides • http://www.com/oct.uk/~sgtatham/putty/ http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/iaabu/pix/pix_sw/v_62/syslog/index.html http://www.htm#xtocid15 Cisco .cisco.html Linux Networking-HOWTO http://www.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/iaabu/pix/pix_62/cmdref/gl.org/HOWTO/Net-HOWTO/ http://www.cisco.tldp.org.nwconnection.org/assignments/port-numbers ICMP codes listing TCP and UDP port assignments SSH Servers and SSH Clients PuTTY homepage (Free) • • http://www.cisco.cisco.html http://www.html#xtocid3 http://www.vandyke.com/en/US/products/hw/vpndevc/ps2030/prod_configuration_examples_list.iptables Configuration Netfilter iptables HOWTO tutorial site • http://www.99/icmp09/code.ht ml http://www.htm http://www.html General Home Networking Resource Pages Linux networking HOWTO • • • • • http://www.iana.tldp.com/en/US/products/sw/secursw/ps2120/products_configuration_guide_chapt er09186a00800eb72a.greenend.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/products_configuration_guide_chapt er09186a00800ca7b1.

linuxhomenetworking.apache.redhat.336 www.unixreview.com The Windows SCP client called WinSCP • http://winscp.com/docs/manuals/linux/RHL-8.html Good page on how to stop SPAM with sendmail .apacheweek.htm Perl Script to do Automatic FTP File Copies to Update Your Website DHCP Server RedHat's guide to configuring DHCP • http://www.com/features/vhost Apache week's description of how to do virtual hosting Sendmail Mail Configuration Good sendmail quick setup guide • • http://www.vse.org/docs/vhosts/examples.com/network_howto/part3/ http://www.cz/eng/ FTP Server and FTP Clients A good site on how to install one of the many Windows GUI FTP clients • • Zen and the Art of FTP: An FTP Tutorial http://www.neilgunton.com/documents/s=2426/uni1018361705067/0204e.com/2000-04/networknirvana_05.brettglass.html Linux Magazine's detailed guide • Apache Web Server Software Apache's documents on setting up virtual hosts • • http://httpd.com/spam/paper.html http://www.html http://www.linux-mag.0-Manual/custom-guide/s1-dhcp-configuringserver.

org/dynamic/ http://www.tldp.html Masquerading explanations Explanation on the difference between email headers and envelopes RedHat's recommendations for configuring sendmail Dynamic DNS .edu/~mills/ntp/servers.hml http://www.DDNS Provider Ez-ipupdate DDNS Update Script DDclient DDNS Update Script Static DNS What is DNS? • • http://www.freebsdsystems.com/handbook/sendmail. MiniDNS.html All you ever need to know about setting up DNS for a home / SOHO environment NTP Server NTP Configurations • http://www.udel.technopagan.sendmail.html http://www.org/dynamic/ http://www.eecis.html http://www.org http://gusnet.dyndns.DDNS Provider dynDNS.com/permanentEmailAddress.Appendix III : Bibliography 337 Some more was found here • • • • http://www.html .primemail.Hosting Your Website at Home What is Dynamic DNS (DDNS)? • • • • • http://www.org/m4/features.cx/proj/ez-ipupdate/ See the README for more information.minidns.org .org/HOWTO/DNS-HOWTO.technopagan.redhat.net http://www. Mirrored here.com/docs/manuals/linux/RHL-8.net .0-Manual/ref-guide/s1-email-sendmail.

html http://us6.de/howtos/html/NET-3-HOWTO.azstarnet.in/pipermail/plug-mail/2002-June/004274.org http://hr.338 www.html Automount HOWTO with FAQs • • http://home.com/community/articles/security/v1.samba.html http://www.uoregon.com POP Mail Server From the creators of the default Redhat POP server • • http://www.org/docs/connect/csamba6.html http://plug.washington.htm A very comprehensive guide to sudo .net/rosko/howto/en/mini/Automount.openna.Linux as a Windows File Server The Samba Project • • • • • • • http://www.3-xml/imapop.mandrakeuser.html#toc14 Complete Linux Networking HOWTO http://www.html http://playstation2-linux.uni-bayreuth.edu/davidrl/samba.edu/imap/ http://www.org.html The Unoffical Samba HOWTO.samba. by David Lechnyr Simple Windows Workgroup Networking Tutorial SAMBA organization's description of creating a PDC Mandrake's resource page on Samba PDCs Sharing a Windows hard drive from a Linux box (Windows steps to do this) Sharing a Windows hard drive from a Linux box (Linux steps to do this) General Linux Resource Pages Text Terminal HOWTO • http://www.com/~jemorrow/samba/implementation.com/download/cfyc/HOWTO_setup_samba.linuxhomenetworking.html POP server compilation and configuration details Samba .rosko.com/library/weekly/aa102500c.about.linux.linuxpowered.org/samba/ftp/docs/htmldocs/Samba-PDC-HOWTO.html http://www.html http://unix.com/archive/howto/Text-Terminal-HOWTO.

mrtg.Appendix III : Bibliography 339 Disk Partitioning • http://www.org My Other Sites Simiya .html Network Monitoring The MRTG homepage • http://www.org.linuxsa.au/tips/disk-partitioning.Caribbean Art and Photos • Simiya .

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful